RURAL CELLULAR CORP
10-K, 1999-03-29
RADIOTELEPHONE COMMUNICATIONS
Previous: GOLDEN EAGLE INTERNATIONAL INC, 8-K, 1999-03-29
Next: SOFTLOCK COM INC, 10KSB40, 1999-03-29



<PAGE>


                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

[X]  ANNUAL  REPORT  PURSUANT  TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE  SECURITIES  
     EXCHANGE  ACT OF 1934 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998.

[ ]  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
     EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 for the transition period from __________________ TO
     ____________________.

                         COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 0-27416

                           RURAL CELLULAR CORPORATION
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)

<TABLE>

<S>                                                                        <C>
                           MINNESOTA                                                      41-1693295
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)             (I.R.S. EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NO.)
</TABLE>

                               3905 DAKOTA STREET
                           ALEXANDRIA, MINNESOTA 56308
                                 (320) 762-2000

(ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF
REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)

           Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
                                       NONE

           Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                 CLASS A COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE $.01 PER SHARE
                                  (TITLE OF CLASS)

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. /X/ YES ___ NO

         Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to
Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained,
to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K. / /

         Aggregate value of shares of common stock held by nonaffiliates of the
Registrant based upon the closing price on The Nasdaq National Market on March
22, 1999 (only stock held by directors, officers and their affiliates, and
holders of more than 5% of Class A or Class B stock are excluded): $50,605,144

         Number of shares of common stock outstanding as of the close of
business on March 22, 1999:

                                Class A 7,822,137
                                Class B 1,198,557

                     DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

      Portions of the Company's definitive Proxy Statement relating to the
          1999 Annual Meeting of Shareholders ("Proxy Statement") are
            incorporated by reference into Part III of this report.


<PAGE>


                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                        PAGE
<S>                                                                                     <C>
PART I ....................................................................................1

   ITEM 1.  BUSINESS.......................................................................1
   ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES....................................................................12
   ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.............................................................12
   ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY-HOLDERS...........................12

PART II...................................................................................14

   ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED
            STOCKHOLDER MATTERS...........................................................14
   ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.......................................................15
   ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
            CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS...........................................17
   ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK....................27
   ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA...................................28
   ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON
            ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE...........................................28

PART III..................................................................................29

   ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT............................29
   ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION........................................................29
   ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT................29
   ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS................................29

PART IV...................................................................................30

   ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K..............30

   SIGNATURES.............................................................................31
</TABLE>


<PAGE>

                                            PART I


ITEM 1.  BUSINESS

(a)  GENERAL DEVELOPMENT OF BUSINESS

Rural Cellular Corporation (the "Company" or "RCC") is engaged in the
construction, development, management, and operation of cellular telephone
systems in rural markets in the Midwest and New England regions of the United
States. The Company is also engaged, through a joint venture with an affiliate
of Aerial Communications, Inc. in the construction, development, management, and
operation of PCS systems in markets in Minnesota, Wisconsin, North Dakota, and
South Dakota. At December 31, 1998, the Company provided cellular telephone
services to 187,000 customers in fifteen licensed areas consisting of two
Metropolitan Statistical Areas ("MSAs") and thirteen Rural Services Areas
("RSAs") with an estimated aggregate population ("POPs") of approximately
2,341,000. The Company also provided PCS service to 5,000 customers in four
basic trading areas ("BTA") with an aggregate estimated population of 708,000.

The Company has developed its business through the acquisition and 
integration of cellular telephone systems, clustering multiple systems in 
order to provide broad areas of uninterrupted service and achieve certain 
economies of scale. During 1998, the Company acquired the Massachusetts, New 
Hampshire, New York, and Vermont cellular telephone licenses, operations, and 
related assets of Atlantic Cellular Company L.P. and one of its subsidiaries 
("Atlantic"). In addition, the Company acquired Atlantic's long distance 
business. The Company also acquired the outstanding stock of Western Maine 
Cellular, Inc. ("WMC"), which provides cellular services in western Maine.

In February 1999, the Company acquired all of the outstanding stock of The
Revering Group, Inc., which provides cellular service in northeastern South
Dakota.

The Company was organized under the laws of the State of Minnesota in 1990.
Subsequently, it has formed several subsidiaries in which different aspects of
its business are operated. MRCC, Inc., a Maine corporation ("MRCC"), was
organized to own and operate the Company's cellular licenses in the State of
Maine. RCC Atlantic, Inc., a Minnesota corporation ("Atlantic"), was organized
to acquire and operate the cellular telephone licenses in Massachusetts, New
Hampshire, New York and Vermont, as well as the long distance business acquired
from Atlantic. Wireless Alliance, LLC ("Wireless Alliance") is a joint venture
that is 51% owned by RCC and 49% owned by an affiliate of Aerial Communications,
Inc. This joint venture was formed in 1996 to pursue providing PCS service to
certain markets in Minnesota, Wisconsin, North Dakota and South Dakota. RCC
Paging, Inc. was organized to market, distribute and resell paging services in
Minnesota and North Dakota. Unless the context indicates otherwise, the
"Company" refers to RCC and its subsidiaries.

(b)  FINANCIAL INFORMATION ABOUT SEGMENTS

Information regarding the Company's business segments is contained in Note 12 of
the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Report.


                                    1


<PAGE>

(c)  DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS/SERVICE AREAS

RCC CELLULAR:

The Company's cellular operations consist of its Midwest operation, which
includes five contiguous RSAs in northern Minnesota and one RSA in South Dakota,
and its operations in New England, covering portions of Maine, Massachusetts,
New Hampshire, New York, and all of Vermont.

MIDWEST OPERATION:

The Company's Midwest operation ("RCC Midwest") encompasses the Company's
original service areas in northern Minnesota. In February 1999, one RSA in
northeastern South Dakota was added, bringing total POPS to approximately
705,000. This service area is adjacent to Minnesota's three largest metropolitan
areas: Minneapolis/St. Paul, Duluth and Fargo/Moorhead. Due to its location, RCC
Midwest captures significant roaming traffic from users traveling between these
metropolitan areas. The Midwest operation also offers paging services that are
part of an overall business strategy aimed at stimulating wireless usage.

Effective February 1, 1999, the Company acquired RGI, Inc. d/b/a Glacial Lakes
Cellular 2000(R) ("Glacial") for approximately $11.9 million. Operating under
the name Cellular 2000(R), Glacial provides cellular service to northeastern
South Dakota (RSA 4), which includes eight counties and is adjacent to RCC's
existing cellular operation in northern and central Minnesota. Glacial's service
encompasses 69,000 POPs and serves 7,000 customers.

NEW ENGLAND OPERATION:

The New England operation serves a geographically contiguous service area with
approximately 1.7 million POPs that covers the entire state of Vermont and
portions of Maine, New Hampshire, Massachusetts and New York. This cellular
footprint is located within short drive times of New York, Boston, Montreal,
Albany, Hartford and Providence, which have a combined Metropolitan Service Area
("MSA") population of approximately 31 million. The New England operation began
with the Company's acquisition in 1997 of service areas in Maine and was
expanded further in 1998 through the acquisition of Atlantic. The New England
operation also provides long distance service to subscribers in Vermont.

WIRELESS ALLIANCE, LLC:

Wireless Alliance, LLC ("Wireless Alliance"), a joint venture that is 51%-owned
by RCC and 49%-owned by an affiliate of Aerial Communications, Inc., was formed
in 1996 to provide PCS service to targeted markets in Minnesota, Wisconsin,
North Dakota and South Dakota. Wireless Alliance began by reselling cellular
service to gain visibility in its markets. In the second quarter of 1998, PCS
networks were launched in Fargo, North Dakota; Moorhead and Duluth, Minnesota;
Virginia and Hibbing, Minnesota and Superior, Wisconsin. In the third quarter of
1998, PCS service was launched in Sioux Falls, South Dakota, followed by Grand
Forks, North Dakota in the fourth quarter of 1998. Wireless Alliance's service
area covers 708,000 POPs. Aerial has contributed the PCS licenses to the joint
venture, and RCC is responsible for the building and managing of the networks
and marketing the services. As of December 31, 1998, Wireless Alliance served
11,000 cellular customers and 5,000 PCS customers.


                                    2

<PAGE>

Information regarding the Company's service areas, including Wireless Alliance,
is set forth in the following table.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                              PERCENTAGE                                     DATE OF
                                               OWNERSHIP   TOTAL POPS      NET POPS        ACQUISITION
- -------------------------------------------- ------------ -------------- -------------- -------------------
<S>                                          <C>           <C>            <C>             <C>
 
RCC Cellular
  Midwest Cluster
     Minnesota RSA 1........................    100%          50,000         50,000          4/01/91
     Minnesota RSA 2........................    100%          64,000         64,000          4/01/91
     Minnesota RSA 3........................    100%          59,000         59,000          4/01/91
     South Dakota RSA 4.....................    100%          69,000         69,000           2/1/99
     Minnesota RSA 5........................    100%         206,000        206,000          4/01/91
     Minnesota RSA 6........................    100%         257,000        257,000          4/01/91
                                                          -------------- --------------
         Total Midwest POPs.................                 705,000        705,000
                                                          -------------- --------------
  New England Cluster
     MRCC
     Maine, Bangor MSA......................    100%         143,000        143,000           5/01/97
     Maine RSA 1............................    100%          83,000         83,000           7/31/98
     Maine RSA 2............................    100%         148,000        148,000           5/01/97
     Maine RSA 3............................    100%         221,000        221,000           5/01/97
                                                          -------------- --------------
         Total MRCC POPs....................                 595,000        595,000
                                                          -------------- --------------
  Atlantic
     Massachusetts RSA 1....................    100%          71,000         71,000          7/01/98
     New Hampshire  RSA 1...................    100%         223,000        223,000          7/01/98
     New York RSA 2.........................    100%         226,000        226,000          7/01/98
     Vermont, Burlington MSA................    100%         148,000        148,000          7/01/98
     Vermont RSA 1..........................    100%         210,000        210,000          7/01/98
     Vermont RSA 2..........................    100%         232,000        232,000          7/01/98
                                                          -------------- --------------
         Total Atlantic POPs................               1,110,000      1,110,000
                                                          -------------- --------------
         Total New England POPs.............               1,705,000      1,705,000
                                                          -------------- --------------
             Total RCC Cellular POPs........               2,410,000      2,410,000
                                                          -------------- --------------

Wireless Alliance (PCS)
    Duluth, Minnesota/Superior, Wisconsin:
     Cook, Lake, St. Louis and Carlton                                                                  
     (portion) Counties in Minnesota and         51%         270,000        138,000          4/10/97
     Douglas County in Wisconsin............ 
    Fargo, North Dakota/Moorhead, Minnesota:
     Cass and Trail Counties in North            51%         175,000         89,000          4/10/97
     Dakota and Clay County in Minnesota....
    Grand Forks, North Dakota:
     Grand Forks County in North Dakota          51%         102,000         52,000          4/10/97
     and Polk County in Minnesota...........
    Sioux Falls, South Dakota:
     Minnehaha and Lincoln Counties in           51%         161,000         82,000          9/30/97
     South Dakota...........................
                                                          -------------- --------------
         Total PCS POPs.....................                 708,000        361,000
                                                          -------------- --------------
              Total POPs....................               3,118,000      2,771,000
                                                          -------------- --------------
                                                          -------------- --------------
</TABLE>

*  Source:  Updated for July 1, 1997 estimates, 1990 U. S. Census Bureau 
   Official Statistics.

                                   3
<PAGE>

PAGING

The Company offers paging service in northern Minnesota and eastern North 
Dakota and resells paging services in Minnesota, Wisconsin, North Dakota and 
Maine. The Company markets its paging services under the names 
"KEYPAGE-Registered Trademark-", "KEYPAGE-Registered Trademark- Plus" and 
"Unicel-Registered Trademark- Paging Services".

MARKETING

The Company, through its business units, offers a number of service plan 
options to its customers. Most service plans have a fixed monthly access fee, 
which includes a specified number of minutes. Usually, the higher the monthly 
access fee, the more minutes of use that are included. Customers who 
subscribe to cellular service in connection with a special promotion are 
typically required to enter into a commitment for service. The Company 
engages in ongoing analysis of its service plans and equipment pricing to 
ensure competitiveness.

Many of the Company's customers are voice mail service customers. There is no 
charge for leaving or retrieving messages, and the Company believes that its 
voice mail feature stimulates cellular usage in the form of returned calls.

The Company has established preferred roaming contracts and developed system 
integration with adjacent cellular carriers. This approach permits the 
Company's customers to receive automatic call delivery (ACD), call 
forwarding, toll-free access to voice mail, call hand-off and reduced roaming 
rates. The Company and most other cellular carriers offer their customers ACD 
and reduced roaming rates on a nationwide basis. ACD allows roamers to use 
all of their home features including custom calling features, making their 
roaming experience identical to their local service. Since ACD was 
introduced, the use of airtime by roamers has increased. As adjacent carriers 
increase their cellular customer base and the industry as a whole expands its 
customer base, the number of roamers will continue to increase. ACD helps the 
Company capture roaming traffic within its markets.

During 1998, the Company introduced, through its joint venture with the 
Wireless Alliance LLC, PCS service plans for the combined and contiguous 
areas of Wireless Alliance's digital network and the Company's existing 
analog network. These service plans offer fixed and tiered monthly fees and 
peak and off peak per minute charges with no long distance or roaming charges 
for calls within the RCC Midwest calling area.

The Company markets paging services provided both through the Company-owned 
system, covering northern Minnesota and eastern North Dakota, and as a 
reseller of paging services covering most of Minnesota, Maine and areas 
within Iowa, Wisconsin, and eastern North Dakota. The Company believes that 
paging services complement cellular usage.

ROAMING MARKETS

The Company believes that attractively priced regional roaming is important 
to the development of customers for all cellular carriers. Accordingly, where 
possible, the Company attempts to arrange reciprocal roaming rates that allow 
customers to roam at competitive prices. The Company believes that this 
increases usage on all cellular systems, including the Company's systems. 
Roamer revenues are a substantial source of incremental revenue for the 
Company due, in part, to the fact that a number of the Company's cellular 
systems are located along major travel and commuting corridors. While there 
is an industry trend to reduce roaming rates, the Company is addressing this 
trend through its roaming agreements, which are usually reciprocal in nature 
and are at or near home rates. While on an industry-wide basis as reported in 
the Cellular Telephone Industry Association ("CTIA") Data Survey dated June 
30, 1998, approximately 10.7% of total cellular revenue nationally is from 
roaming traffic, the Company's percentage of roamer revenue was approximately 
20.5% of revenues for the year ended December 31, 1998.

DISTRIBUTION AND SALES

The Company markets its wireless services through independent sales agents, 
direct sales personnel and Company-owned stores, which are managed by 
district and territory managers in both the Midwest and New England clusters. 
The Company believes that its territory manager strategy is a major 
contributor to the Company's success. The Company experiences higher than 
industry average retention levels and lower than industry average customer 

                                      4
<PAGE>

acquisition costs. MRCC implemented this distribution strategy in the third 
quarter of 1997 followed by Atlantic in the third and fourth quarter of 1998. 
As of March 1, 1999, the Company had approximately 300 sales agents, 160 
direct sales personnel and 30 Company-owned stores.

The territory managers recruit, train, and support the independent sales 
agents. The training and support provided to agents is extensive and 
continual. Currently, all individuals who have customer contact in the 
Midwest cluster are required to complete a certification process annually in 
order to continue to sell the Company's products and services or maintain any 
contact with customers. The Company is currently in the process of 
implementing this process in its New England cluster. The Company provides 
cellular, digital, and paging equipment to the agents for sale or rent to 
customers and the agents market the Company's services utilizing a 
cooperative advertising program. These sales agents include retail electronic 
stores, farm implement dealers, automobile dealers, automobile parts 
suppliers, college and university bookstores, video and music stores, and 
local telephone companies. Most of the agents sell the Company's service in 
conjunction with their principal business.

CUSTOMER SERVICE

Customer service is a significant element of the Company's operating 
philosophy. The Company is committed to attracting and retaining customers by 
providing consistently superior customer service. In Alexandria, Minnesota, 
Bangor, Maine and Colchester, Vermont, the Company has implemented 
sophisticated local monitoring and control systems and maintains customer 
service departments consisting of highly trained personnel who are aware of 
the needs of the customers in local markets. The Company's customer service 
personnel can be accessed 24 hours a day, 365 days a year, and are capable of 
handling both routine and complex technical questions. The Company believes 
that easy access to its customer service professionals is essential to 
maintain a high level of customer satisfaction and loyalty and that its 
strong emphasis on customer service contributes to its high customer 
retention rate.

The customer service centers are also responsible for processing new service 
orders and service changes for existing customers. The customer service 
centers also maintain customer records and manage the Company's collection 
process. The customer service centers implement a quality control process 
that monitors call center performance and balances customer service center 
resources to match call center load levels.

Territory managers work closely with customer service center personnel to 
maintain high standards of service for their existing customers as well as to 
attract new customers. Company customer service center representatives 
attempt to contact every new customer within 30 days from the day the 
customer begins service to confirm customer satisfaction and elicit feedback. 
Customers are also contacted periodically to offer additional calling 
features such as voice mail, call waiting, and call forwarding and to 
recommend the best service pricing plan for the customer's usage levels. 
These contact programs enhance customer loyalty, maintain high retention, and 
increase sales of additional features that increase customer airtime usage 
and generate customer referrals.

SERVICE MARKS

The Company uses the registered service mark CELLULAR 2000-Registered 
Trademark- to provide the cellular services it offers in its Midwest markets. 
The CELLULAR 2000-Registered Trademark- name and related marks are owned by 
Cellular 2000, Inc. ("Cellular 2000"). The Company owns 50% of Cellular 2000. 
The Company and other users of the service mark, all of which are cellular 
providers in Minnesota or South Dakota, are shareholders of Cellular 2000. 
The only business of Cellular 2000 is the licensing of its service mark to 
its shareholders.

Each Cellular 2000 shareholder has entered into a license agreement with 
Cellular 2000 that allows the shareholder to use the CELLULAR 2000-Registered 
Trademark- service mark for marketing within its cellular service area 
subject to certain restrictions. The license agreements are relatively 
restrictive and Cellular 2000 has exclusive rights to control the use of the 
name. Cellular 2000 and its shareholders have entered into a buy-sell 
agreement that requires, in part, a Cellular 2000 shareholder who no longer 
uses CELLULAR 2000-Registered Trademark- as the principal name under which it 
markets its cellular service, to offer its shares of stock in Cellular 2000 
for sale to Cellular 2000 and the other shareholders at the original cost. 
The Company does not pay any license fees for the use of the CELLULAR 
2000-Registered Trademark- mark.

                                      5
<PAGE>

The Company uses the registered service mark UNICEL-Registered Trademark- to 
market PCS services in its Midwest cluster and to market cellular services in 
Maine. This mark is owned by the Company.

Atlantic's cellular services are marketed under the service mark 
CELLULARONE-Registered Trademark- and its long distance services are marketed 
under the service mark LONG DISTANCE BY CELLULARONE. The Company's use of the 
CELLULARONE-Registered Trademark- and LONG DISTANCE BY CELLULARONE service 
marks are governed by licenses between the Company and Cellular One Group, 
the owner of the service marks.

The Company also provides paging services under the service marks 
KEYPAGE-Registered Trademark-, KEYPAGE-Registered Trademark- PLUS and UNICEL 
Paging Services as a complement to its wireless services. These marks are 
owned by the Company.

NETWORK OPERATIONS

CELLULAR

The Company has constructed and maintains an integrated network of contiguous 
cellular coverage throughout the Company's cellular service areas so that a 
call can be handed off from one of the Company's cell sites to another as a 
customer travels throughout cells. As a customer travels between cell sites, 
the antenna works with the mobile telephone switching office ("MTSO") to 
automatically monitor the signal strength of the call in progress. Call 
handoff is automatic and virtually unnoticeable to customers.

As of December 31, 1998, the Company's cellular network consisted of 233 cell 
sites in its Midwest and New England operations. The Company plans to 
continue to develop its cellular service area by building new cell sites in 
locations that increase capacity and improve hand-held coverage. The Company 
constructed 23 cell sites and activated 53 PCS sites during the year ended 
December 31, 1998 and plans to construct an additional 12 new cell sites 
during 1999. The additional cell sites will further expand capacity and will 
allow customers to use lower-powered or hand-held portable telephones 
throughout the Company's service areas.

RCC Midwest uses a digital Northern Telecom MTSO located in Alexandria, 
Minnesota. The MTSO used in MRCC's cellular network is located in Bangor, 
Maine, and is also a digital Northern Telecom MTSO. The Company has invested 
in these digital MTSOs so that it has the ability to increase capacity of 
wireless telephone systems, as needed. In accordance with its strategy of 
developing market clusters, the Company has selected wireless MTSOs that are 
capable of serving multiple markets.

Atlantic's cellular network, which also includes 51 microwave links, is 
connected to a MTSO located in Colchester, Vermont. This network currently 
utilizes analog cellular technology with the ability to expand capacity 
through the deployment of Narrowband Analog Mobile Phone System ("N-AMPS") 
technology. N-AMPS is an enhanced technology that provides a three-fold 
increase in capacity over conventional analog technology, as well as many of 
the service features offered by digital cellular and PCS technology. The 
Company is reviewing Atlantic's network infrastructure for potential digital 
upgrades.

WIRELESS ALLIANCE

At December 31, 1998, Wireless Alliance had spent, since its inception, $23.0 
million to acquire land, facilities and equipment in preparation for 
deploying its PCS services. Wireless Alliance has completed the construction 
of a GSM technology-based PCS network in its PCS service areas utilizing the 
Aerial Communications MTSO to switch PCS calls. Wireless Alliance utilizes 
the AirTouch Communications, Inc. ("AirTouch") and the Commnet Cellular Inc. 
networks to transport its resale of cellular airtime within these markets.

PAGING

The Company's paging network, as of December 31, 1998, consisted of 61 paging 
transmitters located throughout northern Minnesota and eastern North Dakota 
and 33 paging transmitters in Maine. The paging transmitters in both networks 
are connected to and controlled by a paging terminal that is connected to the 
public telephone network. 

                                      6
<PAGE>

The paging transmitters use a transmit-only radio frequency licensed for a 
given coverage contour around the paging transmitter that allows messages to 
be broadcast to the paging customer.

SUPPLIERS AND EQUIPMENT PARTNERS

The Company does not manufacture any customer or network equipment. The high 
degree of compatibility among different manufacturers' models of handsets and 
network facilities equipment allows the Company to design, supply and operate 
its systems without being dependent upon a single source of such equipment. 
The Company currently purchases handsets primarily from Motorola, Inc., 
Ericsson, Inc. and Nokia Telecommunications, Inc. The Company currently 
purchases network equipment from Northern Telecom, Lucent Technologies Inc., 
Harris, Inc., and Nokia Telecommunications, Inc.


COMPETITION

The wireless communications industry is highly competitive. Competition for 
customers is based principally upon the services and features offered, the 
technical quality of the wireless system, customer service, system coverage, 
capacity and price. Such competition will increase as new technologies enter 
the marketplace. The following table lists the Company's principal cellular 
and PCS competitors in its various markets:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                           TRADE NAME USED   RCC        TRADE NAME USED                             
MARKET                                         BY RCC        LICENSE     BY COMPETITOR                 COMPETITOR
- ----------------------------------------- ------------------ --------- ------------------- ---------------------------------
<S>                                       <C>                <C>       <C>                 <C>
RCC Cellular
    Midwest Cluster
     Minnesota RSA 1 and RSA 2............   Cellular.2000      B         CELLULARONE         Western Wireless
     Minnesota RSA 3, RSA 5 and RSA 6.....   Cellular.2000      B         CELLULARONE         American Cellular
     South Dakota  RSA 4..................   Cellular.2000      B         COMMNET Cellular    COMMNET Cellular

    New England Cluster
      MRCC
       Maine, Bangor MSA, RSA 1, RSA 2 
         and RSA 3........................       Unicel         B         US Cellular         US Cellular

     Atlantic
      Massachusetts RSA 1.................    CELLULARONE       A         SNET                Southern New England Telephone
      New Hampshire  RSA 1................    CELLULARONE       A         US Cellular         US Cellular
      New York RSA 2......................    CELLULARONE       A         Frontier            Frontier Communications, Inc.
      Vermont, Burlington MSA, RSA 1,         
        RSA 2, and RSA 3..................    CELLULARONE       A         Bell Atlantic       Bell Atlantic/NYNEX

Wireless Alliance (PCS)
      Duluth, Minnesota/Superior,                                     
       Wisconsin; Fargo, North                                            CELLULARONE,        American Cellular
       Dakota/Moorhead, Minnesota; Grand         Unicel         B         AIRTOUCH            Airtouch
       Forks, North Dakota ...............                                WIRELESS NORTH

                                                                          CELLULARONE         Western Wireless
       Sioux Falls, South Dakota .........       Unicel         B         COMMNET Cellular    Blackstone
                                                                          SPRINT              Swift Tel
</TABLE>

Western Wireless Corporation ("Western Wireless"), and American Cellular 
Corp. offer their service under the CELLULARONE -Registered Trademark- trade
name and are members of the North American Cellular Network, a consortium of 
CELLULARONE service providers located throughout the United States that 
reciprocally provide reduced roaming rates and ACD. The Company believes that 
Western Wireless, American Cellular Corp. and AirTouch compete against the 
Company primarily on the basis of price and have become significantly more 
aggressive during the past two years.

Several companies operate relatively small paging networks in portions of the 
Company's service area. One competitor, American Paging, Inc. ("American 
Paging"), covers a large area within Minnesota and eastern North Dakota. The 
Company has entered into an agreement with American Paging to resell American 
Paging's 900 MHz paging service in the Company's service area as an 
additional paging option for the customers of the Company. This service is 
marketed under the trade name KEYPAGE -Registered Trademark- PLUS and is sold 
in approximately 80% of the same areas 

                                      7
<PAGE>

in which the paging service of the Company, marketed under the trade name 
KEYPAGE -Registered Trademark-, is provided. Both KEYPAGE -Registered 
Trademark- and KEYPAGE -Registered Trademark- PLUS provide umeric display and 
alphanumeric display services. Pricing and coverage areas differentiate the 
services. Other 900 MHz regional paging systems have been licensed within the 
Company's service area to other potential paging carriers. The Company 
resells paging services in Maine through Northeast Paging using the UNICEL 
name.

The Company believes that PCS networks will be initially focused primarily in 
urban areas due to capital requirements and population coverage requirements. 
Narrowband PCS services typically are advanced paging and messaging services. 
Broadband PCS services will consist of wireless two-way telecommunications 
services for voice, data, and other transmissions employing digital 
micro-cellular technology. Many broadband PCS services are expected to 
compete with existing cellular systems. The FCC has issued licenses for both 
narrowband and broadband PCS services. Six broadband licenses were issued in 
each part of the Company's cellular service area. Under recent FCC rulings, 
license holders are allowed to disaggregate the spectrum covered by their 
license. Accordingly, the Company may face competition from additional 
providers of PCS services.

The Company also competes to a lesser extent with dispatch and conventional 
mobile telephone companies, Specialized Mobile Radio Service ("SMR") 
providers, resellers, paging companies and landline telephone service 
providers. The FCC requires all cellular and PCS licensees to provide service 
to "resellers." A reseller provides wireless services to customers but does 
not hold a FCC license or own facilities. Instead, the reseller buys blocks 
of wireless telephone numbers and capacity from a licensed carrier and 
resells service through its own distribution network to the public. Thus, a 
reseller is both a customer of a wireless licensee's service and also a 
competitor of that licensee. Several small resellers currently operate in 
competition with the Company's systems.

In the future, the Company expects to face increased competition for its 
cellular and PCS services from entities providing other technologies and 
services, including digital mobile communications systems on Enhanced 
Specialized Mobile Radio ("ESMR") frequencies, fixed wireless services, and 
satellite-based telecommunications systems, as well as other cellular and PCS 
providers. Although some of these technologies are currently operational, 
others are being developed or may be developed in the future. The entrance of 
multiple competitors in the PCS markets is mandated by the FCC.

The Company anticipates that market prices for wireless communication 
services and equipment will continue to decline in the future based upon 
increased competition and reductions in production costs. The Company's 
ability to compete successfully is dependent, in part, on its ability to 
anticipate and respond to various competitive factors affecting the industry. 
The Company's marketing and sales organization includes a group that 
carefully monitors and analyzes competitive products and service offerings, 
changes in consumer preferences, changes in demographic trends and economic 
conditions and pricing strategies by competitors that could adversely affect 
the Company's operations or present strategic opportunities.

The wireless communication industry is experiencing significant technological 
change, as evidenced by the increasing pace of improvements in the capacity 
and quality of digital technology, shorter cycles for new products and 
enhancements, and changes in consumer preferences and expectations. 
Continuing technological advances in telecommunications and FCC policies that 
encourage the development of new spectrum-based technologies make it 
difficult to predict the extent of future competition. In addition, the 
Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993 requires, among other things, the 
allocation to commercial use of a portion of 200 MHz of the spectrum 
currently reserved for government use. It is possible that some portion of 
the spectrum that is reallocated will be used to create new land-mobile 
services or to expand existing land-mobile services.

The Company believes that it is strategically positioned to compete with 
other communications technologies that now exist, such as SMR and ESMR 
systems and PCS, and with cellular and paging resellers. Cellular service and 
paging will also compete more directly with traditional landline telephone 
service providers and with cable operators that are expanding into the 
offering of traditional communications services over their cable systems. The 
Company may face competition from new technologies not yet readily available 
such as satellite networks.

                                      8
<PAGE>

REGULATION

THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY OF REGULATORY DEVELOPMENTS AND LEGISLATION DOES NOT 
PURPORT TO DESCRIBE ALL PRESENT AND PROPOSED FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL 
REGULATION AND LEGISLATION AFFECTING THE TELECOMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRY. OTHER 
EXISTING FEDERAL AND STATE LEGISLATION AND REGULATIONS ARE CURRENTLY THE 
SUBJECT OF JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS, LEGISLATIVE HEARINGS AND ADMINISTRATIVE 
PROPOSALS WHICH COULD CHANGE, IN VARYING DEGREES, THE MANNER IN WHICH THIS 
INDUSTRY OPERATES. NEITHER THE OUTCOME OF THESE PROCEEDINGS NOR THEIR IMPACT 
UPON THE TELECOMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRY OR THE COMPANY CAN BE PREDICTED AT THIS 
TIME.

OVERVIEW

The Company's services are subject to varying degrees of Federal, state and 
local regulation. The FCC exercises jurisdiction over all facilities of, and 
services offered by, telecommunications common carriers such as the Company, 
to the extent those facilities are used to provide, originate or terminate 
interstate or international communications. State regulatory commissions 
retain jurisdiction over most of the same facilities and services to the 
extent they are used to originate or terminate intrastate communications. In 
addition, many of the regulations issued by these regulatory bodies may be 
subject to judicial review, the result of which review the Company is unable 
to predict.

FEDERAL REGULATION

The Company must comply with the requirements of common carriage under the 
Communications Act of 1934 (the "Communications Act"). Comprehensive 
amendments to the Communications Act were made by the Telecommunications Act 
of 1996 (the "1996 Act"). The 1996 Act effected plenary changes in regulation 
at both the Federal and state levels that affect virtually every segment of 
the telecommunications industry. The stated purpose of the 1996 Act is to 
promote competition in all areas of telecommunications and to reduce 
unnecessary regulation to the greatest extent possible. While management 
believes it will take years for the industry to feel the full impact of the 
1996 Act, it is already clear the legislation provides the Company with both 
opportunities and challenges.

The 1996 Act greatly expands the interconnection requirements imposed by the 
FCC on incumbent local exchange carriers ("ILECs"). The 1996 Act requires the 
ILECs to: (i) provide physical co-location; (ii) unbundle and provide access 
to components of their local service networks to other providers of local 
service; and (iii) establish "wholesale" rates for the services they offer at 
retail; and requires all local exchange carriers ("LECs") to: (i) establish 
number portability; (ii) establish dialing parity; and (iii) provide 
nondiscriminatory access to telephone poles, ducts, conduits and 
rights-of-way. In addition, the 1996 Act requires LECs to compensate 
telecommunications carriers for traffic originated by the LECs and terminated 
on the other carriers' networks. The 1996 Act requires all telecommunications 
carriers, including the Company, to provide interconnection upon reasonable 
request.

LECs, other than certain rural telephone companies which benefit from an 
exemption provided for by the 1996 Act, are required to negotiate in good 
faith with carriers requesting any or all of the above arrangements. If a 
requesting carrier and the LEC cannot reach an agreement within the 
prescribed time, either carrier may request binding arbitration by the 
appropriate state commission. Where an agreement cannot be reached, carriers 
remain subject to the interconnection obligations established by the FCC and 
state telecommunications regulatory commissions.

Because certain of the 1996 Act's interconnection requirements apply to all 
providers of telecommunications services, including the Company, it may 
provide the Company with the ability to reduce its own access costs by 
interconnecting directly with non-ILECs, but may also cause the Company to 
incur additional administrative and regulatory expenses in replying to 
interconnection requests.

Near the conclusion of the initial term of a cellular, PCS, or paging 
license, licensees must file applications for renewal of licenses to obtain 
authority to operate for up to an additional ten-year term. Applications for 
license renewal may be denied if the FCC determines that the grant of a 
license would not serve the public interest, convenience, or necessity. The 
FCC also may revoke a license prior to the end of its term in extraordinary 

                                      9
<PAGE>

circumstances. In addition, at license renewal time, other parties may file 
competing applications for the authorization. The FCC has adopted specific 
standards stating renewal expectancy will be awarded to a CMRS licensee that 
(i) has provided substantial service during its license term and (ii) has 
substantially complied with applicable FCC rules and policies and the 
Communications Act. If the FCC awards the Commercial Radio Service ("CMRS") 
licensee a renewal expectancy, its license renewal application is granted and 
the competing applications are dismissed. The Company's cellular licenses for 
Minnesota and South Dakota expire on October 1, 2000. The Company's cellular 
licenses in New England expire on varying dates between October 1, 1999 and 
January 22, 2008. The Company holds 13 FCC licenses for paging services, 
which expire between April 1, 1999 and July 1, 2008. Wireless Alliance's PCS 
licenses will expire on June 23, 2005.

Although the Company is unaware of any circumstances that would prevent the 
approval of any future renewal application, no assurance can be given that 
the FCC will renew any of the Company's licenses. Moreover, although 
revocation and involuntary modification of licenses are extraordinary 
measures, the FCC has the authority to restrict the operation of a licensed 
facility or revoke or modify licenses. None of the Company's licenses has 
ever been revoked or involuntarily modified.

The FCC requires registration of certain antenna structures, and the Company 
has complied with such requirements. CMRS systems are subject to certain FAA 
regulations respecting the location, marking, lighting, and construction of 
transmitter towers and antennas and may be subject to regulation under the 
National Environmental Policy Act and the environmental regulations of the 
FCC. Effective September 1997, the FCC updated the guidelines and methods it 
uses for evaluating radio frequency ("RF") emissions from radio equipment. 
While the FCC's new rules impose more restrictive standards on RF emissions 
from low power devices such as the Company's wireless devices, the Company 
believes that all wireless devices currently provided by the Company to its 
customers comply with the new standards.

The 1996 Act mandates that telecommunications carriers, such as the Company, 
pay into the federal Universal Service Fund ("USF"). The purpose of the USF 
is to ensure that basic telephone services are available and affordable for 
all citizens. The USF will promote access to communications services in high 
cost areas and for low income persons, schools, libraries, and rural health 
care providers. The Company also is required to contribute to state universal 
service funds. The federal USF is administered jointly by the FCC, the fund 
administrator, and state regulatory authorities, many of which are still in 
the process of establishing their administrative rules. While the FCC has 
commenced collecting contributions, the financial effect of these regulations 
on the Company cannot be determined at this time. However, as the Company is 
permitted to collect the required contribution amounts from its customers, 
the Company expects that its obligation to contribute to the USF will have a 
minimal financial impact on the Company. The Company also is required to 
contribute annually to the Telecommunications Relay Service Fund and the 
North American Numbering Plan Administration fund and to remit regulatory 
fees to the FCC with respect to its operations. The Company does not expect 
that these contribution obligations will have a material financial impact on 
the Company.

Cellular and broadband CMRS providers must comply with the FCC's rules 
regarding emergency 911 service. In 1997, the FCC released timetables and 
provisions for emergency 911 service availability provided by cellular, PCS 
and other mobile service providers, including "enhanced 911" ("E911") 
services that provide the caller's telephone number, location and other 
useful information. Phase I of the implementation requires that the 
metropolitan and rural markets must be able to provide automatic number 
identification (ANI) and cell site information for 911 calls to the 911 
dispatch points, called Public Safety Answering Points. Phase II provides 
that covered carriers must have the capability to identify the location of 
mobile units making 911 calls within a radius of no more than 125 meters. The 
FCC's Order mandates that CMRS providers be reimbursed for their costs to 
provide enhanced 911 services, but left it up to the state governments to 
determine specific cost recovery mechanisms for each state. The FCC Order 
also empowered state governments to initiate carrier compliance. In the 
majority of states in which the Company operates, the state has not required 
the Company to comply with Phase I or Phase II of the FCC's Order while 
awaiting the completion of state legislation to coordinate cost recovery 
mechanisms. The full implementation by the Company of its E911 obligations 
may have a financial impact on the Company. The Company is not yet able to 
predict the extent of that impact.

                                      10
<PAGE>

Cellular and broadband PCS service providers are required to implement number 
portability by November 2002. Number portability would enable customers to 
change broadband CMRS providers and services without changing their telephone 
number. The failure to comply with this obligation could result in a fine or 
revocation of the Company's licenses.

Telecommunications carriers also are required to comply with the 
Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement Act ("CALEA"). CALEA requires 
carriers to modify and design their equipment, facilities and services to 
support lawful electronic surveillance. The FCC recently extended the 
compliance date to June 30, 2000. In November 1998, the FCC reached some 
tentative conclusions and adopted a Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking 
about the technical requirements with which CMRS carriers must comply. A 
significant amount of capital will be required to upgrade and install 
equipment to ensure compliance with the FCC's rules. The Attorney General, 
subject to availability of appropriations, may agree to reimburse wireless 
providers for costs directly associated with modifications to provide the 
required capacity.

Telecommunications carriers also must comply with the FCC's rules regarding 
the use and protection of customer proprietary network information ("CPNI"). 
The FCC's new rules regarding CPNI became effective May 24, 1998. These rules 
substantially increase the regulation of the Company's use of CPNI. The 
Company expects that its implementation of measures to comply with these new 
CPNI rules will have a financial impact upon the Company, but it does not 
expect that impact to be material.

LIMITATION ON FOREIGN OWNERSHIP

Ownership of the capital stock of the Company by non-U.S. citizens is 
subject to limitations under the Communications Act and FCC regulations.

STATE AND LOCAL REGULATION

The Company is also subject to certain regulation by state and local 
government bodies. The extent of such regulation varies from state to state. 
The Communications Act preempts state and local regulation of the entry of, 
or the rates charged by, any commercial mobile radio service ("CMRS") 
provider, subject to the ability of a state to petition the FCC for authority 
to regulate rates due to local market conditions. The States of Minnesota, 
Maine, Wisconsin, South Dakota, New York, New Hampshire, Massachusetts and 
North Dakota do not currently regulate the rates for any commercial mobile 
service, but could petition the FCC for such authority in the future. The 
siting and construction of CMRS transmitter towers, antennas and equipment 
shelters are often subject to state or local zoning, land use, and other 
regulation. Such regulation may include environmental and building permit 
approvals or other state or local certification.


EMPLOYEES

As of March 1, 1999, the Company had 498 employees, including 171 in sales 
and marketing, 137 in customer service, 88 in network and systems operations, 
and 102 in administration, finance and accounting. Seventeen of the Company's 
employees were part-time. In addition, the Company has approximately 300 
independent sales agents. None of the Company's employees are represented by 
a labor organization, and the Company's management believes it has excellent 
relations with its employees. Wireless Alliance has no full-time or part-time 
employees but operates utilizing the Company's employees.


COMMUNITIES

In 1997, the Company joined the Minnesota Keystone Program as a business 
entity that contributes 2% of its pre-tax earnings back to its communities. 
The Company's "communities" include its customers, employees, investors, 
suppliers, partners, and the communities to which it provides services 
directly, as well as the wireless communications industry.

                                      11
<PAGE>

ITEM 2.    PROPERTIES

The Company owns its principal corporate headquarters located at 3905 Dakota 
Street SW, Alexandria, Minnesota 56308. The headquarters is a two-story, 
50,000 square-foot facility with land available for a 24,000 square-foot 
expansion. The Company also owns 3,600 and 4,050 square-foot storage 
facilities in Minnesota and a 5,500 square-foot storage facility in Maine.

As of December 31, 1998, the Company had 233 cellular cell sites in Maine, 
Massachusetts, Minnesota, New Hampshire, New York and Vermont, of which 118 
sites are subject to leases either for tower space or land.

As of December 31, 1998, the Company owned 94 operational paging transmitters 
for its paging business.

As of December 31, 1998, Wireless Alliance had 53 PCS base stations 
constructed. The Company owns the equipment within all of the base stations. 
Wireless Alliance owns the land of one base station site and leases the land 
on the other 52 base station sites.


ITEM 3.     LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The Company is a party to routine filings and customary regulatory 
proceedings with the FCC and state regulatory agencies from time to time. 
Also, the Company is involved in legal proceedings from time to time relating 
to claims arising out of its operations in the normal course of business. 
There are no pending legal proceedings to which the Company is a party or of 
which any of its property is subject which, if adversely decided, would have 
a material effect on the Company.

ITEM 4.      SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY-HOLDERS

No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth 
quarter of the fiscal year covered by this report.

                       EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

         The following table sets forth certain information with regard to 
each of the executive officers of the Company:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

      NAME                          AGE          POSITION
    <S>                          <C>          <C>
      Richard P. Ekstrand           49           President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

      Ann K. Newhall                48           Senior Vice President and General Counsel

      Wesley E. Schultz             42           Senior Vice President of Finance, Chief Financial Officer

      David J. Del Zoppo            43           Vice President, Controller

      Scott G. Donlea               39           Vice President of Sales and Marketing

</TABLE>

RICHARD P. EKSTRAND has served as President, Chief Executive Officer and a 
director of the Company since 1990. Since 1984, Mr. Ekstrand has also served 
as Vice President and a director of Lowry Telephone Co., Inc., a local 
exchange telephone company and a shareholder of the Company, of which Mr. 
Ekstrand is the sole shareholder. Mr. Ekstrand also serves as a director of 
Cellular 2000. Mr. Ekstrand is past president of the Minnesota Telephone 
Association ("MnTA") and the Association of Minnesota Telephone Utilities. He 
currently serves as a director of the Rural Cellular Association ("RCA") and 
is active in CTIA, serving on its Board of Directors, Executive Committee, 
Industry Information Council Small Operators Caucus and Wireless Foundation 
Board of Directors.

                                      12
<PAGE>

ANN K. NEWHALL joined the Company in February 1999 as Senior Vice President 
and General Counsel. Prior to joining the Company she served as a shareholder 
attorney with Moss & Barnett, A Professional Association, Minneapolis, 
Minnesota, most recently serving also as president and a director of the 
firm. Moss & Barnett, A Professional Association, serves as general counsel 
to the Company.

WESLEY E. SCHULTZ joined the Company in May 1996 as Vice President of Finance 
and Chief Financial Officer and was promoted to Senior Vice President of 
Finance and Chief Financial Officer in July 1998.  Prior to joining the 
Company, Mr. Schultz had served as acting Chief Financial Officer of Spanlink 
Communications, Inc. since February 1996, as Chief Financial Officer of 
Nicollet Process Engineering, Inc. from March 1995 through October 1995, as 
Chief Financial Officer of Data Systems & Management, Inc. from November 1994 
through March 1995, and as Vice President, Finance & Administration and Chief 
Financial  Officer of Serving Software, Inc. from December 1991 through 
October 1994. Mr. Schultz is a CPA and served for three years as an auditor 
with Deloitte and Touche, LLP.

DAVID J. DEL ZOPPO  joined the Company in May 1997 as  Controller.  In June 
1998 Mr. Del Zoppo was promoted to Vice President  Controller.  Prior to 
joining the Company Mr. Del Zoppo served as a Vice  President of  Operations  
with Business  Records  Corporation  from January 1988 to May 1997, and with 
Jostens,  Inc. as an Internal Audit Manager from 1982 to 1986.  Mr. Del Zoppo 
is a CPA and served for over four years as an auditor with KPMG Peat Marwick.

SCOTT G. DONLEA has served as Vice President of Sales and Marketing since 
August 1995. Mr. Donlea joined the Company in 1992 as Manager of Market 
Operations. From 1990 to 1992, Mr. Donlea was regional manager for CommNet 
Cellular, Inc., responsible for marketing and sales in Iowa and South Dakota. 
From 1988 to 1990, Mr. Donlea served as branch manager for US WEST Cellular, 
Inc., in Sioux Falls, South Dakota. Mr. Donlea currently serves as 
chairperson of the RCA's business and marketing committee.

                                      13
<PAGE>


                                   PART II

ITEM 5.           MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER
                  MATTERS

The Company's Class A Common Stock trades on The Nasdaq National Market under 
the symbol RCCC. The following table indicates the high and low closing price 
for each quarter of the 1998 and 1997 fiscal years.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                      FIRST QUARTER            SECOND QUARTER             THIRD QUARTER            FOURTH QUARTER
                    HI          LOW          HI           LOW           HI           LOW          HI          LOW
- --------------- ----------- ------------ ------------ ------------ -------------- ---------- -------------- ---------
<S>                <C>       <C>             <C>        <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>       
1998                 17 3/8    11 1/2          18 1/4     15 5/8        16 9/16      10 7/8       12 13/16    10 1/8
1997                 11         9 3/8          10 7/8      8 5/8        13           10 1/8       13 1/4      10 3/4

</TABLE>



The Company's Class B Common Stock is not publicly traded.

As of March 22, 1999, there were approximately 83 holders of record of the 
Company's Class A Common Stock and approximately 30 holders of record of the 
Company's Class B Common Stock.

DIVIDEND POLICY

The Company has never paid dividends on its Common Stock. The Company 
currently intends to retain all future earnings, if any, for the operation 
and expansion of its business and does not expect to pay any cash dividends 
on its Common Stock in the foreseeable future. Further, the documents related 
to the Company's credit facility, the 9 5/8 Senior Subordinated Notes, and 
Exchangable Preferred Stock limit the Company's ability to pay dividends on 
its Common Stock.



                                      14
<PAGE>

ITEM 6.           SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table sets forth selected financial data for the periods 
indicated. This information should be read in conjunction with the 
Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes contained in Item 14 
herein and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and 
Results of Operations" contained in Item 7 herein. The Company's acquisitions 
and issuance of subordinated notes and preferred stock in 1998 and its 
acquisition in 1997 affect comparability of the Selected Financial Data. See 
Notes 2, 4, and 6 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


  (In thousands, except per share and
    other cellular operating data).                         YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                          --------------------------------------------------------------
                                             1998        1997        1996        1995          1994
<S>                                     <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>          <C>        
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues:
   Service............................     $ 75,633    $ 43,408   $  23,120   $  14,289    $   9,784
   Roamer.............................       20,199       9,475       6,414       4,562        3,897
   Equipment..........................        2,700       1,020         927       1,476        2,008
                                           --------    --------   ---------   ---------    ---------
     Total revenues...................       98,532      53,903      30,461      20,327       15,689
                                           --------    --------   ---------   ---------    ---------
Operating expenses:
   Network costs......................       18,877      11,578       6,731       4,974        3,293
   Costs of equipment sales...........        5,968       2,807       1,375       1,914        2,214
   Selling, general and administrative       39,156      25,225      13,576       7,700        6,570
   Depreciation and amortization......       26,532      12,458       5,539       3,249        2,426
                                           --------    --------   ---------   ---------    ---------
     Total operating expenses.........       90,533      52,068      27,221      17,837       14,503
                                           --------    --------   ---------   ---------    ---------
Operating income .....................        7,999       1,835       3,240       2,490        1,186
                                           --------    --------   ---------   ---------    ---------
Other income (expense):
   Interest expense...................      (19,060)     (6,065)       (281)     (1,365)      (1,195)
   Interest and dividend income.......        1,461         232         335         277          170
   Equity in earnings (losses) of                                           
     unconsolidated subsidiaries......         (535)       (350)         52         (37)         (37)
   Minority interest..................        4,553       3,082         331           -            -
                                           --------    --------   ---------   ---------    ---------
     Other income (expense), net......      (13,581)     (3,101)        437      (1,125)      (1,062)
                                           --------    --------   ---------   ---------    ---------
Income (loss) before income taxes and
   extraordinary item.................       (5,582)     (1,266)      3,677       1,365          124

Income tax provision (benefit)........            -           -         200         575         (486)
                                           --------    --------   ---------   ---------    ---------
Net Income (loss) before extraordinary
     item.............................       (5,582)     (1,266)      3,477         790          610
                                           --------    --------   ---------   ---------    ---------
Extraordinary item - early
     extinguishment of debt...........       (1,042)          -           -           -            -
                                           --------    --------   ---------   ---------    ---------
Net income (loss) ....................       (6,624)     (1,266)      3,477         790          610
                                           --------    --------   ---------   ---------    ---------
Preferred stock dividend..............       (9,090)          -           -           -            -
                                           --------    --------   ---------   ---------    ---------
Net income (loss) applicable to common                                                                  
     shares...........................     $(15,714)   $ (1,266)  $   3,477   $     790    $     610
                                           ========    ========   =========   =========    =========
Basic and diluted net income (loss)
   per common share...................       $(1.76)     $(0.14)     $0.41       $0.13        $0.11
                                           ========    ========   =========   =========    =========

Basic and diluted weighted average            8,916       8,853      8,509       5,983        5,522
   common shares outstanding..........     ========    ========   =========   =========    =========


</TABLE>

                                      15
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                       DECEMBER 31,
                                                  1998        1997        1996         1995         1994
                                               ------------ ----------- ----------- ------------ ------------
<S>                                           <C>        <C>            <C>        <C>           <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
   Working capital (deficit)..........          $ (9,538)   $      514    $(11,215)   $(4,415)     $    80
   Net property and equipment.........           131,714        77,920      41,935     23,517       16,479
   Total assets.......................           480,524       181,588      60,507     30,138       22,439
   Total debt.........................           298,851       128,000       8,492     19,123       15,117
   Total shareholders' equity.........            19,279        33,731      34,996      5,458        4,668

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

OTHER OPERATING DATA                                              YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                   1998       1997        1996         1995        1994
                                                 ---------- ----------- ----------- ------------ -----------
<S>                                           <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>         <C>
Customers at period end:
  RCC Cellular                                    186,892      84,600       45,094       26,764      17,402
  Wireless Alliance - Cellular                     11,079      17,167            -            -           -
  Wireless Alliance - PCS                           5,129           -            -            -           -
   Other                                           11,550       9,312        6,890        3,783       2,089
                                                 ---------- ----------- ----------- ------------ -----------
        Total customers                           214,650     111,079       51,984       30,547      19,491

Penetration: (1)
  RCC Cellular                                       8.0%        7.6%         7.5%         4.5%        2.9%
  Wireless Alliance - PCS                            0.7%        3.3%            -            -           -

Retention: (2)
  RCC Cellular                                      98.5%       98.4%        98.7%        99.0%       99.2%
  Wireless Alliance - PCS                           98.2%       98.7%            -            -           -

Average monthly revenue per customer: (3)
  RCC Cellular                                        $52         $55          $66          $69         $84
  Wireless Alliance - PCS                              64          61            -            -           -

Acquisition cost per customer: (4)
  RCC Cellular                                       $362        $403         $307         $395        $448
  Wireless Alliance - PCS                             565         280            -            -           -

Cell sites / Base Stations:
  RCC Cellular                                         233         121          72           64          55
  Wireless Alliance - PCS                              53           -            -            -           -



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  Represents the ratio of cellular customers at the end of the period to 
     POPs.

(2)  Determined for each period by dividing total cellular customers
     discontinuing service during such period by the average cellular customers
     for such period (customers at the beginning of the period plus customers at
     the end of the period, divided by two), dividing that result by the number
     of months in the period, and subtracting such result from one.

(3)  Determined for each period by dividing the sum of access, airtime, roaming,
     long distance, features, connections, disconnection, and other revenues for
     such period by average cellular customers for such period (customers at the
     beginning of the period plus customers at the end of the period, divided by
     two), and dividing that result by the number of months in such period.

(4)  Determined for each period by dividing selling and marketing expenses,
     costs of equipment sales, and depreciation of rental telephone equipment by
     the gross cellular customers added during such period.

                                      16
<PAGE>

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND 
         RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Over the past three years, acquisitions of additional cellular operations, 
development of the PCS markets through Wireless Alliance, and the issuance of 
subordinated notes and preferred stock have affected the Company's financial 
performance and, accordingly, the year-to-year comparability of such 
performance. Further, the Company's past performance, especially the changes 
from year to year, should not be considered predictive of the Company's 
future performance.

 ACQUISITIONS

UNITY CELLULAR SYSTEM, INC

Effective May 1, 1997, the Company completed the acquisition of the related 
assets of the Maine wireless telephone operations and related assets of Unity 
Cellular Systems, Inc. and related cellular and microwave licenses from 
InterCel, Inc. In addition, the Company acquired InterCel's 51% interest in 
the Northern Maine Cellular Partnership, which holds a cellular license for 
Maine RSA2 and acquired the remaining 49% in Northern Maine from an unrelated 
third party. The costs for all of the acquired properties in Maine (the "MRCC 
Acquisition") was $86 million. The acquired licenses cover the Bangor, Maine 
MSA and Maine RSA 3 (which includes Augusta, the state capitol). The Company 
operates its Maine operations through a wholly owned subsidiary, MRCC. 
Headquartered in Bangor, MRCC serves a 20,500 square-mile service area that 
encompasses approximately 518,000 POPs. The acquisitions (the "MRCC 
Acquisitions") have been accounted for under the purchase method of 
accounting.

ATLANTIC CELLULAR COMPANY, L.P.

Effective July 1, 1998, the Company completed the acquisition of the Vermont, 
New Hampshire, New York and Massachusetts cellular telephone licenses, 
operations and related assets of Atlantic Cellular Company L.P. and one of 
its subsidiaries ("Atlantic"), for approximately $262.5 million. Under the 
terms of the agreement, the Company acquired a contiguous, multi-state 
service area of 21,000 square miles, encompassing approximately 1.1 million 
POPs. The cellular properties acquired from Atlantic include: (i) the entire 
state of Vermont (RSA 1, RSA 2, and the Burlington MSA); (ii) western New 
Hampshire (RSA 1); (iii) the northeastern corner of New York (RSA 2); and 
(iv) northwestern Massachusetts (RSA 1). In addition, the Company has 
acquired Atlantic's long distance business. The Company operates its Atlantic 
operations as RCC Atlantic, Inc.

WESTERN MAINE CELLULAR, INC.

Effective July 31, 1998, the Company completed the acquisition of the 
outstanding stock of Western Maine Cellular ("WMC"), a wholly-owned 
subsidiary of Utilities, Inc. for approximately $7.5 million. WMC provides 
cellular service to western Maine RSA 1, a 3,700 square-mile area of western 
Maine encompassing 83,000 POPs. The Company operates WMC through its wholly 
owned subsidiary, MRCC.

EVENTS SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 31, 1998

Effective February 1, 1999, the Company acquired RGI, Inc. d/b/a Glacial 
Lakes Cellular 2000 ("Glacial") for approximately $11.9 million. Operating 
under the name Cellular 2000(R), Glacial provides cellular service to 
northeastern South Dakota (RSA 4), which includes eight counties and is 
adjacent to RCC's existing cellular operation in northern and central 
Minnesota. Glacial Lakes' service area encompasses 69,000 POPs and the 
operation serves more than 6,800 customers.

On February 2, 1999, the Company entered into two swap transactions with TD 
Bank Financial Group, which together, effectively lower the interest on the 
Senior Subordinated Notes from 9.625% to 8.535% through May 2003. During the 
period of June 2003 through May 2008, the Company will pay the difference 
between LIBOR and the fixed swap rate if the swap rate exceeds LIBOR, and the 
Company will receive the difference between LIBOR and the fixed swap rate if 
LIBOR exceeds the swap rate. Settlement occurs on the quarterly reset dates 

                                      17
<PAGE>

specified by the terms of the contracts. The notional principal amount of the 
interest rates swaps outstanding was $125 million at February 2, 1999.

JOINT VENTURE

Wireless Alliance, LLC ("Wireless Alliance"), a joint venture that is 
51%-owned by RCC and 49%-owned by an affiliate of Aerial Communications, 
Inc., was formed in 1996 to provide PCS service to targeted markets in 
Minnesota, Wisconsin, North Dakota and South Dakota. Wireless Alliance began 
by reselling cellular service to gain visibility in its markets. In the 
second quarter of 1998, PCS networks were launched in Fargo, North Dakota; 
Moorhead and Duluth, Minnesota; Virginia/Hibbing, Minnesota and Superior, 
Wisconsin. In the third quarter of 1998, PCS service was launched in Sioux 
Falls, South Dakota followed by Grand Forks, North Dakota in the fourth 
quarter of 1998. Wireless Alliance's service area covers 708,000 POPs. In all 
of these markets, Aerial contributed the licenses, and RCC is responsible for 
the building and managing of the networks and marketing of the PCS services. 
Like Aerial's other PCS systems, Wireless Alliance utilizes industry-standard 
Global System for Mobile ("GSM") technology. Of the $19.6 million total 
investment, as of December 31, 1998, the Company has contributed $10.0 
million towards its 51 percent ownership while APT has contributed $9.6 
million in PCS licenses. In addition, the Company has contributed $28.1 
million in excess of its 51 percent ownership, which is reflected as a note 
receivable from Wireless Alliance eliminated in consolidation.

GENERAL

The Company's principal operating objective is to increase revenues and 
achieve profitability through the acquisition and development of new cellular 
and digital markets and increased penetration in existing markets. Its total 
market encompasses 3.1 million POPs. The Company has continued to penetrate 
its existing Midwest markets through innovative sales initiatives. However, 
the development of the Wireless Alliance PCS network and the customers added 
through the acquisition of MRCC and Atlantic were the primary factors in the 
Company's increased revenues in Fiscal 1998. Total customers increased 93% to 
214,650 in 1998 as compared to 111,079 in 1997. Offsetting the increase in 
customers was a decrease in the average monthly cellular revenue per customer 
from $55 in 1997 to $52 in 1998. The Company believes that this decrease 
reflects an industry wide trend of adding lower-usage customers, who use 
cellular service for personal convenience, security or as an alternative 
communication resource to their traditional landline telephone service. The 
Company intends to pursue acquisitions to the extent they enhance or extend 
its network or increase shareholder value, although there can be no assurance 
any such acquisition will be consummated.

The Company emphasizes customer support in an effort to maximize its customer 
retention. For the year ended December 31, 1998, the Company experienced an 
average monthly cellular retention rate of 98.5%, as compared to an industry 
average monthly retention rate of 97.9%, as reported in the CTIA Data Survey 
dated June 30, 1998. Customer retention continues to be a challenge as the 
Company's customer base grows and competition increases. However, the Company 
believes that it will continue to maintain relatively high retention rates 
due in part to its territory manager distribution philosophy, by offering 
communication service packages and value-added features anticipating customer 
needs, and by providing high quality and knowledgeable customer service.

The Company's revenues consist of charges to customers for cellular and 
paging service, roamer revenues and equipment sales. Service revenues include 
monthly access charges, charges for airtime used in excess of the time 
included in the service package purchased, long distance charges derived from 
calls placed by the Company's customers and cellular and paging equipment 
lease revenues. In addition, other charges include activation and feature 
charges for such features as voice mail, call waiting, and call forwarding.

Roamer revenues consist of airtime, long distance and service fees charged 
for providing service to customers of other cellular systems that place or 
receive a call within the Company's cellular service area. The per minute 
rate paid by a roamer, or the intercarrier exchange rate, is determined by an 
agreement between the Company and the roamer's cellular carrier. The Company 
has reciprocal agreements with cellular licensees in adjacent cellular 
service areas that allow the Company to provide service to its customers 
calling from or receiving calls in these territories at favorable rates. The 
Company believes that roamer revenues will continue to increase as a result 
of an 

                                      18
<PAGE>

increase in both the number of roaming customers and roaming minutes of use 
as the cellular industry matures. The Company believes these increases will 
more than offset an expected decline in intercarrier exchange rates.

Equipment sales consist of cellular and paging equipment and accessory sales 
to customers. Within certain markets, the Company rents equipment to 
customers in order to reduce the customers' perception that the cost of 
purchasing cellular service is prohibitive. This program may negatively 
affect equipment sales; however, its effect is lessened by other equipment 
sales programs initiated in newly acquired markets.


                                      19
<PAGE>

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table presents certain consolidated statements of operations data
as a percentage of total revenues for the periods indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                              YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                         1998           1997           1996
                                                    -------------- -------------- --------------
    <S>                                               <C>          <C>             <C>
      REVENUES:
         Service...................................      76.8%        80.5%           75.9%
         Roamer....................................      20.5         17.6            21.1
         Equipment.................................       2.7          1.9             3.0
                                                    -------------- -------------- --------------
           Total revenues..........................     100.0        100.0           100.0
                                                    -------------- -------------- --------------
      OPERATING EXPENSES:
         Network costs.............................      19.2         21.5            22.1
         Cost of equipment sales...................       6.1          5.2             4.5
         Selling, general and administrative.......      39.7         46.8            44.6
         Depreciation and amortization.............      26.9         23.1            18.2
                                                    -------------- -------------- --------------
           Total operating expenses................      91.9         96.6            89.4
                                                    -------------- -------------- --------------
      OPERATING  INCOME                                   8.1          3.4            10.6
                                                    -------------- -------------- --------------
      OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
         Interest expense..........................     (19.4)       (11.3)           (0.9)
         Interest and dividend income..............       1.5          0.4             1.1
         Equity in earnings (losses) of            
           unconsolidated affiliates...............      (0.5)        (0.6)            0.2
         Minority interest.........................       4.6          5.7             1.1
                                                    -------------- -------------- --------------
           Other expense, net......................     (13.8)        (5.8)            1.5
                                                    -------------- -------------- --------------
      INCOME (LOSS)  BEFORE INCOME TAX AND
           EXTRAORDINARY ITEM                            (5.7)        (2.4)           12.1
      INCOME TAX PROVISION                                -            -               0.7
                                                    -------------- -------------- --------------
      NET INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE EXTRAORDINARY ITEM        (5.7)        (2.4)           11.4
                                                    -------------- -------------- --------------
      EXTRAORDINARY ITEM-EARLY EXTINGUISHMENT OF
           DEBT                                          (1.0)         -               -
                                                    -------------- -------------- --------------
      NET  INCOME (LOSS)                                 (6.7)        (2.4)           11.4
                                                    -------------- -------------- --------------
      PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDEND                           (9.2)         -               -
                                                    -------------- -------------- --------------
      NET  INCOME (LOSS) APPLICABLE TO COMMON
           SHARES                                       (15.9)%       (2.4)%          11.4%
                                                    ============== ============== ==============
      EBITDA (1)...................................      35.1%        26.5%           28.8%
      ADJUSTED EBITDA (1)..........................      44.9%        41.7%           31.2%

</TABLE>

(1)  EBITDA is the sum of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and
     amortization and is utilized as a performance measure within the cellular
     industry. EBITDA is not intended to be a performance measure that should be
     regarded as an alternative for other performance measures and should not be
     considered in isolation. EBITDA is not a measurement of financial
     performance under generally accepted accounting principles and does not
     reflect all expenses of doing business (e.g., interest expense,
     depreciation). Accordingly, EBITDA should not be considered as having
     greater significance than or as an alternative to net income or operating
     income as an indicator of operating performance or to cash flows as a
     measure of liquidity. Adjusted EBITDA represents EBITDA excluding Wireless
     Alliance's EBITDA.


                                      20
<PAGE>

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997

REVENUES

Service revenues for the year ended December 31, 1998 increased 74.2% to 
$75.6 million from $43.4 million in 1997. This growth was primarily due to a 
26.1% increase in customers from existing markets and a 67.1% increase in 
customers through the RCC Atlantic acquisition. Increased customer count 
however, was offset by a decrease of 5.8% in the average revenue per cellular 
customer from $55 in 1997 to $52 in 1998. During the year ended December 31, 
1998, Wireless Alliance generated service revenues of $12.2 million.

Roamer revenues for year ended December 31, 1998 increased 113.2% to $20.2 
million from $9.5 million for the comparable period in 1997. Roamer revenues 
have increased due to the activation of additional cell sites and 
acquisitions of new service areas. Reflecting the RCC Atlantic acquisition 
and its greater percentage of roamer revenue as compared to MRCC and RCC 
Midwest, roamer revenues as a percentage of cellular revenues (excluding 
equipment sales and the impact of Wireless Alliance) increased to 34.2% from 
29.1% in 1997. Wireless Alliance had no roamer revenues in 1997 because it 
was exclusively engaged in reselling cellular services and generated an 
immaterial amount in roamer revenues during 1998.

Equipment revenues for 1998 increased 164.7% to $2.7 million from $1.0 
million in 1997. This growth was primarily due to an increase in customers 
acquired through the RCC Atlantic acquisition that utilize a direct phone 
sales program as oppose to an equipment rental program currently popular in 
the Company's Midwest markets.

OPERATING EXPENSES

Network costs include switching and transport expenses and the expenses 
associated with the maintenance and operation of the Company's wireless 
network facilities, as well as charges from other service providers for 
resold minutes and services. Network costs for the year ended December 31, 
1998, increased 63.0% to $18.9 million from $11.6 million in 1997. The 
increase in network costs resulted primarily from expenses incurred by 
Wireless Alliance, RCC Atlantic, and MRCC, which more than offset network 
cost reductions in the Company's Midwest operations. However, as a percentage 
of total revenues, network costs decreased to 19.2% in 1998 from 21.5% in 
1997. Contributing to the reduction of network costs in the Midwest service 
area was the completed installation of the Company's MTSO in the third 
quarter of 1997, thereby reducing the Company's network costs for switching 
services provided by Switch 2000, LLC. Network costs for Wireless Alliance 
increased to $9.3 million for the year ended December 31, 1998 from $6.0 
million in 1997. The increase is attributed to additional network costs 
associated with increased cellular reselling customers.

Selling, general, and administrative ("SG&A") expenses include salaries, 
benefits, and operating expenses such as marketing, commissions, customer 
support, accounting, administration, and billing. SG&A expenses for the year 
ended December 31, 1998 increased 55.2% to $39.2 million from $25.2 million 
in 1997. The increase in SG&A over the prior year resulted primarily from 
additional costs related to the acquisition of Atlantic on July 1, 1998 and 
operating MRCC during all of 1998. As a percentage of total revenue, SG&A 
decreased to 39.7% in 1998 from 46.8% in 1997, reflecting operating 
efficiencies achieved through the integration of the Company's New England 
operation.

Depreciation and amortization expense for year ended December 31, 1998 
increased 113.0% to $26.5 million from $12.5 million in 1997. The increase 
reflects the Company's continued construction and acquisition efforts and its 
investments in network facilities and rental equipment. Specifically 
contributing to the increase was the depreciation relating to the 
construction of 23 additional cell sites for RCC Cellular, an additional 89 
cell sites from the RCC Atlantic Acquisition, and the activation of 53 
Wireless Alliance PCS cell sites. In addition, license and other intangible 
asset amortization resulting from acquisitions increased $6.6 million for the 
year ended December 31, 1998 from $1.5 million in the prior year.

                                      21
<PAGE>

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)

Interest expense for 1998 increased to $19.1 million from $6.1 million in 
1997. The increase in interest expense was a result of higher average 
borrowings under credit facilities and interest related to the 9 5/8% Senior 
Subordinated Notes ("Senior Subordinated Notes") used to finance the 
acquisitions of Atlantic Cellular and WMC, the construction of 23 cell sites 
for the Company's cellular network and other growth initiatives. Other income 
also includes an increase in 1998 in the minority partner's absorption of 
Wireless Alliance losses.

EXTRAORDINARY ITEM

On May 28, 1998, the Company repayed approximately $140 million of the 
outstanding amount under its $160 million credit facility utilizing the 
proceeds from its issuance of $125 million in Senior Subordinated Notes and 
$125 million in Exchangeable Preferred Stock ("Exchangeable Preferred 
Stock"). Accordingly, the Company recognized an extraordinary loss of 
approximately $1 million related to the early retirement of debt representing 
the unamortized debt issuance costs.

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996


REVENUES

Service revenues for 1997 increased 87.8% to $43.4 million from $23.1 million 
in 1996. This growth was primarily due to the increase in the number of 
customers partially offset by a decrease of 16.7% in the average revenue per 
customer. Customer growth in existing markets accounted for approximately 25% 
of the increase in customers while newly acquired or developing markets 
accounted for the other 75%. Newly acquired or developing markets include 
customers gained through the MRCC Acquisition and the formation of Wireless 
Alliance. In 1997, Wireless Alliance generated service revenues of $7.3 
million.

Roamer revenues for 1997 increased 47.7% to $9.5 million from $6.4 million in 
1996, reflecting the increase in the number of markets served. Markets have 
increased as a result of the activation of additional cell sites and 
acquisitions of new service areas. Individual customer roamer revenue 
remained relatively unchanged when compared to 1996.

Equipment revenues for 1997 increased 10.0% to $1.0 million from $927,000 in 
1997. This growth reflects an increase in customers acquired through the MRCC 
Acquisition purchasing their cellular handsets and equipment as compared to 
the Company's Midwest customers who more frequently rent them.


OPERATING EXPENSES

Network costs for 1997, which increased 72.0% to $11.6 million from $6.7 
million in 1996, improved as a percentage of total revenues from 22.1% in 
1996 to 21.5% in 1997. The increase in network costs resulted primarily from 
expenses incurred by Wireless Alliance and MRCC, which more than offset 
network cost reductions in the Company's Midwest Cellular operations. 
Contributing to the reduction of network costs in the Midwest service area 
was the substantial completion in late 1996 of the digital microwave network, 
which reduced the Company's reliance on third-party assistance in connecting 
cell site communication to the MTSO. In addition, the Company completed 
installation of its own MTSO in the third quarter of 1997 thereby reducing 
the Company's network costs for switching services provided by Switch 2000, 
Inc. Network costs for Wireless Alliance increased to $6.0 million in 1997 
from $220,000 in 1996. The increase is attributable to additional network 
costs associated with increased customers.

SG&A expenses for 1997 increased 85.8% to $25.2 million from $13.6 million in 
1996. The increase in SG&A over the prior year results primarily from 
additional costs from MRCC and a $6.2 million increase in costs of Wireless 
Alliance.


                                     22

<PAGE>

Depreciation and amortization expense for 1997 increased 124.9% to $12.5 
million from $5.5 million in 1996. The increase reflects the Company's 
continued construction and acquisition efforts and its investments in network 
facilities, including the Company's newly installed MTSO, and rental 
equipment. Contributing to the increase was the depreciation relating to the 
construction of 15 additional cell sites and the acquisition of 35 cell sites 
in Maine. In addition, the Company shortened the depreciation life from three 
years to two years for new rental telephones placed in service during 1997.


OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)

Interest expense for 1997 increased to $6.1 million from $280,000 in 1996. 
The increase in interest expense was a result of higher average borrowings to 
finance the MRCC Acquisitions, the construction of 15 cell sites for the 
Company's cellular network and other growth initiatives. Other income also 
includes an increase in 1997 in the minority partners absorption of losses.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

The Company's primary liquidity requirements are for working capital, capital 
expenditures, debt service, acquisitions, and customer growth. These 
requirements have been met through cash flow from operations and borrowings 
under the Company's credit facility. On July 1, 1998, the Company entered 
into a new revolving Credit Facility with a syndicate of banks totaling $300 
million ("the Credit Facility") which replaced its previous $160 million 
credit facility, (See Note 4 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial 
Statements regarding the terms of the Credit Facility). As of December 31, 
1998, the Company had $173 million outstanding under its Credit Facility. 
Under the Credit Facility, amounts may be borrowed or repaid at any time 
through maturity provided that, at no time, the aggregate outstanding 
borrowings exceed the total of the Credit Facility. The Company believes that 
it will have adequate capital resources to satisfy all its liquidity 
requirements for at least the next twelve months.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $28.6 million for the year 
December 31, 1998. Adjustments to the $6.6 million net loss to reconcile to 
net cash used in operating activities included $26.5 million in depreciation 
and amortization and a $9.1 million increase in accounts payable partially 
offset by a $4.5 million decrease in minority interest.

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 1998 
was $313.2 million. The principal uses of cash included the Company's $270.0 
million acquisition of Atlantic and WMC, and purchases of property and 
equipment of $41.5 million, of which $13.3 million was attributable to 
Wireless Alliance capital expenditures. These purchases reflect the 
construction and launch of Wireless Alliance's PCS network, expansion of 
existing coverage in RCC Cellular, and the continued upgrading of existing 
cell sites and switching equipment. Capital expenditures (including $5.7 
million for Wireless Alliance) are expected to be approximately $30.5 million 
in 1999. Capital expenditures and debt service are expected to be funded 
through internally generated cash flows and, if necessary, borrowings under 
the $300 million Credit Facility.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $284.7 million for the year 
ended December 31, 1998. Financing activities for such period consisted 
primarily of the placement on May 14, 1998 of $125 million of 9 5/8% Senior 
Subordinated Notes due May 15, 2008 and $125 million of 11 3/8% Exchangeable 
Preferred Stock. The net proceeds were used to repay a portion of 
indebtedness and to finance the acquisitions of Atlantic and WMC.

In the ordinary course of business, the Company continues to evaluate 
acquisition opportunities and other potential business transactions. Such 
acquisitions, joint ventures and business transactions may be material. Such 
transactions may also require the Company to seek additional sources of 
funding through the issuance of additional debt and/or additional equity. 
There can be no assurance that such funds will be available to the Company on 
acceptable or favorable terms.


                                     23

<PAGE>

OTHER MATTERS

INFLATION

The impact of inflation on the Company has not been significant.

YEAR 2000 READINESS

GENERAL

Issues regarding Year 2000 readiness exist because many computer systems and 
applications currently in use employ two-digit fields to designate a year. As 
a result, date sensitive systems may recognize the year 2000 as 1900 or not 
at all. This inability to recognize or properly treat the Year 2000 may 
result in system failures or miscalculations causing disruptions of 
operations, including, among other things, an inability to process 
transactions, send invoices, or engage in normal business activities. Hence, 
the computerized systems used by the Company must be reviewed, evaluated and 
if and where necessary, modified or replaced to ensure that all financial, 
information and operating systems are Year 2000 ("Y2K") compliant.

STATE OF READINESS

The Company has formed a Y2K Project Team, representing all business units, 
and staffed with subject matter experts to address Y2K readiness matters. The 
Y2K Project Team's plan is made up of six phases: inventory, assessment, 
remediation, test and acceptance, implementation, and contingency planning. 
Major areas being addressed by the Y2K project team include: the cellular 
network; interconnect arrangements to connect the cellular network with 
landline systems; clearinghouse arrangements to allow verification and 
billing of roaming traffic; the Company's wide area and local area networks; 
the Company's internal communications systems; Company server hardware, 
software and desktop systems; billing software and related elements; 
financial and operational reporting systems; information integration systems; 
critical suppliers including financial institutions, payroll/benefits 
processing, credit bureaus, benefit plans, building systems, and office 
equipment.

With respect to internal matters, the project team has prepared an inventory 
of all computer hardware, software, and computer based systems. The Company 
has distributed inquiries and requests for Y2K readiness certification to all 
known system vendors. Although the Company is still in the process of 
obtaining and assessing vendor responses and declarations of Y2K readiness, 
it has been determined that critical areas with non -Y2K compliant software 
and hardware include switching and billing systems.

RISKS RELATING TO Y2K COMPLIANCE MATTERS

The failure of the Company to upgrade its billing and switching systems to be 
Y2K ready may result in the Company being unable to continue operations. 
Accordingly, the Company is working toward Y2K certification of its various 
billing systems to insure Y2K readiness. The Company also upgraded its MTSO 
software for two of its three switches in 1998 and has plans to upgrade the 
third switch software in the second quarter of 1999.

The Company anticipates having mission critical software and hardware 
remedied and Y2K ready by mid-year 1999 and will continue testing throughout 
the third and fourth quarters of 1999. Although the Company believes that 
these efforts should result in a cellular network that will continue to 
function without material service affecting outages due to Y2K problems, 
network equipment suppliers have been unwilling to give unqualified 
warranties that network equipment is Y2K compliant. Service affecting 
outages, if prolonged and widespread, will materially affect the Company's 
revenues.

The terms and conditions under which the Company provides cellular and paging
services to its customers contain provisions that limit the Company's liability
in the event that there is a service failure. The terms and conditions provide
that the Company is not liable for any consequential or incidental damages to
its customers. They further provide that no credit will be given for service
outages of less than 24 hours in duration. In addition, they limit


                                    24

<PAGE>

damages for failure to provide service to a credit for the pro rated number 
of days that service was unavailable. Service affecting outages have occurred 
in limited geographic areas in the past and the Company has not been found 
liable to any person for damages in excess of the limitations imposed by the 
terms and conditions of service. The Company believes it is unlikely that an 
outage occasioned by a failure attributable to a Y2K readiness would lead to 
a different result. The Company has adopted a policy of not giving any 
warranties to customers regarding Y2K readiness. The Company, at this time, 
does not anticipate any litigation involving the Company that would arise as 
a result of Y2K readiness issues.

ESTIMATED Y2K COMPLIANCE COSTS

During 1998, the Company did not incur material costs related to bringing 
systems into Y2K compliance. For 1999, the Company has budgeted $2.0 million 
to cover costs associated with Y2K assessments, modifications, and associated 
upgrades.

THIRD PARTY PROVIDERS

The potential impact of the Y2K will also depend on the way in which the Y2K 
issue is addressed by customers, vendors, service providers, utilities, 
governmental agencies and other entities with which the Company does 
business. The Company is communicating with these parties to learn how they 
are addressing the Y2K issue and to evaluate any likely impact on the 
Company. The Company has requested commitment dates from the various parties 
as to their Y2K readiness and delivery of compliant software and other 
products. The Y2K efforts of third parties are not within the Company's 
control, however their failure to respond to Y2K issues successfully could 
result in business disruption and increased operating costs for the Company. 
At the present time, it is not possible to determine whether any such events 
are likely to occur, or to quantify any potential negative impact they may 
have on the Company's future results of operations and financial condition.

CONTINGENCY PLANNING

The Company has begun the process of developing contingency plans that might 
be available in the event of either internal or external Y2K compliance 
problems. To this end, the Company's Y2K Project Team has begun to prepare 
potential contingency alternatives. The Company intends to complete its 
contingency planning in respect of Y2K compliance during the remainder of 
1999.

Y2K FORWARD LOOKING INFORMATION

The foregoing discussion regarding the Y2K project's timing, effectiveness, 
implementation, and cost, contains forward-looking statements, which are 
based on management's best estimates derived using assumptions. These 
forward-looking statements involve inherent risks and uncertainties, and 
actual results could differ materially from those contemplated by such 
statements. Factors that might cause material differences include, but are 
not limited to, the availability of key Y2K personnel, the Company's ability 
to locate and correct all relevant computer codes, the readiness of third 
parties, and the Company's ability to respond to unforeseen Y2K 
complications. Such material differences could result in, among other things, 
business disruption, operational problems, financial loss, legal liability 
and similar risks.

SEASONALITY

The Company experiences seasonal fluctuations in revenues and operating 
income (loss). Somewhat offset by the New England acquisitions which have 
better roaming revenues year around, the Company's average monthly roamer 
revenue per cellular customer increases during the second and third calendar 
quarters. This increase reflects greater usage by the Company's roamer 
customers who travel in the Company's cellular service area for weekend and 
vacation recreation or work in seasonal industries, such as agriculture and 
construction. Because the Company's cellular service area includes many 
seasonal recreational areas, the Company expects that roamer revenues will 
continue to fluctuate seasonally more than service revenues.


                                    25

<PAGE>

Certain  unaudited  quarterly  results for 1998 and 1997 are set forth below 
(in thousands,  except average monthly revenue per cellular customer):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 1998 QUARTER ENDED
                                 -------------------------------------------------
                                 Mar 31      Jun 30         Sep 30         Dec 31
                                 ------      ------         ------         ------
<S>                              <C>        <C>            <C>             <C>
Total revenues...............    $14,797    $17,672        $33,955         $32,108

Operating income (loss)......      (524)        364          5,903           2,256

EBITDA (*)...................     3,694       5,211         14,361          11,266

Average monthly revenue
    per cellular customer....       $46         $53            $57             $51
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 1997 QUARTER ENDED
                                 --------------------------------------------------
                                 Mar 31       Jun 30        Sep 30          Dec 31
                                 ------      ------         ------         ------
<S>                              <C>         <C>            <C>             <C>
Total revenues...............    $8,323      $13,326        $16,747         $15,507

Operating income (loss)......      (354)         511          1,781            (103)

EBITDA(*)....................     1,608        3,438          5,429           3,818

Average monthly revenue
    per cellular customer....       $52          $58            $61             $50
</TABLE>


(*) See footnote (1) on page 20 under "Item 7. Management Discussion and 
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" for a definition 
and discussion of EBITDA.

FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

Forward-looking statements herein are made pursuant to the safe harbor 
provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Although 
the Company believes that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking 
statements are reasonable, it can give no assurance that such expectations 
will prove to be correct. A number of factors could cause actual results, 
performance, achievements of the Company, or industry results to be 
materially different from any future results, performance or achievements 
expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. These factors 
include but are not limited to, the competitive environment in the wireless 
and telecommunications industries, changes in economic conditions in general 
and in the Company's business, demographic changes, changes in prevailing 
interest rates and the availability of and terms of financing to fund the 
anticipated growth of the Company's business, the ability to attract and 
retain qualified personnel, the significant indebtedness of the Company, and 
changes in the Company's acquisition and capital expenditure plans. Investors 
are cautioned that all forward-looking statements involve risks and 
uncertainties.

In addition, such forward-looking statements are necessarily dependent upon 
assumptions, estimates and data that may be incorrect or imprecise and 
involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors. 
Accordingly, any forward-looking statements included herein do not purport to 
be predictions of future events or circumstances and may not be realized. All 
subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to the 
Company or persons acting on its behalf are expressly qualified in their 
entirety by the foregoing cautionary statements. The Company disclaims any 
obligation to update any such factors or to announce publicly the results of 
any revisions to any of the forward-looking statements contained herein to 
reflect future events or developments.


                                     26

<PAGE>

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Rural Cellular Corporation uses Exchangeable Preferred Stock, Senior 
Subordinated Notes, and bank credit facilities to finance its operations. 
These on-balance sheet financial instruments, to the extent they provide for 
variable rates of interest, expose the Company to interest rate risk, with 
the primary interest rate risk exposure resulting from changes in LIBOR or 
the prime rate, which are used to determine the interest rates that are 
applicable to borrowings under the Company's bank credit facilities. The 
Company uses off-balance sheet derivative financial instruments, including 
interest rate swap and interest rate protection agreements, to partially 
hedge interest transactions. All of the Company's derivative financial 
instrument transactions are entered into for non trading purposes. The terms 
and characteristics of the derivative financial instruments are matched with 
the underlying on-balance sheet instrument or anticipated transaction and do 
not constitute speculative or leveraged positions independent of these 
exposures.

The information below summarizes the Company's sensitivity to market risk 
associated with fluctuations in interest rates as of December 31, 1998. To 
the extent that the Company's financial instruments expose the Company to 
interest rate risk, they are presented within each market risk category in 
the table below. The table presents principal cash flows and related interest 
rates by year of maturity for the Company's Senior Subordinated Notes, and 
bank credit facilities in effect at December 31, 1998. The table also 
presents payments in kind, interest and related interest rates by year of 
maturity for the Company's Exchangeable Preferred Stock in effect at December 
31, 1998. The cash flows related to the variable portion of interest rate 
swaps are determined by dealers using valuation models that estimate the 
future level of interest rates, with consideration of the applicable yield 
curve as of December 31, 1998. For interest rate swaps and interest rate 
protection agreements, the table presents notional amounts and the related 
reference interest rates by year of maturity. Fair values included herein 
have been determined based on (i) quoted market prices for Exchangeable 
Preferred Stock and Senior Subordinated Notes; (ii) the carrying value for 
the bank credit facilities at December 31, 1998 as interest rates are reset 
periodically; and (iii) estimates obtained from dealers to settle interest 
rate swaps and interest rate protection agreements. Notes 4, 5 and 6 to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements contain descriptions of the Company's 
Exchangeable Preferred Stock, Senior Subordinated Notes and the Credit 
Facility, and interest rate risk management agreements and should be read in 
conjunction with the table below.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             TOTAL
                                                                                   THERE    INTEREST
(IN THOUSANDS)                      1998     1999      2000     2001      2002     AFTER      PAID     FAIR VALUE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>        <C>       <C>
INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY:
   SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES:
      Fixed Rate                   $7,653  $12,031   $12,031   $12,031   $12,031   $64,802   $120,579   $131,250
      Average Interest Rate         9.63%    9.63%     9.63%     9.63%     9.63%     9.63%      9.63%

   EXCHANGEABLE PREFERRED STOCK
      Fixed Rate                   $9,099  $15,711   $17,553   $19,637   $22,133   $144,136  $228,269    126,250
      Average Interest Rate        11.38%   11.38%    11.38%    11.38%    11.38%     11.38%    11.38%

   CREDIT FACILITY
      Variable Rate               $11,407  $11,850   $11,902   $12,024   $12,110   $49,184   $108,477   $173,000
      Average Interest Rate         7.07%    6.85%     6.88%     6.95%     7.00%     7.05%      6.95%

   INTEREST RATE SWAPS:
      Fixed to Variable                -   $(1,249)  $(1,363)  $(1,363)  $(1,363)  $10,881   $  5,543       $939
      Average Pay Rate                 -        -         -         -         -      1.86%      1.86%
      Average Receive Rate             -    1.09%     1.09%     1.09%     1.09%          -      1.09%

      Variable to Fixed              $122     $998      $972      $866      $783      $292     $4,033    $(4,758)
      Average Pay Rate              0.66%    0.63%     0.59%     0.53%     0.48%     0.43%      0.55%

</TABLE>


                                     27

<PAGE>

ITEM 8.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

See Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto commencing on Page F-1.

ITEM 9.    CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING   AND 
           FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.




                                    28

<PAGE>





                                 PART III

ITEM 10.   DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

Information regarding directors of the Company is set forth in the Proxy 
Statement under the heading "Election of Directors" and is incorporated 
herein by reference. The information regarding executive officers of the 
Company is contained in Part I of this Form 10-K.

ITEM 11.   EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Information required by this item is set forth in the Proxy Statement under 
the headings "Election of Directors" and "Executive Compensation" and is 
incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12.   SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

Information required by this item is set forth in the Proxy Statement under 
the heading "Common Stock Ownership" and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13.   CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Information required by this item is set forth in the Proxy Statement under 
the heading "Certain Transactions" and is incorporated herein by reference.



                                     29

<PAGE>

                                   PART IV

ITEM 14.   EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          Page Number
                                                                                            In this
(a)     (1)     CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS                                          Form 10-K
                ---------------------------------                                          ---------
<C>     <C>     <S>                                                                        <C>
                Report of Independent Public Accountants                                      F-1

                Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1998 and 1997                  F-2

                Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended
                December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996                                              F-4

                Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the Years
                Ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996                                        F-5

                Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended
                December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996                                              F-6

                Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                                    F-7

        (2)     CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

                The following financial statement schedule is filed as
                part of this Form 10-K:

                Report of Independent Public Accountants                                      S-1

                Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts                               S-2

                All schedules not included are omitted either because
                they are not applicable or because the information
                required therein is included in Notes to Consolidated
                Financial Statements.

        (3)     EXHIBITS

                See Exhibit Index on page 54.

(b)     REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

        None

(c)     EXHIBITS

        See Exhibit Index on page 54.

(d)     OTHER FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

        Not applicable.

</TABLE>

                                     30

<PAGE>

                                  SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed 
on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                         Rural Cellular Corporation



                                        /s/ Richard P. Ekstrand
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        RICHARD P. EKSTRAND
                                        PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

Date: March 29, 1999

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this 
Report has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the 
date indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

SIGNATURE                                                  TITLE                                  DATE
- ---------                                                  -----                                  ----
<S>                                                        <C>                                    <C>
/s/ Richard P. Ekstrand                                    President and                          March 29, 1999
- ------------------------------------------------           Chief Executive Officer
Richard P. Ekstrand                                        (Principal Executive Officer
                                                           and Director)

/s/ Wesley E. Schultz                                      Vice President of Finance and          March 29, 1999
- ------------------------------------------------           Chief Financial Officer
Wesley E. Schultz                                          (Principal Financial
                                                           and Accounting Officer)

/s/ David J. Del Zoppo                                     Vice President, Controller             March 29, 1999
- ------------------------------------------------
 David J. Del Zoppo

/s/ George W. Wikstrom Jr.                                 Director                               March 29, 1999
- ------------------------------------------------
George W. Wikstrom Jr.

/s/ Don C. Swenson                                         Director                               March 29, 1999
- ------------------------------------------------
Don C. Swenson

/s/ Jeffrey S. Gilbert                                     Director                               March 29, 1999
- ------------------------------------------------
Jeffrey S. Gilbert

/s/ Marvin C. Nicolai                                      Director                               March 29, 1999
- ------------------------------------------------
Marvin C. Nicolai

/s/ George M. Revering                                     Director                               March 29, 1999
- ------------------------------------------------
George M. Revering

</TABLE>


                                                     31


<PAGE>


                   REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To Rural Cellular Corporation:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Rural 
Cellular Corporation (a Minnesota corporation) and subsidiaries as of 
December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the related consolidated statements of 
operations, shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years 
in the period ended December 31, 1998. These financial statements are the 
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express 
an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing 
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to 
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free 
of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, 
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. 
An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and 
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall 
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a 
reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in 
all material respects, the financial position of Rural Cellular Corporation 
and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the results of their 
operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period 
ended December 31, 1998 in conformity with generally accepted accounting 
principles.


                                           ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP


Minneapolis, Minnesota,
February 5, 1999



                                     F-1

<PAGE>

                 RURAL CELLULAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                               AS OF DECEMBER 31,
                                (IN THOUSANDS)


                                    ASSETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    1998               1997
                                                                                -----------         -----------
<S>                                                                             <C>                 <C>
CURRENT ASSETS:
   Cash.............................................................            $     2,062         $     1,995
   Accounts receivable, less allowance of $1,555 and $1,146 ........                 13,796               9,621
   Inventories......................................................                  2,321               1,774
   Other current assets.............................................                    813                 766
                                                                                -----------         -----------
     Total current assets...........................................                 18,992              14,156
                                                                                -----------         -----------

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, less accumulated depreciation of $42,538 and                                           
     $23,874 .......................................................                131,714              77,920
                                                                                -----------         -----------
LICENSES AND OTHER ASSETS:
   Licenses and other intangible assets, less accumulated
     amortization of $8,108 and $1,490..............................                309,672              81,348
   Deferred debt issuance costs, less accumulated amortization of
     $509 and $120..................................................                 11,761               1,080
   Other assets.....................................................                  8,385               7,084
                                                                                -----------         -----------
     Total licenses and other assets................................                329,818              89,512
                                                                                -----------         -----------
                                                                                   $480,524            $181,588
                                                                                ===========         ===========
</TABLE>

                      The accompanying notes are an integral part of
                           these consolidated balance sheets.


                                           F-2

<PAGE>


                        RURAL CELLULAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                               CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                                    AS OF DECEMBER 31,
                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
                            LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  1998               1997
                                                                               ---------          ----------
<S>                                                                            <C>                <C>
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
   Accounts payable.................................................           $   16,524         $    7,960
   Advance billings and customer deposits...........................                3,229              2,541
   Accrued interest.................................................                3,508              1,595
   Dividends payable................................................                1,880                  -
   Other accrued expenses...........................................                3,389              1,546
                                                                               ----------          ---------
     Total current liabilities......................................               28,530             13,642


LONG-TERM DEBT......................................................              298,851            128,000


     Total liabilities..............................................              327,381            141,642


COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 9)


MINORITY INTEREST...................................................                1,663              6,215


EXCHANGEABLE PREFERRED STOCK........................................              132,201                  -


SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
   Class A common stock; $.01 par value; 15,000 shares authorized,
     7,780 and 7,593 shares issued and outstanding..................                   78                 76
   Class B common stock; $.01 par value; 5,000 shares authorized,
     1,203 and 1,260 shares issued and outstanding..................                   12                 13
   Additional paid-in capital.......................................               35,707             34,446
   Accumulated deficit..............................................              (16,518)              (804)
                                                                               ----------          ---------
     Total shareholders' equity.....................................               19,279             33,731
                                                                               ----------          ---------
                                                                                $ 480,524          $ 181,588
                                                                               ==========          =========
</TABLE>

             The accompanying notes are an integral part of
                   these consolidated balance sheets.


                                F-3


<PAGE>


                                    RURAL CELLULAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                                         FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1998             1997               1996
                                                         -------          -------            -------
<S>                                                      <C>             <C>                <C>
REVENUES:
   Service ............................................  $75,633          $43,408            $23,120
   Roamer .............................................   20,199            9,475              6,413
   Equipment ..........................................    2,700            1,020                927
                                                         -------          -------            -------
     Total revenues....................................   98,532           53,903             30,460
                                                         -------          -------            -------
OPERATING EXPENSES:
   Network costs.......................................   18,877           11,578              6,731
   Cost of equipment sales.............................    5,968            2,807              1,375
   Selling, general and administrative.................   39,156           25,225             13,575
   Depreciation and amortization.......................   26,532           12,458              5,539
                                                         -------          -------            -------
     Total operating expenses..........................   90,533           52,068             27,220
                                                         -------          -------            -------
OPERATING INCOME ......................................    7,999            1,835              3,240
                                                         -------          -------            -------
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
   Interest expense....................................  (19,060)          (6,065)              (280)
   Interest and dividend income........................    1,461              232                335
   Equity in earnings (losses) of                                                                  
     unconsolidated affiliates.........................     (535)            (350)                51
   Minority interest...................................    4,553            3,082                331
                                                         -------          -------            -------
     Other income (expense), net.......................  (13,581)          (3,101)               437
                                                         -------          -------            -------
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAX AND                    
     EXTRAORDINARY ITEM................................   (5,582)          (1,266)             3,677

INCOME TAX PROVISION...................................      -                  -                200
                                                         -------          -------            -------
NET INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE EXTRAORDINARY ITEM............   (5,582)          (1,266)             3,477
                                                         -------          -------            -------
EXTRAORDINARY ITEM - EARLY EXTINGUISHMENT OF                                                    
     DEBT..............................................   (1,042)              -                  -
                                                         -------          -------            -------
NET INCOME (LOSS)......................................   (6,624)          (1,266)             3,477

PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDEND...............................   (9,090)               -                  -
                                                         -------          -------            -------
NET INCOME (LOSS) APPLICABLE TO COMMON SHARES.......... $(15,714)         $(1,266)           $ 3,477
                                                         -------          -------            -------
                                                         -------          -------            -------
NET INCOME (LOSS) PER BASIC AND DILUTED /                                                        
     COMMON SHARES.....................................  $(1.76)          $(0.14)            $  0.41
                                                         -------          -------            -------
                                                         -------          -------            -------
WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING,                                                        
     BASIC AND DILUTED.................................    8,916            8,853              8,509
                                                         -------          -------            -------
                                                         -------          -------            -------
</TABLE>

                         The accompanying notes are an integral part of
                            these consolidated financial statements.

                                               F-4
<PAGE>

                  RURAL CELLULAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
                FOR YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
                                (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                RETAINED                   
                                         CLASS A               CLASS B          ADDITIONAL      EARNINGS         TOTAL
                                      COMMON STOCK           COMMON STOCK        PAID -IN     (ACCUMULATED   SHAREHOLDER'S
                                     SHARES    AMOUNT        SHARES   AMOUNT      CAPITAL       DEFICIT)       EQUITY
- --------------------------------- ----------- ---------- ----------- --------- -------------- -------------- --------------
<S>                               <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>       <C>            <C>            <C>
BALANCE, December 31, 1995.......     4,303       $43        1,680       $17      $  8,413        $ (3,015)    $  5,458
   Issuance of common stock,     
     net of offering expenses....     2,870        29            -         -        26,033               -       26,062
   Conversion of Class B common                                                                               
     stock to Class A common     
     stock.......................       330         3         (330)       (3)            -               -            -
   Net Income....................         -         -            -         -             -           3,477        3,477
- --------------------------------- ----------- ---------- ----------- --------- -------------- -------------- --------------
BALANCE, December 31, 1996.......     7,503        75        1,350        14        34,446             462       34,997
   Conversion of Class B common                                                                                
     stock to Class A common     
     stock.......................        90         1          (90)       (1)            -               -            -
   Net Loss......................         -         -            -         -             -          (1,266)      (1,266)
- --------------------------------- ----------- ---------- ----------- --------- -------------- -------------- --------------
BALANCE, December 31, 1997.......     7,593        76        1,260        13        34,446            (804)      33,731
   Conversion of Class B common                                                                                
     stock to Class A common     
     stock.......................        57         1          (57)       (1)            -               -            0
   Stock issued through                                                                                         
     employee stock purchase     
     plan........................         6         0            -         -            57               -           57
   Stock options exercised.......       124         1            -         -         1,204               -        1,205
   Net Loss......................         -         -            -         -             -         (15,714)     (15,714)
- --------------------------------- ----------- ---------- ----------- --------- -------------- -------------- --------------
BALANCE, December 31, 1998.......     7,780       $78        1,203       $12       $35,707        $(16,518)     $19,279
================================= =========== ========== =========== ========= ============== ============== ==============
</TABLE>

              The accompanying notes are an integral part of
                  these consolidated financial statements.

                                     F-5

<PAGE>

                RURAL CELLULAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                      FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                              1998               1997                    1996
                                                          --------------    --------------         --------------
<S>                                                      <C>                <C>                    <C>

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
                                                                            
Net income  (loss).....................................    $    (6,624)         $   (1,266)            $  3,477
Adjustments to reconcile to net cash provided by 
   operating activities................................                                                       
   Depreciation and amortization.......................         26,532              12,458                5,539
   Extraordinary item - early extinguishment of debt...          1,042                   -                    - 
   Equity in (earnings) losses of unconsolidated 
    affiliates.........................................            655                 350                  (52)
   Change in minority interest.........................         (4,552)             (3,082)                (331)
   Other...............................................              7                 (42)                (184)
   Change in other operating elements:
     Accounts receivable...............................         (1,058)             (1,008)              (3,220)
     Inventories.......................................           (230)                (27)                (682)
     Other current assets..............................            365                (262)                (246)
     Accounts payable..................................          9,097              (2,525)               4,872
     Advance billings and customer deposits............            (16)                797                  435
     Other accrued expenses............................          3,346               2,649                   31
                                                          --------------    --------------        --------------
       Net cash provided by operating activities.......         28,564               8,042                9,639
                                                          --------------    --------------        --------------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Purchases of property and equipment, net.............        (41,491)            (34,928)             (24,214)
  Contributions to unconsolidated affiliates...........              -                  (2)                (225)
  Purchases of Atlantic and Western Maine Cellular.....       (269,984)                  -                    - 
  Purchases of Unicel and Northern Maine...............               -            (85,706)                   - 
  Other................................................         (1,734)             (3,983)                (997)
                                                          --------------    --------------        --------------         
    Net cash used in investing activities..............       (313,209)           (124,619)             (25,436)
                                                          --------------    --------------        --------------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Proceeds from exercise of stock options..............          1,262                   -                    -
  Proceeds from issuance of senior subordinated notes..        125,000                   -                    -
  Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock............        125,000                   -                    
  Proceeds from issuance of common stock...............              -                   -               26,540
  Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt.............        193,625             137,695               14,741
  Proceeds from termination of interest rate swap......          1,003                   -                    -
  Repayments of long-term debt.........................       (148,625)            (18,161)             (25,372)
  Payments of debt issuance costs......................        (12,553)             (1,199)                   - 
                                                          --------------    --------------        --------------
    Net cash provided by financing activities..........        284,712             118,335               15,909
                                                          --------------    --------------        --------------
NET INCREASE IN CASH...................................             67               1,758                  112 
CASH, at beginning of year.............................          1,995                 237                  125 
                                                          --------------    --------------        --------------
CASH, at end of period.................................    $     2,062          $    1,995             $    237 
                                                          --------------    --------------        --------------
                                                          --------------    --------------        --------------
</TABLE>

           The accompanying notes are an integral part of 
             these consolidated financial statements.


                                 F-6


<PAGE>

              RURAL CELLULAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
               NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997
                              (CONTINUED)

1.  ORGANIZATION AND NATURE OF BUSINESS:

Rural Cellular Corporation and its subsidiaries ("Company" or "RCC") provide
cellular communication service in the northern half of Minnesota and portions of
New England and paging service in northern Minnesota, eastern North Dakota and
portions of Maine. The Company operates its cellular and paging systems under
licenses granted by the Federal Communications Commission ("FCC"). The Company's
operations are subject to the applicable rules and regulations of the FCC.

2.  ACQUISITIONS:

UNITY CELLULAR SYSTEM, INC.

Effective May 1, 1997, the Company completed the acquisition of the Maine
wireless telephone operations and related assets of Unity Cellular Systems, Inc.
and related cellular and microwave licenses from InterCel, Inc. In addition, the
Company acquired InterCel's 51% interest in the Northern Maine Cellular
Partnership, which holds a cellular license for Maine RSA2 and acquired the
remaining 49% in Northern Maine from an unrelated third party. The costs for all
of the acquired properties in Maine (the "MRCC Acquisition") was $86 million.
The acquired licenses cover the Bangor, Maine MSA and Maine RSA 3 (which
includes Augusta, the state capitol). The Company operates its Maine operations
through a wholly owned subsidiary, MRCC. Headquartered in Bangor, MRCC serves a
20,500 square-mile service area that encompasses approximately 518,000 POPs. The
acquisitions (the "MRCC Acquisitions") have been accounted for under the
purchase method of accounting.

ATLANTIC CELLULAR COMPANY, L.P.

Effective July 1, 1998, the Company completed the acquisition of the
Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New York, Vermont and cellular telephone licenses,
operations and related assets of Atlantic Cellular Company L.P. and one of its
subsidiaries ("Atlantic"), an independent provider of wireless communication
services in the New England region for approximately $262.5 million. Under the
terms of the agreement, the Company acquired a contiguous, multi-state service
area of 21,000 square miles, encompassing approximately 1.1 million POPs. The
cellular properties acquired from Atlantic include: (i) northwestern
Massachusetts (RSA 1); (ii) western New Hampshire (RSA 1); (iii) the
northeastern corner of New York (RSA 2); and (iv) the entire state of Vermont
(RSA 1, RSA 2, and the Burlington MSA). In addition, the Company has acquired
Atlantic's long distance business. The Company operates its Atlantic operations
through its wholly-owned subsidiary, RCC Atlantic, Inc. ("RCC Atlantic").

WESTERN MAINE CELLULAR, INC.

Effective July 31, 1998, the Company completed the acquisition of the
outstanding stock of Western Maine Cellular, Inc. ("WMC"), a wholly-owned
subsidiary of Utilities, Inc. for approximately $7.5 million. WMC provides
cellular service to western Maine RSA 1, which incorporates a 3,700 square-mile
service area of western Maine and encompasses 83,000 POPs. The Company operates
WMC through its wholly-owned subsidiary, MRCC, Inc.
("MRCC").

ACCOUNTING TREATMENT

In addition, the purchase price for Atlantic, WMC and Unity was allocated to the
net assets based on their estimated fair values and the excess was recorded as
goodwill and is being amortized over 33 to 39 years. The purchase price
allocations for Atlantic and WMC have been completed on a preliminary basis,
subject to adjustment should new or additional facts about the businesses become
known. All of the above acquisitions have been accounted for under the purchase
method of accounting; accordingly operating results have been included from the
date of acquisition.


                                 F-7


<PAGE>

              RURAL CELLULAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
               NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997
                              (CONTINUED)

The following unaudited pro forma information presents the consolidated results
of operations as if the acquisitions of MRCC, Atlantic, and WMC had occurred as
of January 1, 1997. This summary is not necessarily indicative of what the
results of operations of the Company and the acquired entities would have been
if they had been a single entity during such period, nor does it purport to
represent results of operations for any future periods.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                              YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
            (In thousands except for per share data)          1998              1997
                                                         ---------------   ---------------
          <S>                                            <C>               <C>
             Total revenues............................      $122,198          $100,786
             Operating income..........................        12,125             8,958
             Net loss..................................      $(25,151)         $(27,602)
                                                         ---------------   ---------------
                                                         ---------------   ---------------
          Basic and diluted net loss per share               $(2.82)           $(3.12)
                                                         ---------------   ---------------
                                                         ---------------   ---------------
</TABLE>

3.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

The Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No.
130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income", effective January 1, 1998. SFAS 130 
establishes standards for reporting and display of comprehensive earnings
and its components in financial statements; however, the adoption of this
Statement had no impact on the Company's net earnings or shareholders' equity.
SFAS 130 requires minimum pension liability adjustments, unrealized
gains or losses on the Company's available-for-sale securities and foreign
currency translation adjustments, which prior to adoption were reported
separately in shareholders' equity, to be included in other comprehensive
earnings. There were no material differences between net earnings and
comprehensive earnings for any periods presented in the accompanying
consolidated financial statements.

The Company adopted SFAS 131, "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise 
and Related Information" effective January 1, 1998. This new standard 
requires companies to disclose segment data based on how management makes 
decisions about allocating resources to segments and how it measures segment 
performance. SFAS 131 requires companies to disclose a measure of segment 
profit or loss (operating income, for example), segment assets and 
reconciliations to consolidated totals. It also requires entity-wide 
disclosures about a company's products and services, its major customers and 
the material countries in which it holds assets and reports revenues.

SFAS 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and for Hedging Activities" 
was issued in July 1998. This standard establishes accounting and reporting 
standards requiring that every derivative instrument be recorded on the 
balance sheet as either an asset or liability measured at fair value. SFAS 
133 requires that changes in a derivative's fair value be recognized 
currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. 
Special accounting for qualifying hedges allows a derivative's gains and 
losses to offset related results on the hedged item in the income statement 
and requires that a company must formally document, and designate and assess 
the effectiveness of transactions that receive hedge accounting treatment. 
SFAS No. 133 is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 1999, and 
cannot be applied retroactively. The Company has not yet quantified the 
impacts of adopting SFAS 133 on its financial statements; however, SFAS 133 
could increase the volatility of reported earnings and other comprehensive 
income once adopted.

In April 1998, the Accounting Standards Executive Committee of the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants ("AICPA") issued Statement of Position
("SOP") 98-5, "Reporting on the Costs of Start-up Activities". SOP 98-5 requires
costs of start-up activities and organization costs to be expensed as incurred.
The initial application of SOP 98-5 will be reported as the cumulative effect of
a change in accounting principle. The Company intends to adopt SOP 98-5
effective January 1, 1999. The adoption of SOP 98-5 is not expected to have a
material effect on the Company's financial position or results of operations.


                                 F-8


<PAGE>

              RURAL CELLULAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
               NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997
                              (CONTINUED)

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of RCC and its
wholly-owned subsidiaries, RCC Atlantic, Inc., MRCC, Inc., RCC Paging, Inc., RCC
Atlantic Long Distance, Inc., RCC Network, Inc. and its majority owned joint
venture, Wireless Alliance, LLC ("Wireless Alliance"). All significant
intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. Investments in
unconsolidated affiliates represent investments in companies in which RCC has a
20% to 50% ownership interest and which are accounted for under the equity
method.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

The Company earns revenue by providing cellular and paging services to customers
of the Company and of other cellular carriers traveling (roaming) in the
Company's service area and from sales and rentals of cellular and paging
equipment and accessories. Service revenue consists of the base monthly service
fee and airtime revenue. Base monthly service fees are billed one month in
advance and are recognized in the month earned. Airtime revenue is recognized
when service is provided. Roamer revenue consists of the fee charged to other
cellular carriers' customers for roaming in the Company's service area as well
as related airtime revenue for use of RCC's cellular network. Roamer revenue is
recognized when the service is rendered. The Company recognizes other service
revenues from equipment installations, equipment leases and connection fees when
earned.

INCOME TAXES

The Company follows the liability method of accounting for income taxes, and
deferred income taxes are based on the estimated future tax effects of
differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and
liabilities based on enacted tax laws.

NET INCOME (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE

In 1997, the Company adopted SFAS Statement No. 128, "Earnings per Share". SFAS
128 replaced primary earnings per share ("EPS") with basic EPS. Basic EPS is
computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of shares
outstanding during the year. Diluted EPS is computed by including dilutive
common stock equivalents with the basic weighted average shares outstanding. At
the time of adoption, all prior year EPS was restated in accordance with SFAS
No. 128.

INVENTORIES

Inventories consist of cellular telephone equipment, pagers and accessories and
are stated at the lower of cost, determined using the specific identification
method, or market.


                                 F-9
<PAGE>




PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Additions, improvements or major
renewals are capitalized, while expenditures, that do not enhance or extend the
asset's useful life, are charged to operating expenses as incurred. Depreciation
is computed using the straight-line method based on the estimated useful life of
the asset.

The components of property and equipment and the useful lives of the assets are
as follows as of December 31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT (IN THOUSANDS)           1998                 1997                USEFUL LIVES
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  <S>                                             <C>                <C>                    <C>
      Land                                        $    4,247         $   1,965                  N/A
      Building and towers                             43,947            23,836               15 Years
      Equipment                                      115,661            62,164              2-10 Years
      Furniture and fixtures                           9,620             6,604              3-10 Years
      Assets under construction                          777             7,225                  N/A
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     174,252           101,794

      Less--accumulated depreciation                 (42,538)          (23,874)
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET                      $131,714          $ 77,920                                
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>

The Company's network construction expenditures are recorded as assets under
construction until the system or assets are placed in service, at which time the
assets are transferred to the appropriate property and equipment category. As a
component of assets under construction, the Company capitalizes salaries of the
Company's engineering employees during the construction period for projects that
extend beyond one year.


LICENSES AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Licenses consist of the cost of acquiring paging licenses, the value assigned to
the Wireless Alliance Personal Communication Systems ("PCS") licenses, and the
value assigned to cellular licenses acquired through the acquisitions of Unicel,
Northern Maine, Atlantic Cellular, and WMC. Other intangibles, resulting
primarily from the acquisitions of Unicel, Northern Maine, Atlantic and WMC,
include the value assigned to subscriber lists and goodwill.


                                   F-10

<PAGE>

The components of licenses and other intangible assets are as follows as of
December 31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                        (In thousands)                 1998            1997        AMORTIZABLE LIVES
             ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             <S>                                      <C>              <C>         <C>
             LICENSES:
               Cellular                               $135,407         $31,891     33 - 39 Years
               PCS                                       9,629           9,629       40 Years
               Paging                                      275             275       30 Years
             OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS:
                Goodwill                               122,744          26,452     33 - 39 Years
                Subscriber lists                        49,725          14,591     10 - 33 Years
             ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       317,780          82,838
             Less-accumulated amortization              (8,108)         (1,490)
             ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             LICENSES AND OTHER INTANGIBLE
               ASSETS, NET                            $309,672         $81,348
             ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

DEFERRED DEBT ISSUANCE COSTS

Deferred debt issuance costs relate to the Credit Facility, the Senior
Subordinated Notes and the Exchangeable Preferred Stock (see Notes 4 and 6).
These costs are being amortized over the respective instruments' terms.

OTHER ASSETS

Other assets primarily consist of costs related to spectrum relocation,
restricted investments, and investments in unconsolidated affiliates.
Investments in unconsolidated affiliates are accounted for using the equity
method and represent the Company's ownership interests in Cellular 2000, Inc.
Cellular 2000, Inc. is an entity organized to own the trade name and related
trademark for Cellular 2000. Restricted investments represent the Company's
investments in stock of the St. Paul Bank for Cooperatives and are stated at
cost, which approximates fair value. The restricted investments were purchased
pursuant to the terms of a loan agreement and are restricted as to withdrawal.

BUSINESS AND CREDIT CONCENTRATIONS

The Company's cellular customers are geographically located in the northern half
of Minnesota, eastern North Dakota, western and central Maine, Vermont, New
Hampshire, northeastern New York, and north central Massachusetts. No single
customer accounted for a significant amount of revenues or accounts receivable.

LONG-LIVED ASSETS

The Company periodically evaluates the value of all long-lived assets to
determine if events have occurred that indicate the remaining estimated useful
lives of these assets may warrant revision, or whether the remaining balance may
not be recoverable. If asset recovery is in question, the Company uses an
estimate of future net cash flows over the remaining useful lives of the
long-lived assets to measure recoverability.

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

SFAS 107, "Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments", requires 
disclosure of fair value information about financial instruments for which it 
is practicable to estimate that value, whether or not recognized in the 
balance sheet. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair 
values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation 
techniques. SFAS 107 excludes certain financial instruments and all 
nonfinancial instruments from its disclosure requirements. Accordingly, the 
aggregate fair value amounts do not represent the underlying value of the 
Company.

                                  F-11
<PAGE>


The carrying amounts and fair values of the Company's financial instruments at
December 31, 1998 and 1997 are as follows

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                   CARRYING AMOUNT              ESTIMATED FAIR VALUE
(In thousands)                                   1998            1997           1998            1997
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                          <C>             <C>             <C>            <C>
FINANCIAL ASSET
    Cash                                     $    2,062      $    1,995      $    2,062     $    1,995

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
    $300 million credit facility                173,000               -         173,000              -
    $160 million credit facility                      -         128,000               -        128,000
    9 5/8 % Senior Subordinated Notes           125,000               -         131,250              -

OTHER FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
    $65 million Toronto Dominion Bank                 -               -          (1,701)             -
         interest rate swap agreement
    $65 million Bank Boston interest rate             -               -          (2,238)             -
         swap agreement
    $35 million PNC Bank interest rate                -               -            (819)             -
         swap agreement

</TABLE>

USE OF ESTIMATES

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and
the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported periods.
Ultimate results could differ from those estimates.

RECLASSIFICATIONS

Certain 1997 and 1996 amounts in the accompanying consolidated financial
statements have been reclassified to conform to the 1998 presentation. These
reclassifications had no effect on consolidated net income or total
shareholders' equity as previously reported.


                                 F-12

<PAGE>


4.  LONG-TERM DEBT:

The Company had the following long-term debt outstanding at:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                               DECEMBER 31,
                         (In thousands)                     1998          1997
              -----------------------------------------------------------------------
              <S>                                         <C>            <C>
              $300 million credit facility                $173,000              -
              $160 million credit facility                       -        128,000
              Deferred gain on hedge agreement                 851              -
              9 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes             125,000              -
                                                     --------------------------------
                  Long-term debt                          $298,851       $128,000
                                                     ================================

</TABLE>

9 5/8 % SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES - On May 14, 1998, the Company issued $125
million principal amount of 9 5/8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 (the
"Senior Subordinated Notes"). Interest on the Senior Subordinated Notes began to
accrue on May 14, 1998, and is payable semi-annually on May 15 and November 15
of each year, commencing on November 15, 1998. The Senior Subordinated Notes
will mature on May 15, 2008, and are redeemable, in whole or in part, at the
option of the Company, at any time on or after May 15, 2003. In addition, at any
time prior to May 15, 2001, the Company may redeem up to 25% of the aggregate
principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes with the net cash proceeds of a
qualified event at a price equal to 109.625% of the aggregate principal amount
thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption;
provided that at least $90 million in aggregate principal amount of Senior
Subordinated Notes remains outstanding immediately after such redemption. A
qualified event is a public equity offering or one or more strategic equity
investments which in either case results in aggregate net proceeds to the
Company of not less than $50 million. Within 30 days after the occurrence of a
change of control, the Company will be required to make an offer to purchase all
outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes at a price equal to 101% of the aggregate
principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date
of purchase. The Senior Subordinated Notes are unsecured senior subordinated
obligations of the Company and will be subordinated in right of payment to
future senior indebtedness (as defined in the Indenture related to the Senior
Subordinated Notes) of the Company and effectively subordinated to all
obligations of the Company's subsidiaries (including the guarantees by such
subsidiaries of the Credit Facility described below).

$160 MILLION CREDIT FACILITY - On May 28, 1998, the Company repayed $140 million
of the outstanding principal amount of its $160 million credit facility
utilizing the proceeds from its issuance of Senior Subordinated Notes and $125
million in 11 3/8% Exchangeable Preferred Stock ("Exchangeable Preferred
Stock"). Accordingly, the Company recognized an extraordinary loss of
approximately $1 million related to the early retirement of debt, representing
the unamortized debt issuance costs.

$300 MILLION CREDIT FACILITY - On July 1, 1998, the Company entered into a new
revolving Credit Facility for $300 million with a syndicate of banks (the
"Credit Facility"), which replaced the $160 million credit facility. At the
Company's discretion, advances under the Credit Facility bear interest at the
London Interbank Offering Rate ("LIBOR") plus an applicable margin (1.75% as of
December 31, 1998) and will be based on the Company's ratio of indebtedness to
annualized operating cash flow as of the end of the most recently completed
fiscal quarter. As of December 31, 1998, the effective rate of interest on the
Credit Facility, excluding the impact of the hedge agreements, was 7.07%. A
commitment fee of 0.375% on the unused portion of the Credit Facility is payable
quarterly. Borrowings under the Credit Facility are secured by a pledge of all
the assets of the Company excluding its ownership in the stock of Cellular 2000,
Inc. Mandatory commitment reductions will be required upon any material sale of
assets. The Credit Facility is subject to various covenants including the ratio
of indebtedness to annualized operating cash flow and the ratio of annualized
operating cash flow to interest expense. As of December 31, 1998, the Company
was in compliance with all covenants under the Credit Facility.


                                F-13

<PAGE>


The Credit Facility is to be reduced in equal quarterly amounts as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 (In thousands)
                          -------------------------------------
                                  YEAR              AMOUNT
                          -------------------------------------
                          <C>                    <C>
                                  1999             $       0
                                  2000                     0
                                  2001                 9,731
                                  2002                16,219
                                  2003                23,787
                               Thereafter            123,263
                          -------------------------------------
                                          Total    $ 173,000
                          -------------------------------------

</TABLE>

5. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:

As required by the Credit Facility, the Company maintains interest rate swaps on
at least 50% of the principal amount of the loans outstanding such that the
weighted average term of all interest rate protection is not less than three
years at all dates of determination, and as otherwise provided in the Credit
Facility. Under the interest rate swap agreements, the Company will pay the
difference between LIBOR and the fixed swap rate if the LIBOR exceeds the swap
rate. Income and expense associated with swap transactions are accrued over the
periods prescribed by the contracts. As of December 31, 1998, the Company is
party to three interest rate swaps expiring August 6, 2003, with a total
outstanding notional amount of $165 million and a fair market value of $(4.8)
million.

In anticipation of the offering of the Senior Subordinated Notes and
Exchangeable Preferred Stock, the Company also entered into a $150 million hedge
agreement. On May 12, 1998, the Company settled the hedge agreement, resulting
in a gain of approximately $1.0 million. This gain is being accreted as a
reduction of interest expense over the lives of the underlying debt instruments.

6. EXCHANGEABLE PREFERRED STOCK:

On May 14, 1998, the Company completed the placement of 125,000 shares of 11
3/8% Exchangeable Preferred Stock with a liquidation preference of $1,000 per
share. The Exchangeable Preferred Stock is senior to all classes of junior
preferred stock and common stock of the Company with respect to dividend rights
and rights on liquidation, winding-up and dissolution of the Company. The
Exchangeable Preferred Stock is non-voting, except as otherwise required by law
and as provided in the Certificate of Designation. Dividends on the Exchangeable
Preferred Stock are cumulative, accrue at 11 3/8% per annum from May 14, 1998,
are payable quarterly, and may be paid, at the Company's option, on any dividend
payment date occurring on or before May 15, 2003, either in cash or by the
issuance of additional shares of Exchangeable Preferred Stock having an
aggregate liquidation preference equal to the amount of such dividends.
Thereafter, all dividends will be payable in cash only. As of December 31, 1998,
the Company has accrued $1.9 million in preferred stock dividends which were
distributed on February 15, 1999.

7.  SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:

AUTHORIZED SHARES

The Company's Restated Articles of Incorporation authorize the issuance of
30,000,000 shares of $.01 par value stock. Of such authorized shares, 9,550,000
have not been designated as to class as of December 31, 1998.


                                F-14

<PAGE>

INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING

During 1996, the Company completed an initial public offering (the "Offering")
of 3,450,000 shares of Class A common stock, of which 2,869,863 shares were sold
by the Company and 580,137 previously issued shares were sold by certain
shareholders. The net proceeds to the Company of approximately $26.0 million
were used to repay long-term debt and to provide capital for future expansion.
In connection with the Offering, the exercise price of 150,600 employee stock
options was fixed at $10.00 per share, the price at which the stock was sold to
the public in the Offering.

COMMON STOCK RIGHTS

Class A common shareholders are entitled to one vote for each share owned while
Class B common shareholders are entitled to ten votes for each share owned. Each
share of Class B common stock may at any time be converted into one share of
Class A common stock at the option of the holder. Additionally, all issued Class
B common shares will be converted into an equivalent number of Class A common
shares upon the affirmative vote of not less than 66-2/3 of the then issued
Class B common shares. Further, Class B common shares are automatically
converted to an equal number of Class A common shares if they are transferred to
anyone who is not an affiliate of the transferring shareholder of the Company.

STOCK COMPENSATION PLANS

The stock compensation plan (the "Plan") for employees authorizes the issuance
of up to 1,400,000 shares of Class A common stock in the form of stock options,
stock appreciation rights or other stock-based awards. The Plan provides that
the exercise price of any option shall not be less than 85% of the fair market
value of the Class A common stock as of the date of the grant (100% in the case
of incentive stock options). Options and other awards granted under the Plan
shall vest and become exercisable as determined by the Board of Directors or a
stock option committee.

The stock option plan for nonemployee directors authorizes the issuance of up to
210,000 shares of Class A common stock. The plan provides that the option price
shall not be less than the fair market value of the Class A common stock
outstanding on the date of grant. The options vest and become exercisable over
one to three years and expire between four and six years from the date of grant.

Options  outstanding  as of December 31, 1998 have exercise  prices ranging  
between $8.75 and $16.81.  Information related to stock options is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                     1998                          1997                              1996
                           --------------------------  -----------------------------  ---------------------------
                                            Weighted                                                  Weighted
                                            Average                    Weighted                       Average
                                            Exercise                    Average                       Exercise
                             Shares          Price      Shares      Exercise Price      Shares         Price
                           --------------------------  -----------------------------  ---------------------------
<S>                          <C>            <C>         <C>         <C>                 <C>           <C>
OPTIONS
Outstanding, beginning
of period                     735,200        $  9.47    459,700         $  9.99               -         $    -
    Granted                   291,250          14.66    319,750            9.09         549,700           10.32
    Exercised                (123,750)          9.78          -              -                -              -
    Canceled                  (30,000)          9.13    (44,250)           8.75         (90,000)          12.00
                           --------------------------  -----------------------------  ---------------------------
Outstanding, end of
period                        872,700          11.17    735,200            9.47         459,700            9.99
                           --------------------------  -----------------------------  ---------------------------
                           --------------------------  -----------------------------  ---------------------------
Exercisable, end of                                                                                              
period                        264,590        $ 10.06    161,895         $  9.92          55,200         $  9.92
                           --------------------------  -----------------------------  ---------------------------
                           --------------------------  -----------------------------  ---------------------------
Weighted average fair                                                                                            
value of options granted                     $ 10.94                    $  6.40                         $  5.60
                           --------------------------  -----------------------------  ---------------------------
                           --------------------------  -----------------------------  ---------------------------

</TABLE>


                                       F-15
<PAGE>


The Company accounts for stock options under Accounting Principles Board Opinion
No. 25, under which no compensation cost has been recognized. Had compensation
cost for the Company's plans been determined consistent with SFAS No. 123,
"Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation," the Company's results of operations
and net loss per share would have been reduced to the following pro forma
amounts:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                             YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
           (in thousands except for per share data)      1998         1997         1996
                                                      ----------  ------------  -----------
           <S>                                        <C>            <C>            <C>
           Net loss:
               As reported                            $(15,714)      $(1,266)       $3,477
               Pro forma                               (16,790)       (1,890)        3,215
           Basic and diluted net loss per share:
               As reported                            $  (1.76)      $  (.14)       $  .41
               Pro forma                                 (1.88)         (.21)          .38

</TABLE>

The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of the grant using
the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted average
assumptions used for grants in 1998 and 1997: expected volatility of 50.50 and
51.61%, respectively; risk-free interest rates of 5.6%; and no expected dividend
yield. The per share weighted average fair value of options granted in 1998 and
1997 was $10.04 per share and $6.40 per share, respectively.

8.  INCOME TAXES:

The components of the Company's income tax provisions are as follows (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                            YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                  -------------------------------------------
                                                   1998               1997            1996
                                                  -----------  ------------------  ----------
         <S>                                      <C>          <C>                 <C>
         Current:
              Federal...............              $    -           $     -               $106
              State.................                   -                 -                 94
                                                  -----------  ------------------  ----------
                                                       -                 -                200
         Deferred...................                   -                 -                  -
                                                  -----------  ------------------  ----------
                                                  $    -           $     -               $200
                                                  -----------  ------------------  ----------
                                                  -----------  ------------------  ----------

</TABLE>


                                        F-16
<PAGE>

Reconciliation between the federal income tax rate and the effective income tax
rate is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                --------------------------------------
                                                                  1998           1997          1996
                                                                -----------  -------------  ----------
<S>                                                             <C>          <C>            <C>
Federal income tax rate................................             -%             -%            34.0%
Tax benefit of loss carryforwards......................             -              -            (29.8)
Penalties and fines....................................             -              -                -
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit.........             -              -              1.2
Other, net.............................................             -              -                -
                                                                -----------  -------------  ----------
                                                                    -%             -%             5.4%
                                                                -----------  -------------  ----------
                                                                -----------  -------------  ----------
</TABLE>

The income tax effect of the items that create deferred income tax assets and
liabilities are as follows (amounts in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          DECEMBER 31,
                                                    -------------------------
                                                      1998           1997
                                                    --------     ------------
<S>                                                 <C>          <C>
Deferred income tax assets:
   Operating loss carryforwards.................    $ 14,383     $      4,488
   Tax credit carryforwards.....................         485                -
   Temporary differences:
     Allowance for doubtful accounts............         616              450
     Other......................................       1,745              302
   Valuation allowance..........................      (7,781)            (400)
                                                    --------     ------------
     Total deferred income tax assets...........       9,448            4,840
Deferred income tax liabilities:
   Depreciation.................................      (6,225)          (3,971)
   Intangible assets............................      (3,223)            (724)
   Other........................................           -             (145)
                                                    --------     ------------
     Net deferred income tax asset..............    $      -     $          -                                   
                                                    --------     ------------
                                                    --------     ------------
</TABLE>

A valuation allowance was established in 1997 for net deferred income tax assets
not expected to be offset by deferred income tax liabilities due to the
uncertainty of the realization of future tax benefits.

As of December 31, 1998, the Company had tax operating loss carryforwards of
approximately $36 million available to offset future income tax liabilities.
These carryforwards expire in the years 2006 through 2018. The Tax Reform Act of
1986 contains provisions that may limit the availability and timing of usage of
net operating loss carryforwards in the event of certain changes in the
ownership of the Company's common stock.

9.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

CAPITAL EXPENDITURE COMMITMENTS

The Company had capital expenditure purchase commitments outstanding of
approximately $7 million as of December 31, 1998.

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

The Company has employment agreements with executive officers with terms ranging
from two to three years. These agreements provide for payment of amounts up to
three times their annual compensation if there is a 

                                   F-17
<PAGE>


termination of their employment as a result of change in control of the 
Company, as defined in the agreements. The maximum contingent liability under 
these agreements was $1.7 million at December 31, 1998.

LEGAL AND REGULATORY MATTERS

The Company is subject to various legal and regulatory matters arising in the
normal course of business. Management does not believe any of these matters will
have a significant effect on the Company and, accordingly, no provision for any
liability that may result from these matters has been made.

LEASES (IN THOUSANDS)

The Company leases office space and real estate under noncancelable operating
leases. Future minimum payments under these leases as of December 31, 1998 are
as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                   Year                Amount
           -----------------------------------
           <S>                         <C>
           1999..............          $ 2,275
           2000..............            1,963
           2001..............            1,525
           2002..............            1,155
           2003..............              806
           Thereafter........              389
                                       -------
              Total..........          $ 8,113
                                       -------
                                       -------

</TABLE>

Under the terms of the lease agreements, the Company also is responsible for
certain operating expenses and taxes. Total rent expense of $2,300, $839 and
$379 was charged to operations for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and
1996.

10.  RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS (IN THOUSANDS):

AFFILIATE AGREEMENT

The Company pays Switch 2000, Inc. for cellular switching and interconnection
services. The rates of reimbursement are negotiated by the parties to the
agreement and are similar to rates charged by other service providers. Amounts
billed by Switch 2000, Inc. to the Company totaled $710, $3,230 and $4,824 for
the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 respectively. In September
1998, the Company sold its interest in Switch 2000.

ROAMING AGREEMENT

The Company has a roaming agreement with a partnership that is affiliated with a
beneficial owner of greater than 10% of the Company's common stock. Roaming
charges are passed through to the customer. The rates of reimbursement are
negotiated by the parties to the agreement and reflect rates charged by other
service providers. Net payments by the Company to the partnership were $47, $167
and $331 for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

11.  DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN (IN THOUSANDS):

The Company has a defined contribution savings and profit-sharing plan for
employees who meet certain age and service requirements. Under the savings
portion of the plan, employees may elect to contribute a percentage of their
salaries to the plan, with the Company contributing a matching percentage of the
employees' contributions. Under the profit-sharing portion of the plan, the
Company contributes a percentage of employees' salaries. Contributions charged
to operations for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 were $297,
$162 and $74, respectively. The percentages the Company matches under the
savings portion of the plan and contributes under the profit-sharing portion of
the plan are determined annually by the Company's Board of Directors.


                                    F-18
<PAGE>


12.  SEGMENT INFORMATION:
The Company's consolidated financial statements consist of the business units
RCC Cellular and Wireless Alliance. RCC Cellular includes cellular operations in
Minnesota, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New York and Vermont. Wireless
Alliance, a joint venture that commenced cellular reselling operations in
November 1996 and launched its first PCS networks in the second quarter of 1998,
is 51%-owned by the Company and 49%-owned by APT Inc., an affiliate of Aerial
Communications, Inc. Information about the Company's operations in its business
units for the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997 is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                          ---------------------------------------
                    (In thousands)                             1998                  1997
                                                          ---------------------------------------
        <S>                                                  <C>                   <C>
        STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS:
        Revenues
             RCC Cellular                                    $ 87,720              $ 47,591
             Wireless Alliance LLC                             12,369                 7,339
             Eliminating                                       (1,557)               (1,027)
                                                          ---------------------------------------
                      Total revenue                            98,532                53,903
                                                          ---------------------------------------
        Operating expenses
             RCC Cellular                                      71,853                39,531
             Wireless Alliance LLC                             20,237                13,564
             Eliminating                                       (1,557)               (1,027)
                                                          ---------------------------------------
                      Total operating expenses                 90,533                52,068
        Operating income (loss)
             RCC Cellular                                      15,867                 8,060
             Wireless Alliance LLC                             (7,868)               (6,225)
                                                          ---------------------------------------
                      Total operating income                    7,999                 1,835
                                                          ---------------------------------------
        Depreciation and amortization
             RCC Cellular                                      23,490                11,800
             Wireless Alliance LLC                              3,043                   658
                                                          ---------------------------------------
                       Total depreciation and                  26,533                12,458
                          amortization
        Interest expense
             RCC Cellular                                      19,208                 6,065
             Wireless Alliance LLC                              1,439                    65
             Eliminating                                       (1,587)                  (65)
                                                          ---------------------------------------
                       Total interest expense                  19,060                 6,065

        OTHER OPERATING DATA:
        EBITDA (*)
             RCC Cellular                                      39,357                19,860
             Wireless Alliance LLC                             (4,825)               (5,567)
                                                          ---------------------------------------
                        Total EBITDA                           34,532                14,293
        Capital expenditures
             RCC Cellular                                      29,563                26,127
             Wireless Alliance LLC                             13,300                 8,801
                                                          ---------------------------------------
                        Total capital expenditures             42,863                34,928

        BALANCE SHEET DATA:
        Property and equipment
             RCC Cellular                                     151,227                92,630
             Wireless Alliance LLC                             23,025                 9,164
                                                          ---------------------------------------
                        Total property and equipment          174,252               101,794

        Total assets
          RCC Cellular                                        480,251               175,612
          Wireless Alliance LLC                                34,870                24,273
          Eliminating                                         (30,597)              (18,297)
                                                          ---------------------------------------
                        Total assets                          480,524               181,588

</TABLE>

        (*)EBITDA is the sum of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation
           and amortization and is utilized as a performance measure within the
           cellular industry. EBITDA is not intended to be a performance measure
           that should be regarded as an alternative for other performance
           measures and should not be considered in isolation. EBITDA is not a
           measurement of financial performance under generally accepted
           accounting principles and does not reflect all expenses of doing
           business (e.g., interest expense, depreciation). Accordingly, EBITDA
           should not be considered as having greater significance than or as an
           alternative to net income or operating income as an indicator of
           operating performance or to cash flows as a measure of liquidity.


                                     F-19

<PAGE>

                 RURAL CELLULAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                         DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997
                                (CONTINUED)

13.  SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                -------------------------------------------
                      (IN THOUSANDS)                              1998           1997              1996
                                                                ---------      ----------       ------------
<S>                                                             <C>            <C>              <C>
Cash paid for:
   Interest............................................           $16,273           $4,630            $  564
   Income taxes........................................                 -               64               805


Non-cash investing and financing activity:
   Preferred stock dividends paid in kind..............             7,201                -                 -
   Contribution by an affiliate of Aerial Communications,                                                   
     Inc. of PCS licenses..............................                 -           $3,175            $6,453
</TABLE>

14. EVENTS SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 31, 1998:

Effective February 1, 1999, the Company acquired RGI, Inc. d/b/a Glacial 
Lakes Cellular 2000 ("Glacial") for approximately $11.9 million. Operating 
under the name Cellular 2000-Registered Trademark-, Glacial provides cellular 
service to northeastern South Dakota (RSA 4), which includes eight counties 
and is adjacent to RCC's existing cellular operation in northern and central 
Minnesota. Glacial's service area encompasses 69,000 POPs and the operation 
serves more than 7,000 customers.

On February 2, 1999, the Company entered into two Swap transactions with TD 
Bank Financial Group, which together, effectively lower the interest on the 
Senior Subordinated Notes from 9.625% to 8.535% through May 2003. During the 
period of June 2003 through May 2008, the Company will pay the difference 
between LIBOR and the fixed swap rate if the swap rate exceeds LIBOR, and the 
Company will receive the difference between LIBOR and the fixed swap rate if 
LIBOR exceeds the swap rate. Settlement occurs on the quarterly reset dates 
specified by the terms of the contracts. The notional principal amount of the 
interest rates swaps outstanding was $125 million at February 2, 1999.



                                     F-20

<PAGE>

                  REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


To Rural Cellular Corporation:

         We have audited, in accordance with generally accepted auditing 
standards, the consolidated financial statements included in Rural Cellular 
Corporation's Form 10-K and have issued our report thereon dated February 5, 
1999. Our audit was made for the purpose of forming an opinion on those 
statements taken as a whole. The schedule listed in the index of consolidated 
financial statements is the responsibility of the Company's management and is 
presented for purposes of complying with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission's rules and is not part of the basic consolidated financial 
statements. This schedule has been subjected to the auditing procedures 
applied in the audits of the basic consolidated financial statements and, in 
our opinion, fairly states in all material respects the financial data 
required to be set forth therein in relation to the basic consolidated 
financial statements taken as a whole.



                                            ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP


Minneapolis, Minnesota,
February 5, 1999


                                     S-1


<PAGE>



                  RURAL CELLULAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

ALLOWANCE FOR UNCOLLECTIBLE ACCOUNTS:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                            ------------------------------------------------------
                      (IN THOUSANDS)                            1998                 1997                1996
                                                            --------------        ------------        ------------
<S>                                                         <C>                   <C>                 <C>
Balance, at beginning of year..........................            $1,146             $   308                $163
    Additions charged to income........................             2,843               1,511                 602
    Write-offs, net of recoveries......................            (2,434)               (673)               (457)
                                                            --------------        ------------        ------------
Balance, at end of year................................            $1,555              $1,146                $308
                                                            ==============        ============        ============
</TABLE>



                                    S-2

<PAGE>

                               EXHIBIT INDEX
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Number                                             Description                                            Page
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>             <S>                                                                                          <C>
     1.1        Purchase Agreement dated as of May 7, 1998 by and among the Company and TD Securities          [i]
                (USA) Inc., NationsBanc Montgomery Securities LLC, and BancBoston Inc. (the Initial
                Purchasers)
     2.1        Asset Purchase Agreement among Atlantic Cellular Company, L.P., Atlantic Cellular/New         [ii]
                Hampshire RSA Number One Limited Partnership and RCC Atlantic Inc., Rural Cellular
                Corporation as of February 13, 1998
     2.2        Stock Purchase Agreement among the shareholders of RGI Group, Inc. and the Company as of    [viii]
                February 1, 1999
     3.1        Articles of Incorporation, as amended and restated to date                                   [iii]
     3.2        Bylaws, as amended and restated to date                                                     [viii]
     4.1        Indenture dated May 14, 1998 between the Registrant, as Issuer, and Norwest Bank               [i]
                Minnesota, N.A., as Trustee, with respect to the 9 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2008
     4.2        Form of the 9 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2008 (included as an exhibit to the           [i]
                Indenture, filed herewith as Exhibit 4.1)
     4.3        Notes Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement dated as of May 14, 1998 by and among         [i]
                the Registrant and the Initial Purchasers
     4.4        Certificate of Designation of 11 3/8% Senior Exchangeable Preferred Stock                      [i]
     4.5        Preferred Stock Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement dated as of May 14, 1998 by         [i]
                and among the Registrant and the Initial Purchasers
    10.1 (a)    Loan Agreement dated May 1, 1997 (the "Loan Agreement") among the Registrant and The Toronto
                Dominion Bank, Bank Boston, N.A., St. Paul Bank for Cooperatives, CoBank, Fleet National
                Bank, First National Bank of Maryland, Societe Generale, New York Branch, and Merita Bank
                Ltd New York Branch (the "Banks"), BankBoston, N.A. and St. Paul Bank for Cooperatives (the
                "Co-Agents"), and Toronto Dominion (Texas), Inc. (the "Administrative Agent")                 [iv]
    10.1 (b)    Amendment to the Loan Agreement dated August 4, 1997                                           [i]
    10.1 (c)    Amendment to the Loan Agreement dated December 30, 1997                                        [v]
    10.1 (d)    Amendment to the Loan Agreement dated April 17, 1998                                           [i]
    10.1 (e)    Amendment to the Loan Agreement dated April 24, 1998                                           [i]
    10.2 (a)    Amended and Restated Loan Agreement among the Registrant, as borrower, the financial          [vi]
                institutions whose names appear as lenders on the signature
                pages thereof, TD Securities (USA), Inc., as arranging agent for
                the lenders, and Toronto Dominion (Texas), Inc., as
                administrative agent for the lenders, dated as of July 1, 1998
    10.2 (b)    Exhibit A-Form of Amended and Restated Borrower's Pledge Agreement                            [vi]
    10.2 (c)    Exhibit E-Form of Revolving Loan Note                                                         [vi]
    10.2 (d)    Exhibit F-Form of Amended and Restated Security Agreement                                     [vi]
    10.2 (e)    Exhibit G-Form of Subsidiary Guaranty                                                         [vi]
    10.2 (f)    Exhibit H-Form of Subsidiary Pledge Agreement                                                 [vi]
    10.2 (g)    Exhibit I-Form of Subsidiary Security Agreement                                               [vi]
    10.2 (h)    Exhibit J-Form of Term Loan Note                                                              [vi]
    10.2 (i)    Exhibit K-Form of Incremental Facility Note                                                   [vi]
    10.2 (j)    Exhibit Q-Form of Assignment and Assumption Agreement                                         [vi]
    10.3 (a)    Trademark and Trade Name License Agreements between Cellular 2000, Inc. and:                 [iii]
                (i)     North Woods Cellular Partnership
                (ii)    Northern Lights Cellular Partnership
                (iii)   Great River Cellular Partnership
                (iv)    Cellular Five Partnership
                (v)     Heartland Cellular Partnership
    10.3 (b)    Assignment and Assumption Agreements by and between the Registrant and each partnership      [iii]
   *10.4        1995 Stock Compensation Plan, as amended to date                                               [i]
   *10.5        Stock Option Plan for Non-employee Directors, as amended to date                             [vii]
   *10.6        Employment Agreement with Richard P. Ekstrand effective January 22, 1999                    [viii]
   *10.7        Employment Agreement with Wesley E. Schultz effective January 22, 1999                      [viii]
   *10.8 (a)    Employment Agreement with Scott G. Donlea effective December 1, 1995                         [vii]
   *10.8 (b)    Amendment to Employment Agreement with Mr. Donlea effective December 18, 1996                [vii]
   *10.8 (c)    Amendment to Employment Agreement with Mr. Donlea effective December 18, 1997                  [v]
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<C>             <S>                                                                                        <C>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      21        Subsidiaries of Registrant                                                                  [viii]
      23        Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP                                                              [viii]

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
*Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or agreement required to be
 filed as an exhibit to this Form.

[i]      Filed as an exhibit to Registration Statement on Form S-4 (SEC No.
         333-57677), filed June 25, 1998, and incorporated herein by reference.
[ii]     Filed as an exhibit to Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended 
         March 31, 1998 and incorporated herein by reference.
[iii]    Filed as an exhibit to Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Sec. No. 
         33-80189) filed December 8, 1995 and incorporated herein by reference.
[iv]     Filed as an exhibit to Report on Form 8-K dated May 1, 1997 and 
         incorporated herein by reference. 
[v]      Filed as an exhibit to Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
         December 31, 1997 and incorporated herein by reference.
[vi]     Filed as an exhibit to Report on Form 8-K dated July 1, 1998 and 
         incorporated herein by reference.
[vii]    Filed as an exhibit to Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
         December 31, 1996 and incorporated herein by reference.
[viii]   Filed herewith.



<PAGE>
                                                              EXHIBIT 2.2


                            STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT



                            DATED OCTOBER 15 , 1998





                                  BY AND AMONG



                           RURAL CELLULAR CORPORATION

                                  (PURCHASER)

                                       AND
             GEORGE M. REVERING, JOYCE C. REVERING, GEORGE D. REVERING,
               DAN J. REVERING, DEREK V. REVERING AND THE GEORGE M.
                  REVERING IRREVOCABLE TRUST U/A JULY 22, 1996

                                 (SHAREHOLDERS)


- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               PAGE
                                                                                                               ----
<C>     <S>                                                                                                    <C>
ARTICLE 1:  DEFINITIONS.........................................................................................2
ARTICLE 2:  PURCHASE OF STOCK; PURCHASE PRICE...................................................................9
 2.1    Purchase and Sale of Stock..............................................................................9
 2.2    Purchase Price..........................................................................................9
 2.3    Payment of Purchase Price on the Date of Closing.......................................................10
 2.4    Payments of Purchase Price after the Date of Closing...................................................11
 2.5    Determination of Purchase Price Adjustments; Closing Balance Sheet; Final Payment......................11
ARTICLE 3:  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SHAREHOLDERS.....................................................13
 3.1    Due Incorporation......................................................................................14
 3.2    Capitalization.........................................................................................14
 3.3    Due Authorization......................................................................................14
 3.4    No Breach..............................................................................................14
 3.5    Clear Title............................................................................................15
 3.6    Condition of Assets....................................................................................15
 3.7    Litigation.............................................................................................15
 3.8    Labor Matters..........................................................................................15
 3.9    Taxes..................................................................................................15
 3.10   Employee Benefits......................................................................................16
 3.11   [THIS SECTION INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]...................................................................17
 3.12   Financial Statements...................................................................................18
 3.13   Absence of Certain Developments........................................................................18
 3.14   Intellectual Property..................................................................................20
 3.15   Compliance with Laws...................................................................................20
 3.16   Operating Contracts....................................................................................20
 3.17   Real Estate............................................................................................20
 3.18   Accounts Receivable....................................................................................23
 3.19   Books and Records; Bank Accounts.......................................................................23
 3.20   Employees..............................................................................................23
 3.21   Licenses and Permits...................................................................................23
 3.22   Other Material Contracts and Obligations...............................................................23
 3.23   Subsidiaries...........................................................................................24
 3.24   Insurance..............................................................................................24
 3.25   Brokers................................................................................................24
 3.26   Relationship with Related Persons......................................................................24
 3.27   Hazardous Materials....................................................................................25
 3.28   Other Environmental Matters............................................................................25
 3.29   Debt Instruments.......................................................................................26
 3.30   Dissolution of GLCLP and Glacial DBS...................................................................26
 3.31   Year 2000 Compliance...................................................................................26
 3.32   Customers and Suppliers................................................................................27
 3.33   CGSA...................................................................................................27
 3.34   Network................................................................................................27
</TABLE>

                                                           i

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<C>     <S>                                                                                                    <C>
ARTICLE 4:  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER........................................................27
 4.1    Due Incorporation......................................................................................27
 4.2    Due Authorization......................................................................................27
 4.3    No Breach..............................................................................................27
 4.4    Investment Representations.............................................................................28
 4.5    Brokers................................................................................................28
ARTICLE 5:  PERFORMANCE PENDING CLOSING........................................................................28
 5.1    Access to Information..................................................................................28
 5.2    Conduct of Business....................................................................................28
 5.3    Encumbrances...........................................................................................28
 5.4    Pay Increases..........................................................................................29
 5.5    Restrictions on New Contracts..........................................................................29
 5.6    Preservation of Business...............................................................................29
 5.7    Payment and Performance of Obligations.................................................................29
 5.8    Restrictions on Sale of Assets.........................................................................29
 5.9    Prompt Notice..........................................................................................29
 5.10   Consents...............................................................................................29
 5.11   Copies of Documents....................................................................................29
 5.12   No Solicitation of Other Offers........................................................................29
 5.13   Accounts Receivable and Payable........................................................................30
 5.14   Inventory..............................................................................................30
 5.15   Insurance..............................................................................................30
 5.16   Filing Reports and Making Payments.....................................................................30
 5.17   Capital Expenditures...................................................................................30
 5.18   Monthly Financials.....................................................................................30
 5.19   Title Review...........................................................................................30
 5.20   Litigation.............................................................................................30
 5.21   Notification of Inaccuracy.............................................................................31
 5.22   Valley Sale............................................................................................31
 5.23   Employment Matters.....................................................................................32
 5.24   Amendment of 401(k)....................................................................................32
ARTICLE 6:  MUTUAL COVENANTS AND CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS...........................................32
 6.1    Proceedings............................................................................................32
 6.2    Consents and Approvals.................................................................................32
 6.3    Valley Sale............................................................................................32
ARTICLE 7:  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO PURCHASER'S OBLIGATIONS....................................................32
 7.1    Accuracy of Representations and Warranties.............................................................32
 7.2    Compliance with Covenants and Agreements...............................................................33
 7.3    No Material Adverse Change.............................................................................33
 7.4    Approval by Counsel....................................................................................33
 7.5    Legal Opinion..........................................................................................33
 7.6    Resignation of Directors and Officers..................................................................33
 7.7    Corporate Action.......................................................................................33
 7.8    [THIS SECTION INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.]..................................................................33
 7.9    Environmental Audit....................................................................................33
</TABLE>

                                                    ii

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<C>     <S>                                                                                                    <C>
 7.10   Title Matters; Surveys.................................................................................34
 7.11   Pending FCC Application................................................................................35
 7.12   Due Diligence..........................................................................................35
ARTICLE 8:  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO SHAREHOLDERS'OBLIGATIONS...................................................35
 8.1    Accuracy of Representations and Warranties.............................................................35
 8.2    Compliance with Covenants and Agreements...............................................................35
 8.3    Approval by Counsel....................................................................................35
 8.4    Legal Opinion..........................................................................................35
 8.5    Delivery of Purchase Price and Other Consideration.....................................................35
 8.6    Pending Fee Application................................................................................35
ARTICLE 9:  INDEMNIFICATION....................................................................................35
 9.1    Indemnification by Certain Shareholders................................................................35
 9.2    Indemnification by Purchaser...........................................................................36
 9.3    Procedure for Indemnification..........................................................................37
 9.4    Dispute Resolution.....................................................................................38
ARTICLE 10:  CLOSING...........................................................................................39
 10.1   Date of Closing........................................................................................39
 10.2   Documents to be Delivered by Shareholders..............................................................40
 10.3   Documents to be Delivered by Purchaser.................................................................41
ARTICLE 11:  PERFORMANCE FOLLOWING THE DATE OF CLOSING.........................................................42
 11.1   Further Acts and Assurances............................................................................42
 11.2   Non-Competition Agreement..............................................................................42
 11.3   Non-Solicitation Agreement.............................................................................42
 11.4   Confidential Information...............................................................................42
 11.5   Reasonableness of Covenants............................................................................43
 11.6   Injunctive Relief......................................................................................43
 11.7   Blue Pencil Doctrine...................................................................................43
 11.8   Name of Company........................................................................................43
 11.9   Employee Retention.....................................................................................43
 11.10  Tax Matters............................................................................................44
ARTICLE 12:  TERMINATION.......................................................................................45
 12.1   Termination............................................................................................45
 12.2   Return of Documents and Nondisclosure..................................................................46
ARTICLE 13:  MISCELLANEOUS.....................................................................................46
 13.1   Survival of Representations and Warranties.............................................................46
 13.2   Preservation of and Access to Records..................................................................46
 13.3   Cooperation............................................................................................46
 13.4   Public Announcements...................................................................................47
 13.5   Notices................................................................................................47
 13.6   Entire Agreement.......................................................................................47
 13.7   Remedies...............................................................................................47
 13.8   Amendments.............................................................................................47
 13.9   Successors and Assigns.................................................................................48
 13.10  Costs..................................................................................................48
 13.11  Governing Law..........................................................................................48
 13.12  Counterparts...........................................................................................48
</TABLE>

                                                           iii

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<C>     <S>                                                                                                    <C>
 13.13  Headings...............................................................................................48
 13.14  Scope of Agreement.....................................................................................48
 13.15  Number and Gender......................................................................................48
 13.16  Severability...........................................................................................48
 13.17  Parties in Interest....................................................................................48
 13.18  Waiver.................................................................................................49
 13.19  Forum and Jurisdiction.................................................................................49
 13.20  Construction...........................................................................................49
 13.21  Payment Agent..........................................................................................49
 13.22  Supplementation of Schedules...........................................................................49
</TABLE>




                                                           iv

<PAGE>



                            STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

         THIS STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is made and entered 
into as of the 15th day of October, 1998, by and among Rural Cellular 
Corporation, a Minnesota corporation (the "Purchaser"), and George M. 
Revering, Joyce C. Revering, George D. Revering, Dan J. Revering, Derek V. 
Revering, and the George M. Revering Irrevocable Trust U/A July 22, 1996 
(individually a "Shareholder" and collectively the "Shareholders").

                                    RECITALS

         A. The Shareholders are the owners of all of the issued and 
outstanding shares of each class and series of capital stock (collectively 
the "Stock") of RGI Group, Inc., a Minnesota corporation (the "Company").

         B. The Company is engaged by and through its division known as 
Glacial Lakes Cellular 2000 in the business of providing cellular radio 
telephone services (the "Business") to end users in Market 637B-South Dakota 
4 -- Marshall, South Dakota, pursuant to a license issued by the United States 
Federal Communications Commission (the "FCC").

         C. The Company owns all of the issued and outstanding stock of 
Valley Telephone Company, a Minnesota corporation ("Valley"), which is 
engaged in the businesses of providing local exchange telephone services, 
long distance access, the sale of internet access, DirecTV DBS and related 
telecommunications services in and around Browns Valley, Minnesota, and West 
Browns Valley, South Dakota, pursuant to licenses issued by the Minnesota 
Public Utilities Commission and the South Dakota Public Utilities Commission, 
respectively.

         D. The Company intends to sell all of the stock in Valley (the 
"Valley Sale") prior to the Closing.

         E. Prior to December 30, 1997, the Company was the general partner 
and owner of approximately seventy-six percent (76%) of the interests in 
Glacial Lake Cellular Limited Partnership, a South Dakota limited partnership 
("GLCLP"). On December 30, 1997, the Company acquired the remaining 
approximately twenty-four percent (24%) interest in GLCLP.

         F. During 1997, the Company sold substantially all of the assets of 
its subsidiary, Glacial Lakes DBS, Inc., a South Dakota corporation ("Glacial 
DBS").

         G. The Company owns all of the issued and outstanding stock of 
Revering Finance Corporation, a Minnesota corporation ("RFC"), which is 
engaged in no business other than borrowing money used to finance the Company 
and Valley.

                                    AGREEMENT

         In consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual promises 
contained in this Agreement, Purchaser and the Shareholders agree as follows:

                             ARTICLE 1: DEFINITIONS

         For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the 
meanings specified:

         "AAA RULES" - has the meaning set forth in Section 9.4(b) of this 
Agreement.

         "ACQUISITION PROPOSAL" - means any proposal relating to the possible
acquisition of the Company whether by way of merger, purchase of capital stock
of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or


                                     2

<PAGE>

more of the voting power or equity of the Company, purchase of all or 
substantially all of the assets of the Company, or otherwise.

         "AFFILIATE" - when used in reference to a specified Person, means 
any Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, 
controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with the specified 
Person.

         "AGREEMENT" - has the meaning set forth in the introductory 
paragraph hereof.

         "APPLICABLE LAWS" - means any and all laws, ordinances, 
constitutions, regulations, statutes, treaties, rules, codes, licenses, 
certificates, franchises, permits, requirements and Injunctions adopted, 
enacted, implemented, promulgated, issued, entered or deemed applicable by or 
under the authority of any Governmental Body having jurisdiction over a 
specified Person or any of such Person's properties or assets.

         "AUDIT" - has the meaning set forth in Section 7.9 of this Agreement.

         "AUDITOR" - has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(a) of this 
Agreement.

         "BALANCE SHEET" - has the meaning set forth in Section 3.12 of this 
Agreement.

         "BALANCE SHEET DATE" - has the meaning set forth in Section 3.12 of 
this Agreement.

         "BANK" - has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(c) of this 
Agreement.

         "BASKET AMOUNT" - has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1(a) of 
this Agreement.

         "BENEFIT PLAN" - means any and all bonus, stock option, restricted 
stock, stock purchase, stock appreciation, phantom stock, profit 
participation, profit-sharing, deferred compensation, severance, pension, 
retirement, disability, medical, dental, health, life or dental insurance, 
death benefit, incentive, welfare and/or other benefit, compensation and/or 
retirement plan, policy, arrangement and/or Contract maintained, sponsored or 
participated in by the Company.

         "BUSINESS" - has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this 
Agreement.

         "CLOSING" - has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1 of this 
Agreement.

         "CLOSING BALANCE SHEET" - has the meaning set forth in Section 
2.5(a)(i) of this Agreement.

         "CLOSING CERTIFICATE" - has the meaning set forth in Section 
2.5(a)(i) of this Agreement.

         "CODE" - means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any 
successor law and regulations issued by the IRS pursuant to the Internal 
Revenue Code or any successor law.

         "COMPANY" - has the meaning set forth in the Recitals; provided, 
however, that the term, "Company" as used in Sections 3.9, 3.10, 3.12, 3.13, 
3.24, 3.27, 3.28 and 5.20, and in the definition of "Knowledge," includes the 
Company, Valley, RFC, Glacial DBS and GLCLP.

         "COMPANY INCOME TAX LIABILITY"- means the actual aggregate income 
Taxes set forth as "Tax Due" (federal) or "Amount Due" (state), as shown on 
the Company's consolidated state and federal income Tax Returns, for the 1998 
Tax year and the stub period, if any, ending on the Date of Closing.

         "COMPETING BUSINESS" - has the meaning set forth in Section 3.26 of 
this Agreement.


                                     3

<PAGE>

         "CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION" - means any information or compilation of 
information not generally known to the public or the industry or which the 
Company has not disclosed to third parties without a written obligation of 
confidentiality, which is proprietary to the Company, relating to the 
Company's procedures, techniques, methods, concepts, ideas, affairs, 
products, processes and services, including, but not limited to, information 
relating to marketing, merchandising, selling, research, development, 
manufacturing, purchasing, accounting, engineering, financing, costs, 
customers, plans, pricing, billing, needs of customers and products and 
services used by customers, all lists of customers and their addresses, 
prospects, sales calls, products, services, prices and the like as well as 
any specifications, formulas, plans, drawings, accounts or sales records, 
sales brochures, code books, manuals, trade secrets, knowledge, know-how, 
pricing strategies, operating costs, sales margins, methods of operations, 
invoices or statements and the like.

         "CONSOLIDATED TAX ENTITIES" - has the meaning set forth in Section 
3.9 of this Agreement.

         "CONTRACT" - means any agreement, lease, license, contract, 
obligation, promise, commitment, arrangements, understanding or undertaking, 
instrument, document (whether written or oral and whether express or implied) 
of any type, nature or description that is legally binding. As used herein, 
the word "Contract" shall be limited in scope if modified by an adjective 
specifying the type of contract to which this Agreement or a Section hereof 
refers.

         "CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES" - means any and all securities convertible 
or exchangeable for (i) any shares of capital stock of the Company, 
including, without limitation, common stock, or (ii) any Debt Securities.

         "DATE OF CLOSING" - has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1 hereof.

         "DEBT INSTRUMENT" - has the meaning set forth in Section 3.29 of 
this Agreement.

         "DEBT SECURITIES" - means any and all indebtedness issued by or on 
behalf of the Company which constitutes a security under the Securities Act 
of 1933, as amended, except for indebtedness reflected in the financial 
statements of the Company described on SCHEDULE 3.12 hereto.

         "DEFERRED COMPENSATION AGREEMENTS" - means all of the following: 
Letter Agreement between the Company and Bill Randall dated July 22, 1996, 
Letter Agreement between the Company and Jim Jung dated October 1, 1993, as 
amended on October 1, 1998; Letter Agreement between the Company and Max Tite 
dated October 1, 1993, as amended on October 1, 1998; and Letter Agreement 
between the Company and Bill Chase dated July 15, 1996.

         "DEFERRED COMPENSATION AMOUNT" - means the amount payable by the 
Company pursuant to the Deferred Compensation Agreements.

         "DISCLOSE" - means to reveal, deliver, divulge, disclose, publish, 
copy, communicate, show or otherwise make known or available to any other 
Person, or in any way to copy, any of the Company's Confidential Information.

         "EASEMENTS" - has the meaning set forth in Section 3.17 of this 
Agreement.

         "EMPLOYEE RETENTION AMOUNT" - has the meaning set forth in Section 
11.9(b) of this Agreement.

          "ENCUMBRANCE" - means and includes:

                  (i) with respect to any personal property, any intangible
         property or any property other than real property, any security or
         other property interest or right, claim, lien, pledge, option, charge,
         security interest, contingent or conditional sale, or other title claim
         or retention agreement


                                     4

<PAGE>

         or lease or use agreement in the nature thereof whether voluntarily 
         incurred or arising by operation of law, and including any agreement
         to grant or submit to any of the foregoing in the future; and

                  (ii) with respect to any real property (whether and including
         Owned Real Estate or Leased Real Estate), any mortgage, lien, easement,
         interest, right-of-way, condemnation or eminent domain proceeding,
         encroachment, any building, use or other form of restriction,
         encumbrance or other claim (including adverse or prescriptive) or right
         of third parties (including Governmental Bodies), any lease or
         sublease, boundary dispute, and agreements with respect to any real
         property including: purchase, sale, right of first refusal, option,
         construction, building or property service, maintenance, property
         management, conditional or contingent sale, use or occupancy, franchise
         or concession, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of
         law, and including any agreement to grant or submit to any of the
         foregoing in the future.

         "ENVIRONMENTAL AUDIT FIRM" - has the meaning set forth in Section 
7.9 of this Agreement.

         "ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS" - means any and all Applicable Laws (i) 
regulating the use, treatment, generation, transportation, storage, control 
or disposal of any Hazardous Material, including, but not limited to, the 
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (42 
U.S.C. Section 9601 ET SEQ.) ("CERCLA"), the Resource Conservation and 
Recovery Act (42 U.S.C. Section 6901 ET SEQ.), the Hazardous Materials 
Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. Section 1801 ET SEQ.), the Federal Water 
Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. Section 1251 ET SEQ.), the Clean Water Act 
(33 U.S.C. Section 1251 ET SEQ.), the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. Section 7401 
ET SEQ.), the Toxic Substances Control Act (15 U.S.C. Section 2601 ET SEQ.), 
the Minnesota Environmental Response and Liability Act (Minn. Stat. Ch. 
115B), and the Minnesota Petroleum Tank Release Cleanup Act (Minn. Stat. Ch. 
115C), and/or (ii) relating to the protection, preservation or conservation 
of the environment and public or worker health and safety, all as existing, 
defined or interpreted as of the Date of Closing.

         "ERISA" - means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, 
as amended.

         "FINAL ORDER" - has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2 of this 
Agreement.

         "FCC" - has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

         "GAAP" - means generally accepted accounting principles in the 
United States.

         "GLCLP" - has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this 
Agreement.

         "GLACIAL DBS" - has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this 
Agreement.

         "GOVERNMENTAL BODY" - any:

                  (i)      nation, state, county, city, town, village, district
         or other jurisdiction of any nature;

                  (ii)     federal, state, local, municipal, foreign or other
         government;

                  (iii)    governmental or quasi-governmental authority of any
         nature (including any governmental agency, branch, board, commission,
         department, instrumentality, office or other entity, and any court or
         other tribunal);

                  (iv)     multi-national organization or body; and/or

                  (v)      body exercising, or entitled or purporting to
         exercise, any administrative, executive, judicial, legislative, police,
         regulatory or taxing authority or power of any nature.


                                     5

<PAGE>

         "HAZARDOUS MATERIALS" - any and all (i) dangerous, toxic or 
hazardous pollutants, contaminants, chemicals, wastes, materials or 
substances listed or identified in, or directly or indirectly regulated by, 
any Environmental Law, and (ii) any of the following, whether or not included 
in the foregoing: polychlorinated biphenyls, asbestos in any form or 
condition, urea-formaldehyde, petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction 
thereof, natural gas, natural gas liquids, liquified natural gas, synthetic 
gas usable for fuel or mixtures thereof, nuclear fuels or materials, chemical 
wastes, radioactive materials, explosives and known possible carcinogens.

         "INDEMNIFIED PARTY" - has the meaning set forth in Section 9.3 of 
this Agreement.

         "INDEMNIFYING PARTY" - has the meaning set forth in Section 9.3 of 
this Agreement.

         "INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS" - has the meaning set forth in Section 
2.5(f) of this Agreement.

         "INJUNCTION" - means any and all writs, rulings, awards, directives, 
injunctions (whether temporary, preliminary or permanent), judgments, decrees 
or orders (whether executive, judicial or otherwise) adopted, enacted, 
implemented, promulgated, issued, entered or deemed applicable by or under 
the authority of any Governmental Body.

         "INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY" - means any and all (i) inventions (whether 
patentable or unpatentable and whether or not reduced to practice), all 
improvements thereto, and all patents, patent applications and patent 
disclosures, together with all reissuances, continuations, continuations in 
part, revisions, extensions and reexaminations thereof; (ii) trademarks, 
service marks, trade dress, logos, trade names, assumed names and corporate 
names, together with all translations, adaptations, derivations and 
combinations thereof and including all goodwill associated therewith, and all 
applications, registrations and renewals in connection therewith; (iii) 
copyrightable works, all copyrights and all applications, registrations and 
renewals in connection therewith; (iv) mask works and all applications, 
registrations and renewals in connection therewith; (v) trade secrets and 
confidential business information (including ideas, research and development, 
know-how, technology, formulas, compositions, manufacturing and production 
processes and techniques, technical data, designs, drawings, specifications, 
customer and supplier lists, pricing and cost information and business and 
marketing plans and proposals); (vi) computer software (including data and 
related software program documentation in computer-readable and hard-copy 
forms); (vii) other intellectual property and proprietary rights of any kind, 
nature or description; and (viii) copies of tangible and embodiments thereof 
(in whatever form or medium).

         "IRS" - means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

         "KNOWLEDGE" or "BEST KNOWLEDGE" - an individual will be deemed to 
have "Knowledge" or "knowledge" of a particular fact or other matter if such 
individual is actually aware of such fact or other matter; provided, however, 
that Knowledge by one Shareholder of a particular fact or other matter shall 
be deemed knowledge by all of the Shareholders, and that each Shareholder 
shall be deemed to have Knowledge of all matters regarding the Company of 
which the Company's directors, officers, or any of the following employees 
have Knowledge: George M. Revering, Dean Revering, Dan Revering, Max Tite, 
William Chase, Kathy Scharf, and Cindy Foos.

         "LEASED REAL ESTATE" - has the meaning set forth in Section 3.17 
hereof.

         "LIABILITY" or "LIABILITIES" - means any and all debts, liabilities 
and/or obligations of any type, nature or description (whether known or 
unknown, asserted or unasserted, secured or unsecured, absolute or 
contingent, accrued or unaccrued, liquidated or unliquidated and whether due 
or to become due).

         "LOSS" OR "LOSSES" - has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1 of 
this Agreement.

         "MANAGEMENT FEE" - has the meaning set forth in Section 5.22(c) of 
this Agreement.


                                     6

<PAGE>

         "MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT" or "MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE"- means, in 
connection with any Person, any event, change or effect that is materially 
adverse, individually or in the aggregate, to the condition (financial or 
otherwise), properties, assets, Liabilities, revenues, income, business, 
operations, results of operations or prospects of such Person, taken as a 
whole.

         "OPERATING CONTRACTS" - has the meaning set forth in Section 3.16 of 
this Agreement.

         "ORDINARY COURSE OF BUSINESS" - means an action taken by a Person 
only if:

                  (i) such action is consistent with the past practices of such
         Person and is taken in the ordinary course of the normal day-to-day
         operations of such Person; and

                  (ii) such action is not required to be authorized by the board
         of directors of such Person (or by any Person or group of Persons
         constituting a governing body of a Person exercising similar
         authority).

         "OWNED REAL ESTATE" - has the meaning set forth in Section 3.17 
hereof.

         "PCB'S" - has the meaning set forth in Section 3.28(g) of this 
Agreement.

         "PAYMENT AGENT" - means Revering Shareholder Representative 
Corporation, a Minnesota corporation.

          "PERMITTED ENCUMBRANCES" - has the meaning set forth in Section 
3.17(d) of this Agreement.

         "PERSON" - means any individual, corporation (including any 
non-profit corporation), general, limited or limited liability partnership, 
limited liability company, joint venture, estate, trust, association, 
organization, or other entity or Governmental Body.

         "PROCEEDING" - means any suit, litigation, arbitration, hearing, 
audit, investigation or other action (whether civil, criminal, administrative 
or investigative) commenced, brought, conducted, or heard by or before, or 
otherwise involving, any Governmental Body or arbitrator.

         "PURCHASER" - has the meaning set forth in the introductory 
paragraph hereof.

         "PURCHASE PRICE" - has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2 of this 
Agreement.

         "PURCHASE PRICE ADJUSTMENTS" - has the meaning set forth in Section 
2.2 of this Agreement.

         "QUALIFIED EMPLOYEE" -  has the meaning set forth in Section 11.9(b) 
of this Agreement.

         "REAL ESTATE" - has the meaning set forth in Section 3.17(b) of this 
Agreement.

         "RELATED PERSON" - means, with respect to a particular individual,

                  (i)   each other member of such individual's Family (as 
         hereafter defined); and

                  (ii)  any Affiliate of one or more members of such 
         individual's Family.

         With respect to a specified Person other than an individual:

                  (i)   any Affiliate of such specified Person; and

                  (ii)  each Person that serves as a director, governor, 
         officer, manager, general partner, executor or trustee of such 
         specified Person (or in a similar capacity). For purposes of this


                                      7

<PAGE>

         definition, the "FAMILY" of an individual includes (i) such 
         individual, (ii) the individual's spouse, (iii) any lineal ancestor
         or lineal descendant of the individual, or (iv) a trust for the benefit
         of any of the foregoing.

         "RELEASE" -  has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2(i) of this 
Agreement.

         "RESPONSE PERIOD" - has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(e) of 
this Agreement.

         "RETENTION AGREEMENT" has the meaning set forth in Section 11.9(b) 
of this Agreement.

         "RFC" - has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

         "RIGHTS" shall mean any and all outstanding subscriptions, warrants, 
options, or other arrangements or commitments obligating or which may 
obligate (with or without notice or passage of time or both) the Company to 
issue or dispose of any securities of the Company including, without 
limitation, Convertible Securities, and Debt Securities.

         "SCHEDULES" - has the meaning set forth in the introductory 
paragraph to Article 3 of this Agreement.

         "SHAREHOLDER" or "SHAREHOLDERS" - has the meaning set forth in the 
introductory paragraph hereof.

         "STOCK" - has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this 
Agreement.

         "SUPPLEMENT" - has the meaning set forth in Section 13.22 of this 
Agreement.

         "TAX" or "TAXES" - means any and all net income, gross income, gross 
revenue, gross receipts, net receipts, ad valorem, franchise, profits, 
transfer, sales, use, social security, employment, unemployment, disability, 
license, withholding, payroll, privilege, excise, value-added, severance, 
stamp, occupation, property, customs, duties, real estate and/or other taxes, 
assessments, levies, fees or charges of any kind whatsoever imposed by any 
Governmental Body, together with any interest or penalty relating thereto.

         "TAX RETURN" - means any return, declaration, report, claim for 
refund or information return or statement relating to Taxes, including 
without limitation any schedule or attachment thereto, any amendment thereof, 
and any estimated report or statement.

         "THREATENED" - a claim, Proceeding, dispute, action, or other matter 
will be deemed to have been "Threatened" if any demand or statement has been 
made in writing, or any notice has been given in writing that would lead a 
reasonably prudent Person to conclude that such a claim, Proceeding, dispute, 
action, or other matter will, with substantial certainty, be asserted, 
commenced, taken or otherwise pursued in the future; provided, however, that 
the foregoing shall not include customer billing disputes in the Ordinary 
Course of Business.

         "TRANSITION PERIOD" - has the meaning set forth in Section 11.9(a) 
of this Agreement.

         "USE" - means to appropriate any of the Company's Confidential 
Information for the benefit of oneself or any other Person other than the 
Company.

         "VALLEY" - has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this 
Agreement.

         "VALLEY EMPLOYEES" - has the meaning set forth in Section 5.22(d) of 
this Agreement.

         "VALLEY SALE" - has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this 
Agreement.


                                     8

<PAGE>

         "VALLEY SALE CLOSING DATE" - means the date on which the Valley Sale 
is consummated by a closing.

         "VALLEY SALE DOCUMENTS" - has the meaning set forth in Section 
5.22(a) of this Agreement.

         "VALLEY SALE EXPENSES" - means expenses paid or incurred by the 
Company which arise from or in connection with the Valley Sale, which 
expenses are (i) the Valley Sale Tax Holdback (ii) attorney's, accountants or 
other professional fees incurred in connection with the Valley Sale, (iii) 
sales, use or other transfer Taxes (but excluding income Taxes) incurred 
solely as a result of the Valley Sale, (iv) fees of financial advisors in 
connection with the Valley Sale, which includes one-half of the fee paid to 
Dain Bosworth, and (v) any other direct, out of pocket expenses. Valley Sale 
Expenses shall not include costs related to the use of Company or Valley 
facilities and equipment and the time expended by executives and other 
employees of the Company or Valley in connection with the Valley Sale.

         "VALLEY SALE NET PROCEEDS" - means the Valley Sale Proceeds, less 
(i) Valley Sale Expenses, (ii) amounts paid by the Company with Valley Sale 
Proceeds for: (a) reduction of long term debt to the Bank and (b) reduction 
of debt to any Shareholder, (iii) any amount paid by the Company prior to the 
Closing of the Deferred Compensation Amount, and (iv) any portion of the 
Indemnification Holdback (as defined by the Valley Sale Stock Purchase 
Agreement) that is not directly transferred to the Company.

         "VALLEY SALE PROCEEDS" - means the "Purchase Price" (as defined in 
the Valley Sale Stock Purchase Agreement) (a) increased or decreased by the 
final adjustment specified in Sections 2.2(b) and 2.8 of the Valley Sale 
Stock Purchase Agreement, if any, without reduction for the "Indemnification 
Holdback" (as defined in the Valley Sale Stock Purchase Agreement) and the 
Valley Sale Tax Holdback.

         "VALLEY SALE STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT" - means the September 1, 1998 
Stock Purchase Agreement between Valley and Park Region Mutual Telephone 
Company.

         "VALLEY SALE TAX HOLDBACK" - means the "Tax Holdback," as defined in 
the Valley Sale Stock Purchase Agreement.

         "WORKING CAPITAL ADJUSTMENT" - has the meaning set forth in Section 
2.2(e) of this Agreement.

               ARTICLE 2: PURCHASE OF STOCK; PURCHASE PRICE

         2.1   PURCHASE AND SALE OF STOCK. In reliance upon the 
representations, warranties and covenants contained in this Agreement on the 
Date of Closing, Purchaser agrees to purchase the Stock from the 
Shareholders, and the Shareholders agree to sell, assign, transfer and 
deliver the Stock to Purchaser on the terms and conditions set forth in this 
Agreement.

         2.2   PURCHASE PRICE. The purchase price for the Stock (the 
"Purchase Price") shall be the aggregate of Eleven Million Nine Hundred 
Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($11,900,000) plus or minus, as indicated, the 
sum of the following adjustments (collectively, the "Purchase Price 
Adjustments").

              (a) less sixty percent (60%) of the Employee Retention Amount
         set forth in Schedule 11.9 hereof, plus sixty percent (60%) of any
         Employee Retention Amount not paid by the Company to Qualified
         Employees that, in accordance with Section 11.9 hereof, shall be
         remitted to the Shareholders.

              (b) less sixty percent (60%) of any Deferred Compensation
         Amount that is payable by the Company after the Date of Closing and is
         set forth on the Closing Balance Sheet. No later than five (5) business
         days prior to the Date of Closing, Shareholder shall provide Purchaser
         with SCHEDULE 2.2(b) hereof, which Schedule shall set forth the
         Deferred Compensation Amount, itemized to show the estimated (or
         actual, if available) amount owing to each recipient of a Deferred
         Compensation Amount.


                                     9

<PAGE>

              (c) less principal payments, if any, made on debt owed by the
         Company or RFC to St. Paul Bank for Cooperatives (the "Bank") after
         January 1, 1998 and prior to or at Closing, except for (i) regularly
         scheduled principal payments during such period, and (ii) unscheduled
         (or accelerated) principal payments made from sale proceeds of the
         Company's Glacial DBS sale transaction or from Valley Sale Proceeds.

              (d) less the amount of all long term debt and long term
         liabilities shown on the Closing Balance Sheet after any payment to the
         Bank pursuant to Section 2.2(c) of this Agreement (the "Long Term
         Obligations"). The estimated amount of the Long Term Obligations shall
         be jointly agreed upon between Shareholders and Purchaser in good faith
         prior to the Closing, and the amount of the Long Term Obligations
         determined shall be withheld from the amount payable at Closing and
         reconciled after the Date of Closing in accordance with Section 2.5
         hereof.

              (e) less the amount, if any, by which current liabilities exceed
         current assets on the Closing Balance Sheet (the "Working Capital
         Adjustment"). The composition of, and adjustments required under this
         Agreement to, current assets and current liabilities for purposes of
         preparation of the Closing Balance Sheet is set forth in Section 2.5
         hereof. The estimated amount of the Working Capital Adjustment shall
         be jointly agreed upon between Shareholders and Purchaser in good faith
         prior to the Closing and the estimated Working Capital Adjustment so
         determined shall be withheld from the amount payable to Shareholders
         at Closing and reconciled after the Date of Closing in accordance with
         Section 2.5 hereof.

              (f) plus the Valley Sale Net Proceeds. The estimated amount of the
         Valley Net Proceeds shall be jointly agreed upon between the
         Shareholders and Purchaser in good faith prior to the Closing, and the
         amount of the Valley Sale Net Proceeds so determined will be added to
         the amount payable at Closing and reconciled after Date of Closing in
         accordance with Section 2.5 hereof.

              (g) plus $33,897, but only if the escrow from the Glacial DBS sale
         has not been paid to the Company at or prior to the Date of Closing.

              (h) less the Company Income Tax Liability. The estimated amount of
         the Company Income Tax Liability shall be jointly agreed upon between
         Shareholders and Purchaser in good faith prior to the Closing and the
         estimated Company Income Tax Liability so determined shall be withheld
         from the amount payable to Shareholders at Closing and reconciled after
         the Date of Closing in accordance with Section 2.5 hereof.

              (i) plus the amount, if any, of any refund of any income Taxes
         prepaid by the Company to which the Company is entitled with respect to
         the Company's combined state and federal income Taxes for the 1998 Tax 
         year and the stub period ending on the Date of Closing, except any such
         refund received by the Company at or prior to the Closing.

              (j) plus the excess portion, if any, of the Valley Sale Tax 
         Holdback disbursed to the Company in accordance with the Valley Sale
         Stock Purchase Agreement.

         2.3 PAYMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE ON THE DATE OF CLOSING. The Purchase
Price to be paid on the Date of Closing shall be $11,900,000 plus or minus, as
applicable, the sum of (a) a reduction for the Employee Retention Amount
described in Section 2.2(a), (b) a reduction, if any, for the Deferred
Compensation Amount set forth in Section 2.2(b), (c) a reduction ,if any, for
the principal payments (subject to exceptions) set forth in Section 2.2(c), (d)
a reduction, if any, for the Long Term Obligations estimated in accordance with
Section 2.2(d), (e) a reduction, if any, for the estimate by which current
liabilities exceed current assets on the Closing Balance Sheet in accordance
with Section 2.2(e) and computed in accordance with Section 2.5, (f) an increase
for the amount, if any, of the Valley Sale Net Proceeds estimated in accordance
with Section 2.2(f), (g) an increase for the amount, if any, required to be paid
in accordance with Section 2.2(g), and (h) a reduction, if any, of the Company
Income Tax Liability estimated in accordance with Section 2.2(h). The Purchase
Price Adjustment set forth in Section 2.2(i) shall be paid by Purchaser causing
the Company to transfer to the Payment Agent the Tax refund, if any, specified
in said Section 2.2(i). Upon the Closing, the Company shall be deemed, without
the requirement of further documentation, to have assigned said Tax refund to
the Shareholders. The Purchase Price Adjustment set forth in Section 2.2(j)
shall, immediately at the time of disbursement, be paid by Purchaser to the
Payment Agent. The Purchase Price shall be paid directly to the Payment Agent
and shall be for all purposes deemed payment to the Shareholders. All payments
to the Shareholders pursuant to this

                                     10

<PAGE>

Agreement shall be made by certified or bank cashier's check, or by wire 
transfer of immediately available funds to accounts designated by the Payment 
Agent.

         2.4   PAYMENTS OF PURCHASE PRICE AFTER THE DATE OF CLOSING. The 
Purchase Price Adjustment set forth in Section 2.2(i) shall be paid by 
Purchaser causing the Company to transfer to the Payment Agent the Tax 
refund, if any, specified in said Section 2.2(i). Upon the Closing, the 
Company shall be deemed, without the requirement of further documentation, to 
have assigned said Tax refund to the Shareholders. The Purchase Price 
Adjustment set forth in Section 2.2(j) shall, immediately at the time of 
disbursement, be paid by Purchaser to the Payment Agent. The Purchase Price 
shall be paid directly to the Payment Agent and shall be for all purposes 
deemed payment to the Shareholders. All payments to the Shareholders pursuant 
to this Agreement shall be made by certified or bank cashier's check, or by 
wire transfer of immediately available funds to accounts designated by the 
Payment Agent.

         2.5   DETERMINATION OF PURCHASE PRICE ADJUSTMENTS; CLOSING BALANCE 
SHEET; FINAL PAYMENT.

              (a) Promptly following the Date of Closing (but in any event
         within ninety (90) days after the Date of Closing), the Shareholders
         shall cause to be prepared and delivered to the Purchaser a
         certification (the "Closing Certificate") prepared by an auditor (the
         "Auditor") selected by the Shareholders in their sole discretion. The
         Closing Certificate shall include:
                                            (i)      A closing balance sheet
                  (the "Closing Balance Sheet") prepared in accordance with
                  Section 2.5(b) of this Agreement;
                                            (ii)     The following itemized
                  calculations and reconciliations of estimated Purchase Price
                  Adjustments:
                                    (1)    The amount, if any, estimated and
                           deducted from the Purchase Price paid on the Date of
                           Closing for Long Term Obligations shall be subtracted
                           from the actual Long Term Obligations existing on the
                           Date of Closing. If the amount of the actual Long
                           Term Obligations existing on the Date of Closing (i)
                           exceeds the estimated amount, the Purchase Price is
                           reduced and such amount shall be an amount due to
                           Purchaser, or (ii) is less than the estimated amount,
                           the Purchase Price is increased and such amount shall
                           be an amount due to the Shareholders.
                                    (2)    The amount, if any, estimated and
                           deducted from the Purchase Price, by which current
                           liabilities exceed current assets on the Date of
                           Closing shall be subtracted from the actual amount by
                           which current liabilities exceed current assets on
                           the Closing Balance Sheet. If the actual amount of
                           such excess current liabilities over current assets
                           (i) exceeds the estimated amount, the Purchase Price
                           is reduced and such amount shall be an amount due to
                           Purchaser, or (ii) is less than or equal to the
                           estimated amount, the Purchase Price shall be
                           increased (but not if the estimated amount was $0 on
                           the Date of Closing) and such amount shall be an
                           amount due to the Shareholders.
                                    (3)   The amount, if any, estimated and by
                           which the Purchase Price was increased for the Valley
                           Net Sale Proceeds shall be subtracted from the actual
                           Valley Net Sale Proceeds computed by the Auditors 
                           (for which an itemized calculation shall be made by 
                           the Auditors as a schedule to the Closing 
                           Certificate).  If the amount of the actual Valley Net
                           Sale Proceeds (i) exceeds the estimated amount, the
                           Purchase Price is increased and such amount shall be
                           an amount due to the Shareholders, or (ii) is less
                           than the estimated amount, the Purchase Price is
                           reduced and such amount shall be an amount due to
                           Purchaser.
                                     (4)  The amount, if any, estimated and
                           deducted from the Purchase Price paid on the Date of
                           Closing for the Company Income Tax Liability shall
                           be subtracted from the actual Company Income Tax
                           Liability computed by the Auditors (for which an 
                           itemized calculation shall be made by the Auditors
                           as a schedule to the Closing Certificate).  If the
                           amount of the actual Company Income Tax Liability 
                           (i) exceeds the estimated amount, the Purchase Price
                           is reduced and such amount shall be an amount due to
                           the Purchaser or (ii) is less


                                     11

<PAGE>

                           than the estimated amount, the Purchase Price shall 
                           be increased and such amount shall be an amount due
                           to the Shareholders.
                           (iii)    The foregoing increases or decreases to the
                  Purchase Price shall be summarized and computed in the
                  aggregate as either an amount (i) due to Purchaser, or (ii)
                  due to the Shareholders, with interest thereon computed in
                  accordance with Section 2.5(g)

                           (iv)     Copies of all supplementary documents, work
                  papers, and other data relating to the Closing Certificate;
                  and
                            (v)     Such other supplementary evidence as 
                  Purchaser may require either prior to or after delivery of the
                  Closing Certificate.

                  (b) In connection with the preparation of the Closing Balance
         Sheet and all other matters arising under the Closing Certificate,
         Purchaser shall afford the Shareholders and their representatives
         complete access to the books, records, personnel and facilities of or
         pertaining to the Company to permit the Auditor to review such
         information as is necessary or desirable to prepare the Closing Balance
         Sheet and all other statements arising under the Closing Certificate.

                  (c) The itemized calculations required by Section 2.5(a)(ii)
         shall be presented and calculated in accordance with EXHIBIT B-2
         hereto.
                  (d) The Closing Balance Sheet shall consist of the opinion of
         the Auditor, substantially in the form of Exhibit B-1 hereto, based on
         an audit of the balance sheet of the Company as of the close of
         business on the Date of Closing in accordance with GAAP consistently
         applied by the Company (including any change in accounting methods or
         principles disclosed in any Schedule or Supplement) and without giving
         effect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. The
         Auditor's statement on the Closing Balance Sheet shall be unqualified,
         except for the modifications to GAAP mandated by this Agreement for the
         proper presentation and calculation of the matters required to be
         included with and in the Closing Certificate. The expense of the
         preparation of the Closing Balance Sheet by the auditor shall be borne
         by the Shareholders. The parties hereby acknowledge and agree that,
         regardless of whether it is otherwise required by GAAP, or whether it
         is inconsistent with the past accounting practices of the Company, the
         Closing Balance Sheet shall not contain accruals for the expenses
         associated with the preparation of the Closing Balance Sheet.
                  In furtherance of the foregoing, the Closing Balance Sheet
         prepared by the Auditor shall be adjusted to reflect the following
         adjustments to and/or departures from GAAP (as GAAP is applied in a
         manner consistent with the Company's past accounting practices):
                           (i)    All intercompany eliminations and adjustments
                  shall be made by the debiting or crediting the intercompany
                  account and debiting or crediting the corresponding
                  intercompany account.
                           (ii)   Any amount payable to any Shareholder shall be
                  eliminated with a debit to the applicable liability account(s)
                  and a credit to the retained earnings.
                           (iii)  Any amount payable to the Bank shall be
                  eliminated by a debit to the applicable liability account(s)
                  and a credit to retained earnings.
                           (iv)   Any amount payable as a Deferred Compensation
                  Account shall be eliminated by a debit to the applicable
                  liability account(s) and a credit to retained earnings.
                           (v)    The Indemnification Holdback (as defined in
                  the Valley Sale Stock Purchase Agreement) shall be eliminated
                  as an asset by a credit to the Indemnification Holdback
                  amount and a debit to retained earnings.
                           (vi)   An amount for accrued bonuses payable in 1999
                  for 1998 (if any),vacation pay and sick pay, if not already
                  accrued on the Closing Balance Sheet, shall be accrued by a
                  debit to retained earnings and a credit to the applicable
                  current liability account(s) in the amount(s) as specified
                  in SCHEDULE 3.20.
                           (vii)  Any amount for prepaid income Taxes shall be
                  eliminated as an asset by a credit to the applicable current
                  asset account and a debit to retained earnings.


                                       12

<PAGE>

                           (viii)   Any amount for accrued income Taxes shall be
                  eliminated as a liability by a debit to the accrued income
                  Taxes account and a credit to retained earnings.
                           (ix)     Any amount for the Valley Sale Tax Holdback
                  shall be eliminated as an asset by a credit to the Valley Sale
                  Tax Holdback amount and a debit to retained earnings.
                           (x)      Any amount deducted from the Purchase Price
                  pursuant to Section 2.2(c) shall be adjusted by a debit to 
                  cash and a credit to retained earnings.

                  (e)       If Purchaser concludes that any matter reported in 
         the Closing Certificate is not accurate, Purchaser shall, within thirty
         (30) days after their receipt of the Closing Certificate (the "Response
         Period"), deliver to the Shareholders a written statement setting forth
         a specific description of each of its objections and each of any
         discrepancies believed to exist. If no notice of any objections or
         discrepancies is given within the Response Period, then the
         calculations set forth in the Closing Certificate shall be controlling
         for all purposes of this Agreement, and Purchaser or the Shareholders,
         as the case may be, shall pay the other the amount which they are
         obligated to pay in accordance with the Closing Certificate pursuant to
         SECTION 2.5 (G) below.

                  (f)       Purchaser and the Shareholders shall use good faith
         efforts to jointly resolve the properly noticed objections and
         discrepancies within fifteen (15) days of the receipt of the written
         statement of objections and discrepancies, which resolution, if
         achieved, shall be fully and completely binding upon all parties to
         this Agreement and not subject to further review, appeal, or dispute.
         If Purchaser and the Shareholders are unable to resolve the objections
         and discrepancies to their mutual satisfaction within such fifteen (15)
         day period, then the matter shall be submitted to a mutually acceptable
         accounting firm of national reputation with experience in the cellular
         radio telephone industry (the "Independent Accountants"). In submitting
         a dispute to the Independent Accountants, each of the parties shall
         concurrently furnish, at its own expense, to the Independent
         Accountants and the other party such documents and information as the
         Independent Accountants may request. Each party may also furnish to the
         Independent Accountants such other information and documents as it
         deems relevant, with the appropriate copies and notification being
         concurrently given to the other party. Neither party shall have or
         conduct any communication, either written or oral, with the Independent
         Accountants without the other party either being present or receiving a
         concurrent copy of any written communication. The Independent
         Accountants may conduct a conference concerning the objections and
         disagreements between the Shareholders and Purchaser, at which
         conference each party shall have the right to (i) present its
         documents, materials and other evidence (previously provided to the
         Independent Accountants and the other party) and (ii) to have present
         its or their advisors, accountants and/or counsel. The Independent
         Accountants shall promptly (but not to exceed thirty (30) days from the
         date of engagement of the Independent Accountants) render a decision on
         the issues presented, and such decision shall be final and binding on
         the parties.

                  (g)       Within five (5) days of the earlier to occur of
         (i) any failure to object to the Closing Certificate within the 
         Response Period, or (ii) receipt of the Independent Accountant's 
         decision with respect to such dispute, if Purchaser is deemed to owe
         an amount to the Shareholders, Purchaser shall pay such amount to the
         Shareholders, and if the Shareholders are determined to owe an amount
         to Purchaser, the Shareholders shall pay such amount to Purchaser. All
         amounts owed by Purchaser or the Shareholders to the other in
         accordance with this SECTION 2.5 shall be paid by certified or bank
         cashier's check or by wire transfer of immediately available funds with
         interest computed thereon from the Date of Closing at the prime rate
         charged on the date the payment becomes due by US Bank National
         Association, Minneapolis, Minnesota.

         ARTICLE 3:  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SHAREHOLDERS

         As an inducement to Purchaser to enter into this Agreement and to
consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, Shareholders represent and
warrant to Purchaser that each and all of the following (as modified by the
Schedules to this Agreement (the "Schedules") and any Supplement delivered by
Seller


                                     13

<PAGE>

pursuant to Section 13.22 of this Agreement) are true and correct as of the 
date of this Agreement and will be true and correct as of the Date of Closing:

         3.1 DUE INCORPORATION. The Company and RFC are corporations duly 
organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State 
of Minnesota. The Company has all requisite power and authority, corporate 
and otherwise, to own, operate and lease its properties and assets and to 
conduct the Business as it is now being conducted. The Company and RFC are 
duly qualified to transact business as a foreign corporation and are in good 
standing under the laws of every state or jurisdiction in which the nature of 
their activities or of their properties owned, leased or operated makes such 
qualification necessary and in which the failure to be so qualified could 
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company or 
RFC.

         3.2 CAPITALIZATION. The authorized capital stock of the Company 
consists solely of 20,000 shares of Class A Common Voting Stock, $.01 par 
value per share, 1,980,000 shares of Class B Common Nonvoting Stock, $.01 par 
value per share, of which 10,000 shares of Class A Common Voting Stock and 
990,000 shares of Class B Common Nonvoting Stock are issued and outstanding 
on the date hereof and owned beneficially and of record as indicated in 
EXHIBIT A, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances. Nothing in this 
Agreement shall prevent the Shareholders from gifting the Stock among 
themselves in accordance with an annual gifting program. None of the Stock 
has been issued in violation of the rights of any Person. Except as set forth 
on SCHEDULE 3.2 hereto, as of the date hereof, (i) there are no Convertible 
Securities or Debt Securities outstanding; (ii) there are no Rights 
outstanding; and (iii) there are no shareholder agreements or other 
agreements, understandings or commitments relating to the rights of the 
Shareholders to vote or dispose of the Stock.

         3.3 DUE AUTHORIZATION. The execution, delivery and performance of 
this Agreement, including the documents, instruments and agreements to be 
executed and/or delivered by the Shareholders pursuant to this Agreement, and 
the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have 
been duly and validly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the 
Shareholders. This Agreement and the documents, instruments and agreements to 
be executed and/or delivered by the Shareholders pursuant to this Agreement 
have been or will be on or before the Date of Closing duly and validly 
authorized, executed and delivered by the Shareholders and the obligations of 
the Shareholders hereunder and thereunder are or will be upon such execution 
and delivery valid, legally binding and enforceable against Shareholders in 
accordance with their respective terms, except as such enforcement may be 
limited by applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or 
other similar laws presently or hereafter in effect affecting the enforcement 
of creditors' rights generally and by general principles of equity 
(regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding at 
law or in equity), including, among others, limitations on the availability 
of equitable remedies.

         3.4 NO BREACH. The Shareholders have full power and authority to 
sell, assign, transfer, convey and deliver to Purchaser the Stock to be sold 
hereunder and to otherwise perform their respective obligations under this 
Agreement and the documents, instruments and agreements to be executed and/or 
delivered by the Shareholders pursuant hereto. The execution and delivery of 
this Agreement, including the documents, instruments and agreements to be 
executed and/or delivered by the Shareholders pursuant to this Agreement, and 
the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will 
not: (i) violate any provision of the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws (or 
comparable governing documents or instruments) of the Company; (ii) violate 
any Applicable Laws or Injunction applicable to the Company or any 
Shareholder; (iii) except as provided in SCHEDULE 3.4 hereto, require any 
filing with, permit from, authorization, consent or approval of, or the 
giving of any notice to, any Person; (iv) except as provided in SCHEDULE 3.4 
hereto, result in a violation or breach of, or constitute (with or without 
due notice or lapse of time or both) a default (or give another party any 
rights of termination, cancellation or acceleration) under any of the terms, 
conditions or provisions of any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, license, 
franchise, permit (including, but not limited to, any permits, approvals or 
authorizations of the FCC or any other Governmental Body), lease or other 
Contract to which the Company and/or any Shareholder is a party, or by which 
they or any of their properties or assets may be bound; or (v) result in the 
creation or imposition of any Encumbrance on any of the properties or assets 
of the Company or any Shareholder.

                                     14

<PAGE>

         3.5   CLEAR TITLE. Except as otherwise set forth on SCHEDULE 3.5 
hereto, on the Date of Closing, the Company and RFC will hold good, valid and 
marketable title to all of their non-Real Estate properties and assets and a 
valid leasehold interest in all Leased Real Estate and all leased non-Real 
Estate properties and assets. Such properties and assets and leasehold 
interests are free and clear of any and all Encumbrances of any kind, nature 
and description whatsoever.

         3.6   CONDITION OF ASSETS. Except as set forth in SCHEDULE 3.6 hereto, 
all of the Company's and RFC's properties and assets (i) have in all material 
respects been properly maintained, (ii) are in all material respects in good 
operation condition and repair, subject only to ordinary wear and tear, (iii) 
are usable and fit for their intended purpose, and (iv) are all the assets 
used to operate the Company's Business as currently conducted.

         3.7   LITIGATION.  Except as described in SCHEDULE 3.7 hereto, 
there is no pending Proceeding:


               (a) that has been commenced by or served upon the Company or
         RFC, or of which the Company or RFC have Knowledge (other than any
         Proceeding which generally affects the business of all Persons
         conducting business similar to the Company or RFC and in which Company
         or RFC is not a named defendant); or

               (b) to the Company's or RFC's Knowledge, that challenges, or
         that will have, without substantial certainty, the effect of
         preventing, delaying, making illegal, or otherwise interfering with,
         any of the transactions contemplated hereby.

To the Knowledge of the Shareholders, no such Proceeding has been Threatened. 
Except as provided in SCHEDULE 3.7 hereto, to Shareholders' Knowledge, the 
Company and RFC are not parties to or subject to the provisions of any 
Injunction which could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be 
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company or RFC or impair 
the ability of the Shareholders to consummate the transactions contemplated 
hereby.

         3.8   LABOR MATTERS. The Company and RFC have never been a party to 
any collective bargaining agreement or other labor Contract. There has never 
been, and there is not presently pending or existing, and to the 
Shareholders' Knowledge there is not Threatened, (i) any strike, slowdown, 
walkout, picketing, work stoppage, labor arbitration or other Proceeding in 
respect of the grievance of any employee, (ii) any application or complaint 
filed by any employee or union with the National Labor Relations Board, or 
any comparable Governmental Body, (iii) any organizational activity or other 
labor dispute against or affecting the Company or RFC, and no application for 
certification of a collective bargaining agreement is pending or, to the 
Shareholders' Knowledge, is Threatened. There is no lockout of any employees 
by the Company and no such action is contemplated by the Company or RFC. 
Except as set forth in SCHEDULE 3.8 hereto, there is no allegation, charge, 
complaint or Proceeding pending or, to Shareholders' Knowledge, Threatened by 
any Person against the Company or RFC or any of their current or former 
officers, directors or employees relating to employment, equal employment 
opportunity, discrimination, harassment, wrongful discharge, unfair labor 
practices, immigration, wages, hours, benefits, collective bargaining, the 
payment of social security or similar taxes, occupational safety and health 
or plant closing.

         3.9   TAXES. The Company, as RGI Group, Inc., has filed consolidated 
federal income taxes which included Valley, RFC and Glacial DBS 
(collectively, the "Consolidated Tax Entities").

               (a) GENERAL TAX MATTERS. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.9,
         with respect to the Company, (a) all Tax Returns and all similar
         filings required to be filed before the Date of Closing by the Company
         with respect to any Taxes have been timely filed with the appropriate
         Governmental Body in all jurisdictions in which such Tax Returns are
         required to be filed, all such Tax Returns correctly reflect the
         Liability of the Company for Taxes for the periods, properties or
         events covered thereby, and are correct and complete in all material
         respects; (b) all Taxes shown as payable on the Tax Returns filed by
         the Company prior to the Date of Closing, all Taxes due and payable by
         the Company prior to the Date of Closing (whether or not shown on any
         Tax Return) and all Taxes accruable with respect to events occurring
         prior to the Date of Closing,

                                     15

<PAGE>

         whether disputed or not, will either have been paid in full prior to
         the Date of Closing, or an adequate accrual in accordance with GAAP
         will be provided with respect thereto on the Closing Balance Sheet
         including, but not limited to, any and all taxes relating to the
         Valley Sale; (c) no deficiency in respect of any Taxes which has
         been assessed against the Company remains unpaid and there are no
         unassessed Tax deficiencies or any audits or to the Shareholders'
         Knowledge investigations pending Threatened against the Company with
         respect to any Taxes; (d) there is in effect no extension for the 
         filing of any Tax Return and the Company has not extended or waived
         the application of any statute of limitations of any jurisdiction 
         regarding the assessment or collection of any Taxes; (e) no claim
         has ever been made by any tax authority in a jurisdiction in
         which the Company does not file Tax Returns that the Company is or
         may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction; (f) there are no
         Encumbrances for Taxes upon any asset of the Company except for
         Encumbrances for current Taxes not yet due and payable; (g) to the
         Shareholders' Knowledge no issues have been raised in any examination
         by any Tax authority with respect to the Company which, by application
         of similar principles, could with substantial certainty be expected to
         result in a proposed deficiency for any other period not so examined;
         (h) the Company is not a party to any Tax allocation or sharing
         agreement or otherwise under any obligation to indemnify any Person
         with respect to any Taxes, except for an unwritten arrangement among
         the Consolidated Tax Entities; (i) there are no requests for rulings in
         respect of any Taxes pending between the Company and any Tax authority;
         and (j) the Company has timely made all deposits required by law to be
         made with respect to sales and use Taxes and employees' withholding and
         other employment Taxes.

                (b) DISPUTED CLAIMS AND TAX RETURNS. SCHEDULE 3.9 lists all
         material disputes or claims concerning any Tax Liability of the Company
         claimed or raised by any authority as to which any Shareholder has
         Knowledge. SCHEDULE 3.9 lists all federal, state, local, and foreign
         income Tax Returns filed with respect to the Company for taxable
         periods ended on or after December 31, 1995; indicates those Tax
         Returns that have been audited; and indicates those Tax Returns that
         currently are the subject of audit; and includes a list of all federal
         income Tax Returns, examination reports, and statements of deficiencies
         assessed against or agreed to by the Company since January 1, 1993,
         each of which has been provided to Purchaser.

                (c) S CORPORATION STATUS. None of the Consolidated Tax
         Entities have ever been a validly electing S corporation within the
         meaning of Sections 1361 and 1362 of the Code.

         3.10   EMPLOYEE BENEFITS.

                (a) BENEFIT PLANS. Except as described in SCHEDULE 3.10
         hereto, the Company does not maintain or contribute to any Benefit
         Plans. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing provision of
         this Section, except as described in SCHEDULE 3.10 hereto, there are no
         pension plans, welfare plans or employee benefit plans qualified under
         Section 401(a) of the Code to which the Company is required to
         contribute. Except for the Deferred Compensation Agreements, and as
         described in SCHEDULE 3.10 hereto, the Company does not and will not
         have any unfunded Liability for services rendered prior to the Date of
         Closing under any Benefit Plans. The Company is not in any material
         default under any Benefit Plan. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.10,
         neither the Company, nor any entity now or formerly part of a
         controlled group with the Company, within the meaning of Section
         412(c)(11)(B)(ii) of the Code, maintains or has ever maintained a
         "defined benefit plan," as defined in Section 3(35) of ERISA, that is
         subject to Section 412 of the Code and Section 302 of ERISA. Except as
         set forth in SCHEDULE 3.10 hereto, neither the Company nor any of its
         "subsidiaries" contributes to or has any Liability (including but not
         limited to withdrawal Liability) with respect to any multi-employer
         plan (as defined in Section 4064(a) of ERISA or Section 4001(a)(3) of
         ERISA). Other than claims for benefits in ordinary course, there are no
         actions, suits, disputes, arbitrations or other material claims pending
         or, to Shareholders' Knowledge, Threatened with respect to any Benefit
         Plan. For purposes of this Section, "subsidiaries" shall include all
         corporations and all trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated)
         which may be liable for any income tax, loss of tax deduction, excise
         taxes,

                                     16

<PAGE>

         penalties or other similar consequences under ERISA (as hereinafter
         defined) or under the Code by reason of its ownership affiliation
         with the Company.

                (b) OTHER PLANS. The Shareholders and the Company have made
         available to the Purchaser information relating to deferred
         compensation, incentive compensation and other fringe benefit plans, if
         any, sponsored or maintained by the Company. Except for (i) the
         Deferred Compensation Agreements, (ii) the Retention Agreements, (iii)
         as pursuant to the Benefit Plans or (iv) as otherwise set forth in
         SCHEDULE 3.10, there are no present or former employees of the Company
         who are entitled to (i) any pensions or other benefits to be paid after
         termination of employment, including termination on account of
         disability (except as otherwise required under Section 601 of ERISA) or
         (ii) deferred compensation payments.

                (c) DOCUMENTS. The Shareholders have made available to the
         Purchaser the following documents, as they may have been amended to the
         date hereof, embodying or relating to each Benefit Plan listed in
         SCHEDULE 3.10 hereto: (i) all written plan documents for each such
         Benefit Plan, including all amendments to each such Benefit Plan, any
         related trust agreements, group annuity contracts, insurance policies
         or other funding agreements or arrangements; (ii) the most recent
         determination letter received from the Internal Revenue Service, if
         any, as to the qualified status of any such Benefit Plan under Section
         401(a) of the Code; (iii) the current summary plan description, if any,
         for each such Benefit Plan; and (iv) the most recent annual
         return/report on form 5500, 5500-C or 5500-R, if any, for each such
         Benefit Plan.

                (d) PROHIBITED TRANSACTIONS. The Company has not, nor, to the
         Shareholders' Knowledge, has any other "disqualified person" or "party
         in interest", as defined in Section 4975(e)(2) of the Code and Section
         3(14) of ERISA, respectively, engaged in a "prohibited transaction," as
         such term is defined in Section 4975 of the Code and Section 406 of
         ERISA, with respect to any Benefit Plan listed on SCHEDULE 3.10 hereto
         subject to ERISA, which could reasonably be expected to subject the
         Company to a material tax or penalty on prohibited transactions imposed
         by either Section 502(i) of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code. The
         execution and delivery by the Shareholders of this Agreement and the
         consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not (i)
         involve any prohibited transaction within the meaning of Section 406 of
         ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code with respect to any Benefit Plan
         listed on SCHEDULE 3.10 hereto, or (ii) accelerate the payment of any
         benefits under any Benefit Plan listed on SCHEDULE 3.10 hereto.

                (e) FIDUCIARY DUTY. Neither the Company, nor, to Shareholders'
         Knowledge, any other fiduciary of any Benefit Plan listed on SCHEDULE
         3.10 hereto engaged in any transaction with respect to such Benefit
         Plan or failed to act in a manner with respect to such Benefit Plan
         which could reasonably be expected to subject the Company to any
         material Liability for a breach of fiduciary duty under ERISA or any
         other applicable law.

                (f) COBRA. The Company has complied in all material respects
         with the coverage continuation requirements of Sections 601 through 609
         of ERISA, Section 5980B of the Code, and the requirements of any
         similar state law regarding continued insurance coverage, and the
         Company has incurred no material Liability with respect to its failure
         to offer or provide continued coverage in accordance with the foregoing
         requirements, nor is there any suit pending, or to the Shareholders'
         Knowledge, Threatened, with respect to such requirements.

                (g) TRIGGERING OF OBLIGATION AND OTHER BINDING COMMITMENTS.
         Except for the claims arising under the Deferred Compensation
         Agreements, the Retention Agreements, or as set forth in SCHEDULE 3.10,
         the consummation of the transactions described in this Agreement, in
         and of themselves, will not entitle any current or former employee of
         the Company to severance pay, unemployment compensation or any other
         payment, or accelerate the time of payment or vesting, or increase the
         amount of compensation due to any such employee or former employee.

         3.11  [THIS SECTION INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]


                                     17

<PAGE>

         3.12  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. The Shareholders have caused the Company 
to furnish true and correct copies of the financial statements identified in 
SCHEDULE 3.12 hereto to Purchaser. All of said financial statements, 
including any notes thereto, are true and correct in all material respects 
and fairly present the financial position and condition of the Company as of 
their respective dates and the results of its operations for the periods 
covered in accordance with GAAP applied by the Company on a consistent basis 
throughout the periods covered thereby and on a basis consistent with that of 
prior years and periods; provided, however, that any interim financial 
statements listed on such Schedule may not include a statement of cash flows, 
are subject to year-end adjustments and lack footnotes and other required 
presentation items. Except for Liabilities (i) reflected or reserved against 
in the balance sheet (the "Balance Sheet") of the Company as of December 31, 
1997 (the "Balance Sheet Date") or in the notes thereto, (ii) incurred in the 
Ordinary Course of Business since the Balance Sheet Date (none of which 
resulted from, arose out of, is related to, or was caused by any breach of 
Contract, breach of warranty, tort, infringement or violation of Applicable 
Laws), (iii) arising under Contracts to which the Company is a party, and/or 
(iv) described on SCHEDULE 3.12 hereto, the Company does not have any 
Liabilities which, individually or in the aggregate, would have a Material 
Adverse Effect on the Company. The reserves for doubtful accounts reflected 
in the Balance Sheet are adequate and have been calculated consistent with 
past practice.

         3.13  ABSENCE OF CERTAIN DEVELOPMENTS. Except for the transactions 
contemplated by this Agreement, the Valley Sale, or as otherwise set forth on 
SCHEDULE 3.13 hereto, since the Balance Sheet Date, the Company has conducted 
the Business only in the Ordinary Course of Business and has not:

               (a) Except for the Valley Sale, the transfer to George M.
         Revering set forth in Section 5.8 hereof, and the Company's transfer of
         its interest in Switch 2000, LLC, sold, leased, assigned or otherwise
         transferred any material properties or assets, or disposed of or
         permitted to lapse any rights in Intellectual Property owned or used by
         the Company, other than in the Ordinary Course of Business, or
         organized any new business entity or acquired any equity securities,
         assets, properties, or business of any Person or any equity or
         ownership interest in any business or merged with or into or
         consolidated with any other Person;

               (b) Suffered, sustained or incurred any material loss or
         waived or released any material right or claim, whether or not in the
         Ordinary Course of Business;

               (c) Suffered, sustained or incurred any material damage,
         destruction or casualty loss to any material properties or assets,
         whether or not covered by insurance;

               (d) Except for the early payment of its Debt Instruments,
         engaged in any transaction not in the Ordinary Course of Business;

               (e) Except for cellular phones purchased for lease to
         customers, made any capital expenditure (or series of related capital
         expenditures) exceeding $10,000;

               (f) Subjected any of its properties or assets to any Encumbrance,
         whether or not in the Ordinary Course of Business;

               (g) Issued any note, bond or other debt security, created,
         incurred or assumed any indebtedness for borrowed money or capitalized
         lease obligation


                                     18

<PAGE>

         or otherwise incurred any material Liability, except current 
         Liabilities incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business;

               (h) Other than the early payment of its Debt Instruments, and
         except as contemplated by this Agreement, discharged or satisfied any
         Encumbrance, or paid any material Liability, other than current
         Liabilities shown on the Company's balance sheet as of the Balance
         Sheet Date, and current Liabilities incurred in the Ordinary Course of
         Business since the Balance Sheet Date;

               (i) Other than transactions not ordinarily or presently
         characterized as dividends or distributions, such as payment of
         professional fees, declared, set aside or paid a dividend or made any
         other distribution with respect to any class or series of capital stock
         of the Company, or directly or indirectly redeemed, purchased or
         otherwise acquired any shares of any class or series of the Company's
         capital stock;

               (j) Increased the salary, wage or other compensation or level
         of benefits payable or to become payable by the Company to any of its
         officers, directors, employees or agents other than in the Ordinary
         Course of Business;

               (k) Loaned money to any Person or guaranteed any loan to or
         Liability of any Person, whether or not in the Ordinary Course of
         Business;

               (l) Except as described in the Schedules hereto, amended or
         terminated any of the Operating Contracts (as hereinafter defined),
         except in the Ordinary Course of Business;

               (m) Changed accounting methods or practices (including,
         without limitation, any change in depreciation, amortization or cost
         accounting policies or rates);

               (n) Suffered, sustained or incurred any Material Adverse
         Change in the properties, assets, Liabilities, revenues, income,
         business, operations, results of operations or financial condition of
         the Company;

               (o) Received notice from any customer, supplier, vendor,
         Governmental Body or any other Person which would, with substantial
         certainty, give rise to or result in a Material Adverse Effect on the
         Company;

               (p) Delayed or postponed the payment of accounts payable or
         other Liabilities outside of the Ordinary Course of Business;

               (q) Entered into any employment Contract or collective
         bargaining agreement, written or oral, or modified the terms of any
         existing such Contract or agreement or adopted, amended, modified or
         terminated any Benefit Plan for the benefit of any of the Company's
         directors, officers and employees;


                                    19

<PAGE>

                  (r) Except for the name change to RGI Group, Inc., made any
         change or amendment in its articles of incorporation, bylaws, or other
         governing instruments;

                  (s) Issued or sold any securities; acquired, directly or
         indirectly, by redemption or otherwise, any securities; reclassified,
         split-up or otherwise changed any such equity security; or granted or
         entered into any options, warrants, calls or commitments of any kind
         with respect thereto; and/or

                  (t) Entered into any Contract to do any of the foregoing.

         3.14 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY. SCHEDULE 3.14 hereto contains a list and
description of all material Intellectual Property owned by the Company or used
by the Company in the operation of the Business. Except as set forth in
SCHEDULES 3.14, Shareholders have no Knowledge of any asserted claim to the
effect that the operation of the Business or the possession or use in the
Business of any of the Intellectual Property listed and described on SCHEDULE
3.14 hereto, infringes the intellectual property rights of any other Person.
Except as set forth in SCHEDULES 3.14, the Shareholders have no Knowledge of any
claim that any of the Intellectual Property listed and described on SCHEDULE
3.14 is invalid; and, except as provided in SCHEDULE 3.14 hereto, the Company is
not obligated under any Contract or otherwise to pay royalties, fees or other
payments with respect to any of the Intellectual Property listed and described
on SCHEDULE 3.14 hereto. Except as set forth in SCHEDULES 3.14, the consummation
of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not adversely affect the
use by the Company of any of the Intellectual Property listed on SCHEDULE 3.14
hereto.

         3.15 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. The Business has been operated and the
Company is in compliance in all material respects with the requirements of all
Applicable Laws to which the Company is subject. The Company has not received
any notice of, and the Shareholders have no Knowledge of any violation of a
material nature of any Applicable Laws respecting the Company.

         3.16 OPERATING CONTRACTS. Except as disclosed in SCHEDULE 3.16, and
except with respect to contracts, commitments and agreements that have been
fully performed as of the date hereof and have no further force or effect, the
Company and RFC are not a party to any oral or written Contract. All of the
Contracts listed on SCHEDULE 3.16 hereto are referred to in this Agreement as
the "OPERATING CONTRACTS". All of the Operating Contracts were made in the
Ordinary Course of Business, and, to the Shareholders' Knowledge, are valid,
binding and currently in full force and effect. The Company is not in default in
any material respect under any of the Operating Contracts, and, to the
Shareholders' Knowledge, no event has occurred which, through the passage of
time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a default by the Company
or give rise to a right of termination or cancellation by another party under
any of the Operating Contracts, or cause the acceleration of any Liability of
the Company, or result in the creation of any Encumbrance upon any of the
Company's properties or assets. To the Shareholders' Knowledge, no other party
is in default under any of the Operating Contracts. Except as described on
SCHEDULE 3.16 hereto, none of the Operating Contracts have been canceled,
terminated, amended or modified. Except as provided in SCHEDULE 3.4 hereto, the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not require the
consent or approval of any Person under any of the Operating Contracts.

         3.17 REAL ESTATE. Schedule 3.17 contains a list of all easements under
which the Company is the benefited party (the "Easements"). With respect to each
parcel of real estate owned by the Company (the "OWNED REAL ESTATE"), and each
parcel of real estate leased by the Company (the "LEASED REAL ESTATE"):

                  (a) SCHEDULE 3.17 contains a complete and accurate legal
         description of each parcel of Owned Real Estate and a description of
         each written or oral 

                                       20

<PAGE>

         lease regarding Leased Real Estate which is not otherwise described on
         SCHEDULE 3.16 hereto;

                  (b) Except as set forth on SCHEDULE 3.17 hereto, to the
         Knowledge of Shareholders, there are no public improvements affecting
         any parcel of Owned Real Estate or Leased Real Estate (collectively the
         "REAL ESTATE"), including, but not limited to, water, sewer, sidewalk,
         street, alley, curbing, landscaping or related improvements, which have
         been commenced and/or completed and for which an assessment has not
         been levied or, to Shareholders' Knowledge, which may be levied after
         the date of this Agreement;

                  (c) Except as set forth in Schedule 3.17 hereto, there are no
         deferred property Taxes or assessments with respect to the Real Estate
         which may or will become due and payable as a result of the
         consummation of the transaction contemplated hereby;

                  (d) The Company is the sole owner in fee simple title of each
         parcel of Owned Real Estate and each such parcel is free and clear of
         any and all Encumbrances, except (i) those Encumbrances set forth in
         SCHEDULE 3.17 hereto, (ii) municipal zoning ordinances, recorded or
         platted easements for public utilities and recorded building and use
         restrictions and covenants, (iii) general real estate Taxes and
         installments of special assessments payable in the year of Closing, and
         (iv) minor survey exceptions, encumbrances, licenses, easements or
         reservations of, or rights of others for, oil, gas minerals, ores or
         metals, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone
         lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions on
         the use of real property, minor defects in title or other similar
         charges or encumbrances not interfering in any material respect with
         the Ordinary Course of Business of the Company or with the use or
         ownership of the Owned Real Estate (collectively the "PERMITTED
         ENCUMBRANCES"). To the Shareholders' Knowledge, the Permitted
         Encumbrances and those encumbrances set forth in SCHEDULES 3.17 hereto
         do not individually or in the aggregate materially impair or prohibit
         the Company's current use of the Owned Real Estate;

                  (e) Except as set forth in SCHEDULE 3.17 hereto, there are no
         condemnation Proceedings pending or, to the Shareholders' Knowledge,
         Threatened with respect to all or any part of any parcel of Real
         Estate;

                  (f) To the Shareholders' Knowledge, except for the Permitted
         Encumbrances and those encumbrances set forth in SCHEDULES 3.17 hereto,
         there are no private restrictions, covenants, or reservations which
         materially and adversely affect the use or occupancy of all or any part
         of any parcel of Owned Real Estate or any of the Easements;

                  (g) To Shareholder's Knowledge, there are no Applicable Laws
         requiring repair, alteration or correction of any existing condition on
         any parcel of

                                       21

<PAGE>

         Real Estate and, to Shareholders' Knowledge, there are no conditions
         that could give rise to the same;

                  (h) To the Shareholders' Knowledge, except as set forth in
         SCHEDULE 3.17 hereto, (a) there are no structural, mechanical or other
         defects of material significance in any of the buildings, improvements,
         fixtures and equipment, including the roof, heating, ventilating, air
         conditioning, electrical, plumbing and sanitary disposal systems,
         located on any parcel of Real Estate, and (b) all such buildings,
         improvements, fixtures and equipment, including the roof, heating,
         ventilating, air conditioning, electrical, plumbing and sanitary
         disposal systems, will be until the Date of Closing, maintained in good
         repair, working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted;

                  (i) Except as set forth in SCHEDULE 3.17 hereto, the
         improvements on each parcel of Real Estate and the Company's or RFC's
         use thereof comply in all material respects with any and all building,
         zoning, subdivision, traffic, parking, land use, occupancy, health and
         other Applicable Laws pertaining to the Real Estate or to the
         development, construction, management, use and operations of the
         improvements thereon;

                  (j) Except as set forth in SCHEDULE 3.17 hereto, to the
         Knowledge of Shareholders, the improvements located on each parcel of
         Real Estate, including fences, driveways and other structures occupied,
         used or claimed by the Company or RFC, are wholly within the boundary
         lines of such parcels of Real Estate and such improvements and the
         Company's present uses thereof do not in any material respect infringe
         upon the rights of any other Person;

                  (k) Except as set forth in SCHEDULE 3.17 hereto, to the
         Knowledge of Shareholders, no buildings, fences, driveways or other
         structures of any adjoining owner encroach upon any part of any parcel
         of Real Estate or any of the Easements; and

                  (l) Except as set forth in SCHEDULE 3.17 hereto, to the
         Knowledge of Shareholders, the Company and RFC have all operating
         permits necessary for the operation of the Business, and all such
         permits are current, except where the failure to have any such current
         operating permit in good order would not have a Material Adverse Effect
         on the Company or RFC. To the Knowledge of Shareholders, except as set
         forth in SCHEDULE 3.17, the Company has all easements, or access
         through public utility easements, on to private property, construction
         permits, highway crossing licenses and permits (and other similar
         licenses and permits) and right-of-way-licenses reasonably necessary to
         conduct the Business, except where the failure to have any such
         easement on to private property, construction permits, highway crossing
         licenses and permits (and other similar licenses and permits), and
         right-of-way licenses would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

Purchaser and Shareholders recognize and agree that title commitments and
surveys provided in accordance with Section 7.10 of this Agreement covering the
Real Estate listed on SCHEDULE 7.10 hereof may contain 

                                       22

<PAGE>

additional information regarding said Real Estate of which the Shareholders 
do not have Knowledge as of the date of this Agreement, and that such 
information will be included as appropriate in a Supplement to SCHEDULE 3.17; 
provided, however, that information contained in the title commitments and 
surveys shall remain subject to the provisions of Section 7.10 of this 
Agreement.

         3.18 ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE. RFC has no accounts receivable or other right
to payment of money, other than an obligation of the Company to RFC which will
be satisfied at or prior to Closing. The Company's accounts receivable and other
rights to the payment of money represent, and on the Date of Closing will
represent, valid obligations arising from sales actually made or services
actually performed in the Ordinary Course of Business.

         3.19 BOOKS AND RECORDS; BANK ACCOUNTS. All of the Company's and RFC's
books of account and other financial and corporate records relating to the
Business have been made available to Purchaser and its representatives (or will
be so made available prior to the Date of Closing). Such books of account and
records are current, complete, true and correct in all material respects. All
such books and records are consistent with the financial statements listed on
SCHEDULE 3.12 hereto. Attached hereto as part of SCHEDULE 3.19 is a list of all
of the Company's and RFC's bank accounts, security accounts and other similar
accounts, and the names of all Persons authorized to draw thereon or have access
thereto, as well as the identification of all safety deposit boxes, and the
persons authorized to have access to those boxes.

         3.20 EMPLOYEES. SCHEDULE 3.20 hereto contains a list of the names,
positions, annual salary rates, hourly wage rates, severance benefits and
accrued vacation and sick leave, as of the date hereof, of all present employees
of the Company (including those on furlough, leave or layoff of any kind).
Except for the Valley Employees and Marvin Vogelgesang, and except as set forth
in SCHEDULE 3.20, none of the employees has informed the Company or any of the
Shareholders that he/she intends to terminate employment with the Company.
SCHEDULE 3.20 also sets forth a description of any written Contract, other than
the Benefit Plans described on SCHEDULE 3.10 hereto, with respect to the
conditions of employment of any of the Company's employees. RFC has never had
any employees. All employees are employed on an "at will" basis.

         3.21 LICENSES AND PERMITS. Except as set forth in SCHEDULE 3.21, the
Company has obtained all material licenses, certificates, franchises and permits
of each and every Governmental Body having jurisdiction over the Company or any
of its properties or assets to operate and carry on the Business as they are now
being conducted. All such material licenses, certificates, franchises and
permits (except for construction permits, highway crossing licenses and permits
and right of way licenses) are described on SCHEDULE 3.21 hereto and are in full
force and effect. To Shareholders' Knowledge, RFC requires no licenses,
franchises, certificates or permits, other than its certificate of
incorporation.

         3.22 OTHER MATERIAL CONTRACTS AND OBLIGATIONS. Except for the Operating
Contracts and the Contracts disclosed on SCHEDULE 3.22 hereto, neither the
Company nor RFC is a party to or bound by any:

                  (a) Dealer, distributorship or sales agency agreements,
         excluding purchase orders with respect to the purchase or sale of
         products or services in the Ordinary Course of Business;

                  (b) Advertising Contracts;

                  (c) Contract for capital expenditures having a remaining 
         balance in excess of $10,000;

                  (d) Leases with respect to any property, real or personal,
         whether as lessor or lessee, except for any lease having a term of one
         year or less or aggregate rents payable over its life of $10,000 or
         less;

                                       23

<PAGE>

                  (e) Contract containing covenants by the Company or RFC not to
         compete in any lines of business or with any Person;

                  (f) Franchise or license agreements;

                  (g) Except as disclosed in SCHEDULE 3.13, loan or credit
         agreements, promissory notes or other evidences of indebtedness,
         including all agreements or commitments for future loans, extensions of
         credit or financing, excluding credit extended by the Company or RFC to
         its customers;

                  (h) Guarantees;

                  (i) Contract or purchase order for the purchase of any
         services, raw materials, supplies or equipment involving payments of
         more than $5,000 per annum or an aggregate of more than $10,000,
         excluding purchase orders for the purchase of products or services
         entered into in the Ordinary Course of Business; or

                  (j) Contract for the sale of any properties, assets or
         services involving a value estimated at more than $10,000, excluding
         purchase orders for the sale of products or services in the Ordinary
         Course of Business and further excluding any contract which relates to
         the Valley Sale.

         3.23 SUBSIDIARIES. Except as disclosed or described in this Agreement
or as set forth on SCHEDULE 3.23 hereto, the Company has no subsidiaries and
does not own any shares of stock or other securities or equity interests,
directly or indirectly, in any other Person. Except as disclosed or described in
this Agreement or as set forth on SCHEDULE 3.23 hereto, the Company is not
subject to any obligation or requirement to provide funds to, or invest in, any
such Person.

         3.24 INSURANCE. The Company has maintained and will continue to
maintain until the Date of Closing the insurance described in SCHEDULE 3.24,
which insurance covers the Company's tangible real and personal property and
assets, whether owned or leased, against loss or damage by fire or other
casualty. All such insurance is in full force on the date of this Agreement and
is carried with insurers licensed in the states affected by such policies. The
Company has promptly and adequately notified the Company's insurance carriers of
any and all claims known to the Shareholders with respect to the operations,
products or services of the Company for which the Company is insured. The
Company has not been refused any insurance coverage by any insurance carrier to
which it has applied for insurance during the past three (3) years.

         3.25 BROKERS. Except for the engagement of Dain Bosworth by the
Company, neither the Company nor the Shareholders has employed or engaged any
broker, finder, agent, banker or third party, nor have they otherwise dealt with
anyone purporting to act in the capacity of a finder or broker in connection
with the transactions contemplated hereby. No commissions, finder's fees or like
charges have been or will be incurred by the Company or the Shareholders in
connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation
of the transactions contemplated hereby.

         3.26 RELATIONSHIP WITH RELATED PERSONS. Except as set forth in SCHEDULE
3.26 hereto, the Shareholders, directors, officers, and employees of the
Company, RFC and their Related Persons do not have any interest in any of the
properties or assets of the Company or RFC and, to the Shareholders' Knowledge,
do not own, of record or as a beneficial owner, an equity interest or any other
financial or profit interest in any Person that (i) has had business dealings or
a material financial interest in any transaction with the Company or RFC or,
(ii) has engaged or is engaged in competition with the Company 

                                       24

<PAGE>

with respect to any line of products or services of the Company in any market 
presently served by the Company (a "COMPETING BUSINESS") (except for less 
than three percent (3%) of the outstanding capital stock of any Competing 
Business that is publicly traded on any recognized exchange or in the 
over-the-counter market). to the Knowledge of the Shareholders, and except as 
set forth on SCHEDULE 3.26 hereto, no shareholder, director or officer of the 
Company or RFC and none of their Related Persons is a party to any Contract 
with, or has any claim or right against, the Company or RFC, other than the 
rights officer and directors of the Company and RFC have with respect to 
indemnification under state law. All money owed by the Company or RFC to its 
shareholders, directors or officers, or their Related Persons, (other than 
for salary) are for bona fide debts and are set forth in SCHEDULE 3.26 hereto.

         3.27 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. Except as set forth in SCHEDULE 3.27 hereto,
to the Knowledge of Shareholders, the Company or RFC have never generated,
transported, stored, handled, disposed of or contracted for the disposal of any
Hazardous Materials. Except as set forth in SCHEDULE 3.27 hereto, to the
Knowledge of Shareholders, no employee of the Company has, in the course and
scope of employment with the Company, been exposed to any Hazardous Materials in
such a manner as to be harmed thereby (whether such harm is now known to exist
or will be discovered in the future). Except as set forth on SCHEDULE 3.27
hereto, the Company is not listed as a potentially responsible party under
CERCLA or any comparable or similar U.S. federal or state statute, the Company
has not received notice of such a listing and the Shareholders have no Knowledge
of any facts or circumstances which could give rise to such a listing.

         3.28     OTHER ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS.

                  (a) Except as set forth on SCHEDULE 3.28 hereto, the Real
         Estate has been operated by the Company and is in compliance in all
         material respects with all Applicable Laws, including Environmental
         Laws and all Applicable Laws relating to underground and/or above
         ground petroleum storage tanks. To the Knowledge of the Shareholders,
         except as set forth on SCHEDULE 3.28 hereto, the Company otherwise
         complies in all material respects with all Environmental Laws. To the
         Knowledge of the Shareholders, except as set forth on SCHEDULE 3.28
         hereto, the Company has obtained or has taken appropriate steps, as
         required by Environmental Laws and Applicable Laws, to obtain all
         environmental, health and safety permits, consents, approvals, licenses
         and other authorizations necessary for the ownership and operation of
         the Business, and to the Knowledge of Shareholders, all of the permits
         and other such authorizations are in good standing, and the Company is
         in compliance in all material respects with such permits and other such
         authorizations. Except as described in SCHEDULE 3.28 hereto, to the
         Knowledge of Shareholders, the Real Estate is free of any and all
         Hazardous Materials. The Real Estate is not subject to any "Super-Fund"
         type Encumbrances by any Person arising from the release or threatened
         release of any Hazardous Materials in, on, about or under the Real
         Estate.

                  (b) To the Knowledge of Shareholders, all of the third parties
         with which the Company has arranged, engaged or contracted to accept,
         treat, transport, store, dispose or remove any pollutant generated or
         present at the Real Estate, or which otherwise participate or have
         participated in activities or conduct related to the Real Estate or the
         Business, were properly permitted at the relevant time to perform the
         foregoing activities or conduct.

                  (c) Except as described on SCHEDULE 3.28 hereto, there are not
         currently and to the Knowledge of Shareholders never have been any
         wells or underground and/or above ground storage tanks (whether or not
         currently in use) on any parcel of Real Estate and, to the extent such
         wells or tanks are described in SCHEDULE 3.28, all such wells and tanks
         are, to the Knowledge of Shareholders, in sound condition and are not
         leaking.

                  (d) Except as set forth on SCHEDULE 3.28 hereto, no part of
         any parcel of Real Estate is now being used, nor, to the Knowledge of
         Shareholders, has any parcel of Real Estate ever been used, as a
         landfill, dump or other disposal, storage, transfer, treating or
         handling area for any Hazardous Materials, or as a gasoline service
         station or a facility for selling, dispensing, storing, transferring,
         treating or handling Hazardous Materials.

                                       25

<PAGE>

                  (e) To the Knowledge of the Shareholders, and except as set
         forth in SCHEDULE 3.28 hereto, the Company is not subject to any
         investigation, nor has the Company received any written notification
         within the past two years of any judicial or administrative proceeding,
         notice, order, judgment, decree or settlement, alleging or addressing
         (i) any violation of Environmental Laws or (ii) any claims or
         liabilities and costs arising from the release or threatened release of
         any Hazardous Materials. To the Knowledge of Shareholders, there has
         been no release of any Hazardous Materials in a reportable quantity
         under Environmental Laws at, to or from the Real Estate.

                  (f) Except as set forth in SCHEDULE 3.28 hereto, to the
         Knowledge of Shareholders, there is not constructed, placed, deposited,
         stored, disposed or located on the Real Estate any asbestos in any
         form.

                  (g) Except as set forth in SCHEDULE 3.28 hereto, to the
         Knowledge of Shareholders, there is not constructed, placed, deposited,
         stored, disposed nor located on the Real Estate any polychlorinated
         biphenyls ("PCBs") or transformers, capacitors, ballasts, or other
         equipment which contain dielectric fluid containing PCBs.

                  (h) Except as set forth in SCHEDULE 3.28 hereto, to the 
         Knowledge of Shareholders, there is not constructed, placed, 
         deposited, stored, disposed nor located on the Real Estate any 
         insulating material containing urea formaldehyde.

With respect to Sections 3.27 and 3.28 of this Agreement, Purchaser recognizes
and agrees that the environmental audits to be conducted by the Environmental
Audit Firm may contain additional information regarding the matters discussed in
such Sections hereof which the Shareholders do not have Knowledge as of the date
of this Agreement, and that such information will be included as appropriate in
a Supplement to Sections 3.27 and 3.28.

         3.29 DEBT INSTRUMENTS. SCHEDULE 3.29 is a true, correct and complete
list showing the names of the parties and outstanding indebtedness as of the
respective dates set forth on SCHEDULE 3.29 under all mortgages, indentures,
notes, guarantees and other obligations for or relating to borrowed money,
purchase money debt (including conditional sales contract and capital leases) or
covenants not to compete (the "Debt Instruments") for which the Company or RFC
is primarily or secondarily obligated. The Shareholders have previously
delivered to Purchaser true, complete and correct copies of each of the Debt
Instruments. Except as described in SCHEDULE 3.29, the Company and RFC have
performed all of the material obligations required to be performed by it, and
are not in material default under any of the provisions of any of the Debt
Instruments, and there has not occurred any event which, (with or without
notice, lapse of time or the happening or occurrence of any other event) would
constitute such a default.

         3.30 DISSOLUTION OF GLCLP AND GLACIAL DBS. GLCLP and Glacial DBS have
been validly dissolved and completely wound up. All remaining assets of GLCLP
and Glacial DBS have been distributed to the Company, and all necessary real
estate deeds, bills of sale, assignments, consents and other documents have been
completed, obtained and/or filed.

         3.31 YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE. Schedule 3.31 contains a complete and 
correct list of all assurances received by the Company regarding whether 
software used in the Business, third party software, computer, 
communications, electronic or other hardware or equipment, including any 
imbedded software or firmware, used in the Business will correctly recognize, 
calculate, sort, store, display and otherwise process data involving dates 
prior to, during and after the Year 2000, and whether the operation and 
functionality of the above-mentioned assets will be adversely affected by the 
approach, occurrence or passing of the calendar date January 1, 2000. To the 
Knowledge of the Shareholders, all such assurances are not incorrect.

                                       26

<PAGE>

         3.32 CUSTOMERS AND SUPPLIERS. As of September 30, 1998, the Company
served, in the aggregate, approximately 6,785 cellular telephone customers. To
the Knowledge of the Shareholders, and except in the Ordinary Course of
Business, no customer, subscriber or a group of customers or subscribers of the
Company has notified the Company on or after September 30, 1998, that the
customer intends to terminate, cancel, limit or modify the customer's business
relationship with the Company, except such terminations, cancellations,
limitations or modifications as occur in the Ordinary Course of Business of the
Company. No vendor, supplier, dealer, representative or consultant of the
Company which is material to the Company's business operations has notified the
Company after September 30, 1998, that it intends to terminate, cancel, limit or
modify its business relationship with the Company in any material respect.

         3.33 CGSA. A true and complete copy of map depicting the location of
  each cell site and each of the licensed Cellular Geographic Service Areas
  (including Situation Information Updates) of the Company is attached hereto as
  SCHEDULE 3.33. All agreements relating to the coverage areas of the Company
  including, but not limited to, border extensions, are listed on SCHEDULE 3.16
  OR SCHEDULE 3.17.

         3.34 NETWORK. A diagram and description prepared by Purchaser of all of
  the communications transmissions facilities, cell sites and other components
  comprising the Company's cellular networks is attached hereto as SCHEDULE
  3.34. To the Knowledge of the Shareholders, this diagram and description is
  true and complete.

         ARTICLE 4:  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER

         As an inducement for Shareholders to enter into this Agreement and
consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, Purchaser represents and
warrants to Shareholders that each and all of the following (as modified by any
Supplement delivered by Purchaser pursuant to Section 13.22 of this Agreement)
are true and correct as of the date of this Agreement and will be true and
correct as of the Date of Closing:

         4.1 DUE INCORPORATION. Purchaser is a corporation duly organized,
validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Minnesota,
and has all requisite power and authority, corporate and otherwise, to own,
operate and lease its properties and assets and to conduct its business as it is
now being conducted. Purchaser is duly qualified to transact business as a
foreign corporation and is in good standing under the laws of every state or
jurisdiction in which the nature of its activities or of its properties owned,
leased or operated makes such qualification necessary and in which the failure
to be so qualified could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect on the Purchaser.

         4.2 DUE AUTHORIZATION. The execution, delivery and performance of this
Agreement, including the documents, instruments and agreements to be executed
and/or delivered by Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement, and the consummation
of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly and validly
authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Purchaser. This
Agreement and the documents, instruments and agreements to be executed and/or
delivered by Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement have been, or will be on or
before the Date of Closing, duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered
by Purchaser and the obligations of Purchaser hereunder and thereunder are or
will be valid, legally binding and enforceable against Purchaser in accordance
with their respective terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by
applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other similar
laws presently or hereafter in effect affecting the enforcement of creditors'
rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether such
enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity), including,
among others, limitations on the availability of equitable remedies.

         4.3 NO BREACH. Purchaser has full power and authority, corporate and
otherwise, to purchase the Stock being purchased hereunder and to otherwise
perform its obligations under this Agreement and the documents, instruments and
agreements to be executed by the Purchaser pursuant hereto. The execution and
delivery of this Agreement, including the documents, instruments and agreements
to be executed by the Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement, and the consummation
of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not: (i) violate any
provision of the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws (or comparable governing
documents or instruments) of Purchaser; (ii) violate any Applicable Laws or
Injunction 

                                       27

<PAGE>

applicable to the Purchaser; (iii) require any filing with, permit from, 
authorization, consent or approval of, or the giving of any notice to, any 
Person; (iv) result in a violation or breach of, or constitute (with or 
without due notice or lapse of time or both) a default (or give another party 
any rights of termination, cancellation or acceleration) under, any of the 
terms, conditions or provisions of any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, 
license, franchise, permit (including, but not limited to, any permits, 
appeals or authorizations of the FCC or any other Governmental Body), lease 
or other Contract to which Purchaser is a party, or by which it or any of its 
assets or properties.

         4.4 INVESTMENT REPRESENTATIONS . The Purchaser understands that the
Stock has not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or
under the securities laws of any jurisdiction, by reason of reliance upon
certain exemptions.

         4.5 BROKERS. Purchaser has not employed or engaged any broker, finder,
agent, investment banker or third party nor has it otherwise dealt with anyone
purporting to act in the capacity of a finder or broker, in connection with the
transactions contemplated hereby. No commissions, finder's fees or like charges
have been or will be incurred in connection with the execution and delivery of
this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

                     ARTICLE 5: PERFORMANCE PENDING CLOSING

         The Shareholders covenant and agree that from and after the date of
this Agreement and until the earlier of the Date of Closing or the termination
of this Agreement in accordance with Article 12 hereof:

         5.1 ACCESS TO INFORMATION. At the request of Purchaser, the
Shareholders shall, from time to time, give or cause to be given to Purchaser,
its officers, employees, counsel, accountants and other representatives, upon
reasonable notice to the Shareholders, full access during normal business hours,
without undue disruption to the Company's Business, the properties and assets
and all of the books, minute books, title papers, records, files, Contracts,
insurance policies, environmental records and reports, licenses and documents of
every character of the Company and RFC relating to the Business, and the
Shareholders shall furnish or cause to be furnished to Purchaser, its officers,
employees, counsel, accountants and other representatives all of the information
with respect to the Company and RFC and/or the Company and RFC's properties or
assets as any of them may reasonably request. Purchaser, its officers,
employees, counsel, accountants and other representatives shall have the
authority to interview, as reasonably necessary and without undue disruption to
the Company's Business, all employees, customers, vendors, suppliers and other
parties having relationships with the Company and/or RFC, and Shareholders shall
make such introductions as may be requested; provided, however, that access to
customers shall, if at all, be done in a commercially reasonably manner
consistent with the best interests of the Company and shall be subject to the
prior consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
In addition, Purchaser may, subject to the conditions stated above, at its sole
cost and expense, at any time prior to the Date of Closing, through its
officers, employees, counsel, accountants and other representatives, conduct
such investigations and examinations of the Company and RFC's properties and
assets as it deems necessary or advisable, and the Shareholders will provide
reasonable cooperation to such Persons in such investigations.

         5.2 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS. Shareholders shall cause the Company to carry
on the Business diligently, only in the Ordinary Course of Business and
substantially in the same manner as heretofore conducted and will keep and
maintain the Company's properties and assets in good and safe repair and
condition consistent with past practices. The Company shall not make any
regulatory filings with any Governmental Body, except in the Ordinary Course of
Business or with the prior written consent of Purchaser (which consent shall not
be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned). The Shareholders will not
cause or permit any amendment of the Company's Articles of Incorporation or
Bylaws (or other governing instrument).

         5.3 ENCUMBRANCES. Shareholders shall not, directly or indirectly,
perform or fail to perform any act which would, with substantial certainty, in
the creation or imposition of any Encumbrance on any 

                                       28

<PAGE>

of the properties or assets of the Company or otherwise adversely affect the 
marketability of the Company's title to any of its properties or assets, 
outside of the Ordinary Course of Business.

         5.4 PAY INCREASES. Except for payments pursuant to the Retention
Agreements, and normal increases in the Ordinary Course of Business, the
Shareholders shall not, without the prior written consent of Purchaser, permit
the Company to grant any increase in the salaries or rate of pay to any of its
employees, grant any increase in any benefits or establish, adopt, enter into,
make any new grants or awards under, or amend any collective bargaining
agreement, employment agreement or Benefit Plan for the benefit of any of its
employees.

         5.5 RESTRICTIONS ON NEW CONTRACTS. Except with the prior written
consent of the Purchaser, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld,
delayed or conditioned, the Shareholders shall not permit the Company to enter
into any Contract, incur any Liability, assume, guarantee or otherwise become
liable or responsible for any Liability of any other Person, make any loans,
advances or capital contributions to any other Person (except for extensions of
credit to its customers in the Ordinary Course of Business), or waive any right
or enter into any other transaction, in each case other than in the Ordinary
Course of Business and consistent with the Company's normal business practices.
Without limiting the foregoing, for the purposes of this Agreement, any Contract
involving the sum of $20,000 or more shall be deemed to be outside the Ordinary
Course of Business.

         5.6 PRESERVATION OF BUSINESS. The Shareholders shall use reasonable
efforts to preserve the Company's business organization intact, to keep
available to Purchaser the present employees of the Company and to preserve for
Purchaser the present goodwill and relationship of the Company with its vendors,
suppliers, customers and others having business relationships with the Company.

         5.7 PAYMENT AND PERFORMANCE OF OBLIGATIONS. The Shareholders will cause
the Company to timely pay and discharge all invoices, bills and other monetary
Liabilities.

         5.8 RESTRICTIONS ON SALE OF ASSETS. The Shareholders shall not permit
the Company to sell, assign, transfer, lease, sublease, pledge or otherwise
encumber or dispose of any of its properties or assets, except for the sale of
inventory in the Ordinary Course of Business and at regular prices, except for
(i) the Valley Sale, (ii) the transfer of a building located in Parkers Prairie,
Minnesota to George M. Revering at a purchase price equal to the depreciated
(net book value) cost of the building, and (iii) the Company's interest in
Switch 2000, LLC.

         5.9 PROMPT NOTICE. The Shareholders shall promptly notify Purchaser in
writing upon becoming aware of any of the following: (i) any claim, demand or
other Proceeding that may be brought, Threatened, asserted or commenced against
the Company, its officers or directors; (ii) any changes in the accuracy of the
representations and warranties made by Shareholders in this Agreement; (iii) any
Injunction or any complaint praying for an Injunction restraining or enjoining
the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby; or (iv) any notice
from any Person of its intention to institute an investigation into, or
institute a Proceeding to restrain or enjoin the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby or to nullify or render ineffective this
Agreement or such transactions if consummated.

         5.10 CONSENTS. As soon as reasonably practicable and in any event on or
before the Date of Closing, the Shareholders will use reasonable efforts to
obtain or cause to be obtained all of the consents and approvals of all Persons
necessary for the Shareholders to consummate the transactions contemplated
hereby, including the consents and approvals listed on SCHEDULE 3.4 hereto.

         5.11 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS. The Shareholders agree that as soon as
reasonably possible following the execution hereof, they shall furnish or make
available to Purchaser a true, complete and accurate copy of each Operating
Contract and any additional Contract listed on SCHEDULE 3.22 hereto.

         5.12 NO SOLICITATION OF OTHER OFFERS. The Shareholders will not, and
will not permit their respective representatives, investment bankers, agents and
Affiliates to, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit or 

                                       29

<PAGE>

encourage submission of or any inquiries, proposals or offers by, (ii) 
participate in any negotiations with, (iii) afford any access to the 
properties, books or records of the Company to, (iv) accept or approve, or 
(v) otherwise assist, facilitate or encourage, or enter into any Contract 
with, any Person or group (other than Purchaser and its Affiliates, agents 
and representatives), in connection with any Acquisition Proposal. In 
addition, the Shareholders will not, and will not permit their respective 
representatives, investment bankers, agents and Affiliates to, directly or 
indirectly, make or authorize any statement, recommendation or solicitation 
in support of any Acquisition Proposal made by any Person or group (other 
than Purchaser). In addition, Shareholders will immediately cease any and all 
existing activities, discussions or negotiations with any parties with 
respect to any of the foregoing.

         5.13 ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AND PAYABLE. Shareholders shall not cause the
Company to accelerate the collection of its accounts receivable or delay the
payments of its accounts payable or other Liabilities, in each case arising out
of the operation of the Business in a manner which would be inconsistent with
past practice.

         5.14 INVENTORY. Shareholders shall cause the Company to maintain the
levels of inventory, materials and supplies used in the Business consistent with
past practice.

         5.15 INSURANCE. Shareholders shall cause the Company to maintain in
full force and effect all insurance coverages for the Company's properties and
assets substantially comparable to coverages existing on the date hereof.

         5.16 FILING REPORTS AND MAKING PAYMENTS. Shareholders shall cause the
Company to timely file all required reports and notices with each and every
applicable Governmental Body and timely make all payments due and owing to each
such Governmental Body, including, but not by way of limitation, any filings,
notices and/or payments required by reason of the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement.

         5.17 CAPITAL EXPENDITURES. Except for stock phones to be leased to
customers, the Shareholders shall not permit the Company to make any capital
expenditures in excess of $10,000 individually or $25,000 in the aggregate
without the Purchaser's prior written consent, which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

         5.18 MONTHLY FINANCIALS. Within sixty (60) days of the close of each
month after the execution of this Agreement by all parties hereto, the
Shareholders shall deliver to Purchaser a consolidated balance sheet and income
statement for the Company, RFC and Valley (until the Valley Sale is consummated
by a Closing) disclosing the financial position and results of operations of the
Company for the preceding month and year-to-date which shall be prepared on a
basis consistent with the financial statements identified on SCHEDULE 3.12
hereof and consistent with the prior months and year-to-date financial
statements.

         5.19 TITLE REVIEW. As of the Date of Closing, the Purchaser shall have,
and in proceeding to close has, reviewed and approved, except for its reasonable
objections thereto described in SCHEDULE 5.19 hereof, which shall be prepared at
or prior to the Closing and after the execution date of this Agreement, the
title commitments and surveys with respect to the condition and status of the
parcels of Real Estate listed on SCHEDULE 7.10 hereof. Shareholders shall cure
and/or indemnify to the reasonable satisfaction of Purchaser, in accordance with
the provisions of Section 7.10 of this Agreement, such reasonable objections to
title which Purchaser has designated for such cure under Section 7.10 of this
Agreement.

         5.20 LITIGATION. From the date hereof and through the Date of Closing,
the Shareholders will notify the Purchaser in writing of any actions or
proceedings of the type required to be described in Section 3.7 of this
Agreement, that, from the time hereof, are, to the Shareholders' Knowledge,
Threatened or commenced against the Company or against any officer, director or
employee of the Company relating to the Business or the Company.

                                       30

<PAGE>

         5.21 NOTIFICATION OF INACCURACY. Each Shareholder agrees to promptly
notify the Purchaser in writing of any material inaccuracy made by any
Shareholder in this Agreement of which such Shareholder becomes aware prior to
the Date of Closing and which could result in a Material Adverse Effect with
respect to the Company. The Purchaser agrees to promptly notify the Shareholders
in writing of any material inaccuracy made by the Purchaser in this Agreement of
which the Purchaser becomes aware prior to the Date of Closing and which could
result in a Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Purchaser. The foregoing
shall not limit the ability of the Shareholders to Supplement the Schedules.

         5.22     VALLEY SALE.

                  (a) The Shareholders shall use reasonable  
         commercial efforts to cause the Company to consummate the Valley 
         Sale by a closing on or prior to the Date of Closing, subject to 
         the rights of the Company to terminate the Valley Sale Stock 
         Purchase Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof and the 
         Company's rights thereunder. The Shareholders shall cause the 
         Company to provide Purchaser with each and every agreement, 
         document, item of due diligence material and all other information 
         regarding the Valley Sale (collectively the "Valley Sale 
         Documents") promptly after each Valley Sale Document is received or 
         delivered by the Company. Upon the Valley Sale Closing Date, those 
         Shareholders who are bound to provide indemnification pursuant to 
         Section 9.1 of this Agreement shall execute an agreement with the 
         purchaser of the stock of Valley substantially in the form of the 
         Agreement Regarding Indemnification attached to the Valley Sale 
         Stock Purchase Agreement as Exhibit C, which Agreement Regarding 
         Indemnification shall not be materially modified prior to or after 
         execution thereof without the prior consent of Purchaser, said 
         consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

                  (b) If the Closing and the Valley Sale Closing Date occur in
         the same calendar year, the Shareholders shall cause the Company to
         take reasonable commercial efforts at the Shareholders' sole expense to
         renegotiate the Valley Sale; provided, however, that Shareholders and
         the Company shall not be required to reorganize the Company to achieve
         said renegotiation.

                  (c) On or prior to the consummation of the Valley Sale by a
         Closing, the Company shall collect from Valley the unpaid portion of
         the management fee customarily paid by Valley to the Company (the
         "Management Fee") for the period from January 1, 1998, through the
         Valley Sale Closing Date. The Management Fee paid for calendar year
         1998 (and calendar year 1999 if the Valley Sale Closing Date occurs in
         1999) shall not exceed $560,000, prorated on an annualized basis to the
         Valley Sale Closing Date. The Management Fee for all periods prior to
         January 1, 1998, has been paid in full. All services provided by the
         Company to Valley shall cease on the Valley Sale Closing Date except as
         continued by written agreement approved by Purchaser.

             (d) The following employees of the Company shall 
         voluntarily terminate their employment with the Company as of the 
         Valley Sale Closing Date (the "Valley Employees"): Marlys 
         Randall and Tim Jensen. The Valley Employees shall resign their 
         employment with the Company in writing. Such resignation shall 
         not affect such Valley Employees' status as a Qualified 
         Employee under Section 11.9 hereof or the applicable Retention 
         Agreement, if the applicable Valley Employee remains employed 
         by Valley or the purchaser of the Valley Stock for the period 
         required by said Valley Employee's Retention Agreement. 
         Marlys Randall's resignation may be on a part time basis. 
         Shareholders shall be solely liable for any Liability to the Valley 
         Employees, whether related to the period before or after the Valley 
         Sale Closing Date.
         
             (e) Prior to the Closing, and prior to any payment of 
         long term debt of the Company with Valley Sale Proceeds, the 
         Company shall use any Valley Sale Proceeds to pay the obligations 
         pursuant to the Deferred Compensation Agreements and the Company's 
         note payable to George M. Revering; provided, however, that the 
         obligation set forth in this Section 5.22(e) shall be limited by 
         the amount of the Company's available Valley Sale Proceeds.

                                       31

<PAGE>

         5.23 EMPLOYMENT MATTERS. The Shareholders shall cause the Company to
amend its employee handbook prior to the Closing to delete any references which
indicate or suggest that the Company's employees may be terminated only for
cause, and to confirm that all its employees are employees at will. The amended
handbook shall be provided to Purchaser for its prior approval, which approval
shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

         5.24 AMENDMENT OF COMPANY 401(k) PLAN. The Company may take the steps
necessary to complete, prior to the Closing, an amendment of its 401(k) plan to
eliminate the amounts paid pursuant to the Deferred Compensation Agreements and
the Retention Agreements from the amounts which are considered when determining
the Company's obligation to contribute to the 401(k) plan. If the Company does
not so amend its 401(k) plan, the adjustments to the Purchase Price for the
Employee Retention Amount and the Deferred Compensation Amount shall be
increased by the amount the Company is required to contribute to its 401(k) plan
in respect of the Employee Retention Amount and the Deferred Compensation
Amount, respectively.

ARTICLE 6: MUTUAL COVENANTS AND CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS

         Unless waived in writing by the parties, each and every obligation of
Purchaser and Shareholders to be performed at the Closing shall be subject to
the satisfaction at or prior thereto of each and all of the following conditions
precedent:

         6.1 PROCEEDINGS. There being no (i) Proceedings which have been
brought, asserted, commenced or Threatened against the Purchaser, the Company
and/or the Shareholders by any Person involving or affecting in any way the
Purchaser's, the Company's or, the Shareholders' consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby, or (ii) Applicable Laws restraining or
enjoining or which may reasonably be expected to nullify or render ineffective
this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or
which otherwise could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect
on the Company.

         6.2 CONSENTS AND APPROVALS. Purchaser and the Shareholders shall have
received evidence, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for
Purchaser and the Shareholders, that all material consents, waivers, releases,
authorizations, approvals, licenses, certificates, permits and franchises of all
Persons (including each and every Governmental Authority) as may be necessary to
consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and for the Purchaser
to carry on and continue the operations of the Company as they are now conducted
have been obtained. All consents of the FCC shall be by Final Order; provided,
however, that if Purchaser and the Shareholders waive the condition of FCC
consent by Final Order, the parties shall consider FCC consent without Final
Order sufficient to proceed to Closing according to the other terms of this
Agreement. "FINAL ORDER" means an action or decision of the FCC as to which (i)
no request for a stay is pending, no stay is in effect, and any deadline for
filing such request that may be designated by statute or regulation has passed,
(ii) no petition for rehearing or reconsideration or application for review is
pending and the time for the filing of such petition or application has passed,
(iii) the FCC does not have the action or decision under reconsideration on its
own motion and the time within which it may effect such reconsideration has
passed and (iv) no judicial appeal is pending or in effect and any deadline for
filing any such appeal that may be designated by statute or rule has passed.

         6.3  VALLEY SALE.  The closing of the Valley Sale shall have been 
consummated by a closing.

         ARTICLE 7: CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO PURCHASER'S OBLIGATIONS

         Unless waived by Purchaser in writing, or deemed waived pursuant to the
terms of Section 7.9 and/or 7.10, each and every obligation of Purchaser to be
performed at the Closing shall be subject to the satisfaction at or prior
thereto of each and all of the following conditions precedent:

         7.1 ACCURACY OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. The representations and
warranties made by Shareholders in this Agreement, including the documents,
instruments and agreements to be 

                                       32

<PAGE>

executed and/or delivered by Shareholders pursuant to this Agreement, shall 
be true and correct in all material respects at and as of the Closing with 
the same force and effect as though such representations and warranties had 
been made or given at and as of the Closing.

         7.2  COMPLIANCE WITH COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS. The 
Shareholders shall have performed and complied with all of their 
covenants, agreements and obligations under this Agreement which 
are to be performed or complied with by them at or prior to the 
Closing, including the execution and/or delivery of the documents, 
instruments and agreements specified in Section 10.2 hereof or in 
such documents, instruments and agreements, all of which shall be 
reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to counsel for 
Purchaser.

         7.3  NO MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE. As of the Date of Closing, nothing
shall have occurred which, in the reasonable judgment of Purchaser could,
individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect on the Company.

         7.4  APPROVAL BY COUNSEL. All actions, proceedings, instruments and
documents required of Shareholders to carry out the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement or incidental thereto and all other related legal matters shall
have been reasonably satisfactory to and approved by counsel for Purchaser, and
such counsel shall have been furnished with such certified copies of actions and
proceedings and such other instruments and documents as they shall have
reasonably requested.

         7.5  LEGAL OPINION. The Purchaser shall have received one or more
opinions from the counsel for the Shareholders and the Company, dated as of the
Date of Closing, in form and substance satisfactory to the Purchaser in
Purchaser's reasonable commercial discretion.

         7.6  RESIGNATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS. All directors and officers
of the Company whose resignations have been requested by the Purchaser shall
have been submitted or shall have been removed effective as of the Date of
Closing.

         7.7  CORPORATE ACTION. Purchaser shall have received (a) a certificate
of the Secretary of the Company as to the incumbency and signatures of the
officers and directors, and (b) a good standing certificate of existence from
the State of Minnesota for the Company.

         7.8  [THIS SECTION INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.]

         7.9  ENVIRONMENTAL AUDIT. Subject to the other provisions contained in
this Section, the Shareholders shall permit Purchaser or any reasonably
qualified environmental consultant designated by Purchaser (the "ENVIRONMENTAL
AUDIT FIRM") to conduct a Phase I environmental audit, and, if reasonably
determined by the Purchaser to be necessary, a Phase II environmental audit
(collectively, the "AUDIT") of the Real Estate prior to Closing. Beginning
immediately after the execution hereof, the Environmental Audit Firm shall have
full and free access to the Real Estate during normal business hours, upon
reasonable notice; provided, however, that neither Purchaser nor the
Environmental Audit Firm shall unreasonably interfere with the normal business
operations of the Company. The Audit shall be completed as soon as practicable
and Purchaser shall, promptly upon receipt, furnish the Shareholders with a copy
of all written reports relating to the Audit provided by the Environmental Audit
Firm. In the event a written report is not requested or the report is given
orally, the Company shall have the right to request and receive a written report
and to obtain an oral report from the Environmental Audit Firm. Purchaser shall
pay all fees and expenses of the Environmental Audit Firm. The Purchaser shall
indemnify and hold the Company harmless from, against and in respect of any and
all property damage caused by the Environmental Audit Firm. Purchaser shall be
allowed twenty (20) days after receipt of the final written or oral report
related to the Audit for the examination thereof and the making and delivery of
any written objections to the condition of the Real Estate to the Shareholders
in accordance with the notice provisions of this Agreement; provided, however,
that any such objections may be made only if the Audit discloses facts or
conditions (i) that purportedly violate any Applicable Laws in any material
respect, (ii) which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect on the Company, or (iii) that are inconsistent in any material respect
with the representations and warranties of Shareholders set forth herein. If no
such written objections are made 

                                       33

<PAGE>
by the Purchaser within such twenty (20) day period, the Audit in its 
entirety, shall be incorporated to the Schedules and Purchaser shall accept 
any conditions disclosed in the Audit "as-is." If any such written objections 
are made by Purchaser within said twenty (20) day period, Shareholders shall 
use commercially reasonable efforts, at their sole cost and expense, to cure 
said objections on or before December 31, 1998; provided, however, that 
Shareholders shall have no obligation to cure or attempt to cure (i) the 
objections as to any one (1) parcel of Real Estate if the cost of the cure as 
to that parcel exceeds $50,000 or (ii) any objections whatsoever if the 
aggregate cost of cure for all Real Estate exceeds $200,000, all as 
reasonably estimated by the Environmental Audit Firm. If the objections are 
not cured or curable within said period, the parties shall attempt to 
negotiate a mutually acceptable arrangement regarding the cure of the 
objections to the conditions of the Real Estate for a period of twenty (20) 
days after December 31, 1998. If the objections to the condition of the Real 
Estate are not cured, or curable, or reasonable arrangements made with regard 
to such cure, on or before January 20, 1999, then Purchaser shall have the 
right for a period of ten (10) business days after January 20, 1999 to 
terminate this Agreement by giving written notice of termination to 
Shareholders. In the event Purchaser elects to terminate this Agreement 
pursuant to this Section 7.9, such termination shall be without liability or 
any further obligation of the Shareholders to Purchaser unless Shareholders 
have made a deliberately false or misleading warranty or representation with 
respect to one or more of the conditions to which Purchaser objected. If 
Purchaser does not exercise its right to terminate pursuant to this Section 
7.9, the Audit in its entirety, shall be incorporated to the Schedules and 
Purchaser shall accept such conditions "as-is."

         7.10     TITLE MATTERS; SURVEYS.

                  (a) As soon as practicable following the execution hereof,
         Shareholders shall provide to Purchaser A.L.T.A. Form 1992 title
         insurance commitments from a title insurance company reasonably
         acceptable to Purchaser for each parcel of Real Estate listed on
         SCHEDULE 7.10 agreeing to insure title of owner or tenant, as the case
         may be, in amounts reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser for each such
         parcel with standard exceptions waived, together with copies of all
         documents mentioned in said title insurance commitments. In each case,
         the amounts purchased shall be increased as necessary to comply with
         co-insurance provisions of the policies or to qualify for waivers or
         "agreed-amount" endorsements. Shareholders also agree to procure for
         Purchaser Owner's or Leasehold Owner's policies of title insurance, as
         applicable, on A.L.T.A. Form 1992 for each parcel of Real Estate listed
         on SCHEDULE 7.10. Shareholders shall bear the cost of obtaining the
         title insurance commitments and Purchaser shall pay the cost of the
         title insurance policies. The policies shall include waivers of the
         co-insurance clause reasonably acceptable to Purchaser. Purchaser shall
         be allowed twenty (20) days after receipt of complete commitments
         (including copies of documents mentioned therein and surveys relating
         thereto, if applicable) for the examination thereof and the making and
         delivering of any written objections to the marketability of title. Any
         such written objection shall be listed on SCHEDULE 5.19 prepared by
         Purchaser at or prior to Closing. If no title objections are made
         within such period, such objections shall be deemed to have been waived
         by Purchaser. If any written objections to the marketability of title
         to any parcel of Real Estate listed on SCHEDULE 7.10 are made by
         Purchaser within said twenty (20) day period, Shareholders shall use
         commercially reasonable efforts, at their sole cost and expense, to
         cure said marketable title objections within thirty (30) days after
         said objections have been raised. If title to the Real Estate is not
         made marketable to Purchaser's reasonable satisfaction within such
         thirty (30) day period then Purchaser shall have the right for a period
         of ten (10) business days to terminate this Agreement by giving written
         notice of termination to Shareholders. If the Purchaser does not
         exercise its right to terminate, Purchaser shall be deemed to have
         waived uncured objections to the marketability of title disclosed by
         the title insurance commitments.

                  (b) Shareholders shall provide, at their expense, as-built
         surveys of each parcel of Real Estate listed in SCHEDULE 7.10 in
         accordance with requirements previously delivered to counsel for the
         Shareholders. Purchaser shall have the right to make written objections
         to title based upon any such survey within twenty (20) days after
         delivery of a copy of the survey to Purchaser, and any such objections
         to title shall be treated in the same manner as objections to title
         pursuant to Section 7.10(a) of this Agreement.

                                       34
<PAGE>

         7.11 PENDING FCC APPLICATION. The FCC shall have approved by Final
Order the Company's currently pending Phase 2 Cellular Application to serve
unserved areas in South Dakota, RSA 4.

         7.12 DUE DILIGENCE. Purchaser shall be reasonably satisfied with its
investigation of the Company and the Business. This condition precedent shall be
deemed to be waived by Purchaser unless Purchaser provides to the Shareholders a
written notice terminating this Agreement due to Purchaser's reasonable
objections to the condition of the Company or the Business on or before November
1, 1998.

          ARTICLE 8: CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO SHAREHOLDERS' OBLIGATIONS

         Unless waived by Shareholders in writing, each and every obligation of
Shareholders to be performed at the Closing shall be subject to the satisfaction
at or prior thereto of each and all of the following conditions precedent:

         8.1 ACCURACY OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. The representations and
warranties made by Purchaser in this Agreement, including the documents,
instruments and agreements to be executed and/or delivered by Purchaser pursuant
to this Agreement, shall be true and correct in all material respects at and as
of the Closing with the same force and effect as though such representations and
warranties had been made or given at and as of the Closing.

         8.2 COMPLIANCE WITH COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS. Purchaser shall have
performed and complied with all of its covenants, agreements and obligations
under this Agreement which are to be performed or complied with by it at or
prior to the Closing, including the execution and/or delivery of the documents,
instruments and agreements specified in Section 10.3 hereof or in such
documents, instruments and agreements, all of which shall be reasonably
satisfactory in form and substance to counsel for Shareholders.

         8.3 APPROVAL BY COUNSEL. All actions, proceedings, instruments and
documents required of Purchaser to carry out the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement or incidental thereto and all other related legal matters shall
have been reasonably satisfactory to and approved by counsel for Shareholders,
and such counsel shall have been furnished with such certified copies of actions
and proceedings and such other instruments and documents as they shall have
reasonably requested.

         8.4 LEGAL OPINION. The Shareholders shall have received an opinion from
the counsel for the Purchaser, dated as of the Date of Closing, in form and
substance satisfactory to the Shareholders in the Shareholders' reasonable
commercial discretion.

         8.5 DELIVERY OF PURCHASE PRICE AND OTHER CONSIDERATION. Purchaser shall
have delivered to the Shareholders, against receipt of the certificates for the
Stock, the Purchase Price to be paid on the date of Closing determined in
accordance with Section 2.3.

         8.6 PENDING FCC APPLICATION. The FCC shall have approved by Final Order
the matters described in Section 7.11 hereof.

         ARTICLE 9: INDEMNIFICATION

         9.1 INDEMNIFICATION BY CERTAIN SHAREHOLDERS. George M. Revering, Joyce
Revering and the George M. Revering Irrevocable Trust U/A dated July 22, 1996
jointly and severally covenant and agree to indemnify and hold Purchaser, its
officers, directors, employees, affiliates, shareholders and agents, and each of
their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns,
harmless from, against and in respect of any and all losses, costs, expenses
(including without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements of
counsel), Liabilities, damages, fines, penalties, charges, assessments,
judgments, settlements, claims, causes of action and other obligations of any
nature whatsoever excluding from the foregoing, however, incidental or
consequential (including lost profits) or special damages of such 

                                       35

<PAGE>

Persons incurred directly, as opposed to such damages arising from a 
third-party claim (individually a "Loss" and collectively "LOSSES") that any 
of them may at any time, directly or indirectly, suffer, sustain, incur or 
become subject to, arising out of, based upon or resulting from or on account 
of each of the following:

                  (a) the breach or falsity of any representation or warranty
         made by Shareholders in this Agreement, including the documents,
         instruments and agreements to be executed and/or delivered by
         Shareholders pursuant hereto and thereto; provided, however, that
         Shareholders shall not be required to provide such indemnification for
         the breach or falsity of any such representation or warranty (other
         than representations or warranties contained in Sections 3.2, 3.5 or
         3.9 hereof) unless and until Purchaser, its officers, directors,
         employees, affiliates and shareholders shall have sustained cumulative
         Losses as a result of one or more such breaches or falsities of at
         least One Hundred Twenty-five Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($125,000.00)
         (the "Basket Amount"). Once the aggregate of Losses exceeds the Basket
         Amount, Shareholders shall provide indemnification for all Losses
         sustained as a result of such breach(es) or falsity(ies) in excess of
         the Basket Amount; or

                  (b) the breach of any covenant or agreement made by
         Shareholders in this Agreement, including the documents, instruments
         and agreements to be executed and/or delivered by Shareholders pursuant
         hereto or thereto; or

                  (c) any Loss which is related in any way to Valley, the
         operation of Valley's business or to the Valley Sale; or

                  (d) any Loss which relates to a claim by an employee of the
         Company (i) that their employment was wrongfully terminated without
         cause, whether before, on or after the Date of Closing, and said claim
         is based, in whole or in part, on the Company's employee handbook as it
         existed on the date of this Agreement (provided, that the loss so
         indemnified shall be only to the extent determined to have been
         incurred as a result of the contents of the employee handbook); (ii)
         for matters arising out of acts or omissions of the Company or the
         Shareholders occurring prior to the Date of Closing; (iii) or for any
         claim pursuant to a Retention Agreement, which exceeds the retention
         bonus paid to such employee pursuant to their Retention Agreement.

         9.2 INDEMNIFICATION BY PURCHASER. Purchaser covenants and agrees to
defend, indemnify and hold Shareholders, and each of their respective heirs,
personal representatives, successors and assigns, harmless from, against and in
respect of any and all Losses that any of them may at any time, directly or
indirectly, suffer, sustain, incur or become subject to, arising out of, based
upon or resulting from or on account of each or both of the following:

                  (a) the breach or falsity of any representation or warranty
         made by Purchaser in this Agreement, including the documents,
         instruments and agreements to be executed and/or delivered by Purchaser
         pursuant hereto and thereto; or

                                       36

<PAGE>

       (b)  the breach of any covenant or agreement made by Purchaser in this
    Agreement, including the documents, instruments and agreements to be
    executed and/or delivered by Purchaser pursuant hereto or thereto; or

       (c)  any Loss arising from the performance of the Audit described 
    in Section 7.9 hereof.

         9.3 PROCEDURE FOR INDEMNIFICATION. In the event a party intends to seek
indemnification pursuant to the provisions of Sections 9.1 or 9.2 hereof (the
"INDEMNIFIED PARTY"), the Indemnified Party shall promptly give notice hereunder
to the other party (the "INDEMNIFYING PARTY") after obtaining written notice of
any claim, investigation, or the service of a summons or other initial or
continuing legal or administrative process or Proceeding in any action
instituted against the Indemnified Party as to which recovery or other action
may be sought against the Indemnified Party because of the indemnification
provided for in Section 9.1 or 9.2 hereof, and, if such indemnity shall arise
from the claim of a third party, the Indemnified Party shall permit the
Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of any such claim and any litigation
resulting from such claim; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Indemnified Party shall
not be required to permit such an assumption of the defense of any claim or
Proceeding which, if not first paid, discharged or otherwise complied with,
would with substantial certainty result in a material interruption or disruption
of the business of the Indemnified Party, taken as a whole, or any material part
thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the right to indemnification hereunder
shall not be affected by any failure of the Indemnified Party to give such
notice (or by delay by the Indemnified Party in giving such notice) unless, and
then only to the extent that, the rights and remedies of the Indemnifying Party
shall have been prejudiced as a result of the failure to give, or delay in
giving, such notice. Failure by the Indemnifying Party to notify the Indemnified
Party of its election to defend any such claim or action by a third party within
twenty (20) days after notice thereof shall have been given to the Indemnifying
Party shall be deemed a waiver by the Indemnifying Party of its right to defend
such claim or action.

         If the Indemnifying Party assumes the defense of such claim,
investigation or Proceeding resulting therefrom, the obligations of the
Indemnifying Party hereunder as to such claim, investigation or Proceeding shall
include taking all steps necessary in the defense or settlement of such claim,
investigation or Proceeding and holding the Indemnified Party harmless from and
against any and all damages caused by or arising out of any settlement approved
by the Indemnifying Party or any judgment entered in connection with such claim,
investigation or Proceeding, except where, and only to the extent that, the
Indemnifying Party has been prejudiced by the actions or omissions of the
Indemnified Party. The Indemnifying Party shall not, in the defense of such
claim or any Proceeding resulting therefrom, consent to entry of any judgment
(other than a judgment of dismissal on the merits without costs) except with the
written consent of the Indemnified Party (which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned) or enter into any settlement
(except with the written consent of the Indemnified Party)(which consent shall
not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned) unless (i) there is no
finding or admission of any violation of law and no material effect on any
claims that could reasonably be expected to be made against the Indemnified
Party (ii) the sole relief provided is monetary damages that are paid in full
for Losses which are applied against the BASKET AMOUNT and (iii) the settlement
shall include the giving by the claimant or the plaintiff to the Indemnified
Party a release from all Liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

         If the Indemnifying Party assumes the defense of such claim,
investigation or Proceeding resulting therefrom, the Indemnified Party shall be
entitled to participate in the defense of the claim, but solely by observation
and comment to the Indemnifying Party, and the counsel selected by the
Indemnified Party shall not appear on its behalf in any Proceeding arising
hereunder. The Indemnified Party shall bear the fees and expenses of any
additional counsel retained by it to participate in its defense unless any of
the following shall apply: (i) the employment of such counsel shall have been
authorized in writing by the Indemnifying Party; or (ii) the Indemnifying
Party's legal counsel shall advise the Indemnifying Party in writing, with a
copy to the Indemnified Party, that there is a conflict of interest that would
make it inappropriate under applicable standards of professional conduct to have
common counsel. If clause (i) or (ii) in the immediately preceding sentence is
applicable, then the Indemnified Party may employ separate 

                                       37
<PAGE>

counsel at the expense of the Indemnifying Party to represent the Indemnified 
Party, but in no event shall the Indemnifying Party be obligated to pay the 
costs and expenses of more than one such separate counsel for any one 
complaint, claim, action or Proceeding in any one jurisdiction.

         If the Indemnifying Party does not assume the defense of any such claim
by a third party or litigation resulting therefrom after receipt of notice from
the Indemnified Party, the Indemnified Party may defend against such claim or
litigation in such manner as it reasonably deems appropriate, and unless the
Indemnifying Party shall deposit with the Indemnified Party a sum equivalent to
the total amount demanded in such claim or litigation plus the Indemnified
Party's estimate of the cost (including attorneys' fees) of defending the same,
the Indemnified Party may settle such claim or Proceeding on such terms as it
may reasonably deem appropriate and the Indemnifying Party shall, subject to its
defenses and the applicability of any remaining threshold loss amount provided
for in Section 9.1(a) hereof, promptly reimburse the Indemnified Party for the
amount of such settlement and for all reasonable costs (including attorneys'
fees), expenses and damages incurred by the Indemnified Party in connection with
the defense against or settlement of such claim, investigation or litigation, or
if any such claim or litigation is not so settled, the Indemnifying Party shall,
subject to its defenses and the applicability of any remaining BASKET AMOUNT
provided for in Section 9.1(a) hereof, promptly reimburse the Indemnified Party
for the amount of any final nonappealable judgment rendered with respect to any
claim by a third party in such litigation and for all costs (including
attorneys' fees), expenses and damage incurred by the Indemnified Party in
connection with the defense against such claim or litigation, whether or not
resulting from, arising out of, or incurred with respect to, the act of a third
party.

         Any Loss under this Article 9: (a) shall be computed net of (x) any
actual income tax benefit resulting therefrom to the Indemnified Party and (y)
any insurance coverage with respect thereto, (b) shall be increased to the
extent necessary to indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnified Party from any
actual amount of Liability for Taxes incurred and paid which is attributable to
a previous income tax deduction which is disallowed or the receipt of the
indemnity payment with respect to such claim; provided, further, that, in all
cases, the timing of the receipt or realization of any insurance proceeds or
income tax benefits shall be taken into account in determining the amount of
reduction of claims, (c) shall be based upon the actual dollar amount of the
proposed Loss, without use of any multiplier, and (d) except for Losses related
to title to the Stock or to Taxes shall be limited to and shall not exceed in
the aggregate for all Losses, one-half (1/2) of the Purchase Price.

         Each party shall cooperate in good faith and in all respects with each
Indemnifying Party and its representatives (including without limitation its
counsel) in the investigation, negotiation, settlement, trial and/or defense of
any Proceedings (and any appeal arising therefrom) or any claim. The parties
shall cooperate with the other in any notifications to and information requests
of any insurers. No individual representative of any Person, or their respective
Affiliates shall be personally liable for any Loss under this Agreement, except
as specifically agreed to by said individual representative.

         9.4 DISPUTE RESOLUTION In the event a dispute arises under this
Agreement, except with respect TO SECTION 2.5, such disputes shall be resolved
in the manner set forth in this SECTION 9.4.

                  (a) If a dispute arises under this Agreement, including any
         question regarding the existence, validity, interpretation or
         termination hereof, which is not described as an exception in this
         SECTION 9.4, Purchaser and the Shareholders may invoke the dispute
         resolution procedure set forth in this SECTION 9.4 by giving written
         notice to the other party. The parties shall enter into discussions
         concerning this dispute. If the dispute is not resolved as a result of
         such discussion in ten (10) days, an attempt will be made to resolve
         the matter by a formal nonbinding mediation with an independent neutral
         mediator agreed to by the parties. If the parties cannot agree on a
         mediator within a period of ten (10) days after expiration of the ten
         (10) day period for resolution by discussion, then either party may
         apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for appointment of a
         mediator, which appointment shall be binding and nonappealable. Upon
         commencement of the mediation process, the parties shall promptly
         communicate with respect to a procedure and schedule for the conduct of
         the proceeding and for the exchange of documents and other 

                                        38
<PAGE>

         information related to the dispute. The mediation process shall be
         deemed ended if the dispute has not been resolved within thirty (30)
         days after  appointment of the mediator.

                  (b) All claims, disputes or other matters in question between
         the parties to this Agreement arising out of or relating to this
         Agreement which are not resolved by mediation in accordance with
         SECTION 9.4(a) within thirty (30) days after appointment of mediator
         shall be submitted for, subject to and decided by arbitration in
         accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American
         Arbitration Association currently in effect as of the date of this
         Agreement ("AAA Rules"), except to the extent those rules are
         inconsistent with this SECTION 9.4. Any arbitration must be held in
         Minneapolis, Minnesota by a single arbitrator mutually selected by the
         parties hereto or, if the parties hereto cannot agree on the
         appointment of such arbitrator within ten (10) days following the date
         notice of the dispute is given by a party to the adverse party, an
         arbitrator selected according to the AAA Rules. The arbitrator's award
         shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties to this
         Agreement, and judgment may be entered upon it in accordance with the
         Federal Arbitration Act any court of general jurisdiction in Minnesota,
         or in any United States District Court having jurisdiction in
         Minnesota. The arbitrator shall be required to provide in writing to
         the parties the basis for the award or order of such arbitrator, and a
         court reporter shall record all hearings (unless otherwise agreed to by
         the parties), with such record constituting the official transcript of
         such proceedings. Shareholders and Purchaser specifically desire this
         Arbitration clause to be governed by the United States Federal
         Arbitration Act, and not by the arbitration laws of any state.

                  (c) Shareholders and Purchaser agree and consent that any
         legal action, suit or proceeding seeking to enforce this Section 9.4 or
         to confirm or contest any arbitration award shall be instituted and
         adjudicated solely and exclusively in any court of general jurisdiction
         in Minnesota, or in the United States District Court having
         jurisdiction in Minnesota and Shareholders and Purchaser agree that
         venue will be proper in such courts and waive any objection which they
         may have now or hereafter to the venue of any such suit, action or
         proceeding in such courts, and irrevocably consents and agrees to the
         jurisdiction of said courts in any such suit, action or proceeding.
         Shareholders and Purchaser further agree to accept and acknowledge
         service of any and all process which may be served in any such suit,
         action or proceeding in said courts, and also agree that service of
         process or notice upon them shall be deemed in every respect effective
         service of process or notice upon them, in any suit, action, proceeding
         or arbitration demand, if given or made: (i) according to applicable
         law; (ii) according to the AAA Rules; (iii) by a person over the age of
         eighteen who personally serves such notice or service of process on
         Shareholders or Purchaser, as the case may be; or (iv) by certified
         mail, return receipt requested, mailed to Shareholders or Purchaser, as
         the case may be, at their respective addresses set forth in this
         Agreement.

                  (d) In the event of arbitration filed or instituted between
         the parties pursuant to this Section 9.4, the prevailing party will be
         entitled to receive from the adverse party all costs, damages and
         expenses, including reasonable attorney's fees, incurred by the
         prevailing party in connection with that action or proceeding whether
         or not the controversy is reduced to judgment or award. The prevailing
         party will be that party who is determined by the arbitrator to have
         prevailed on the major disputed issues.

                               ARTICLE 10: CLOSING

         10.1 DATE OF CLOSING. Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the
conditions precedent contained in Articles 6, 7 and 8 hereof, the closing of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the "CLOSING") shall be held at a
mutually agreed upon time on the first day of the month which is at least ten
(10) business days after (i) all consents and approvals required to consummate
the transactions contemplated hereby have been received from the FCC and (ii)
all other conditions to the Closing have been duly satisfied or waived in
writing, at the offices of Moss & Barnett, A Professional Association, 4800
Norwest Center, 90 South Seventh Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota, 55402, and
shall be as of the opening of business on such day. Such date is referred to in
this Agreement as the "DATE OF CLOSING."

                                       39
<PAGE>

         10.2 DOCUMENTS TO BE DELIVERED BY SHAREHOLDERS. At the Closing,
Shareholders shall execute, where necessary or appropriate, and deliver to
Purchaser each and all of the following:

                  (a) A certificate in the form of Exhibit C hereto signed by
         Shareholders, and dated as of the Date of Closing, to the effect that
         the representations and warranties made by Shareholders in this
         Agreement (as modified by the Schedules and any Supplements) and in any
         document, instrument and/or agreement to be executed and/or delivered
         by Shareholders pursuant to this Agreement are true and correct in all
         material respects at and as of the Closing and Shareholders have
         performed and complied with all of their covenants, agreements and
         obligations under this Agreement which are to be performed and complied
         with by Shareholders at or prior to the Closing;

                  (b) The certificates evidencing the Stock duly endorsed by the
         Shareholders in blank or accompanied by assignments separate from
         certificate duly endorsed in blank;

                  (c) The minute book and stock book for the Company, RFC, GLCLP
         and Glacial DBS;

                  (d) If there have been any improvements constructed or repairs
         of existing improvements made with respect to any parcel of Real Estate
         within the last six months, or if any work has been done or labor or
         materials furnished with respect to any parcel of Real Estate, the
         Shareholders agree to deliver, and to cause the Company to deliver, to
         Purchaser on or prior to the Date of Closing such affidavits and other
         documents, including lien waivers for any such work in a form
         sufficient to permit the title company issuing the title insurance
         policy called for hereunder to delete all mechanic's liens exceptions;

                  (e) The Company's Affidavits for each parcel of Real Estate in
         a form sufficient to permit the title insurance company to delete the
         exceptions to title relating to parties in possession;

                  (f) Any other document or certificate that the title insurance
         company may reasonably require to issue the title insurance policies on
         the Real Estate in the form required by Section 7.10(a) hereof;

                  (g) Duly executed written opinion letters by Briggs and
         Morgan, Professional Association, counsel for Shareholders and the
         Company, and by the Company's counsel for FCC matters dated as of the
         Date of Closing, addressed to Purchaser and its lenders, as
         contemplated by Section 7.5 of this Agreement;

                  (h) Duly executed resignations of all of the officers and
         directors of the Company, and the resignations as employees of George
         M. Revering and Joyce C. Revering, all effective as of the Date of
         Closing;

                  (i)  A Mutual Release in the form of Exhibit D hereto 
         duly executed by the Shareholders (the "Release");

                                       40
<PAGE>

                       (i)      [THIS SUBSECTION INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.]

                  (k) A Satisfaction of Debt in the form of Exhibit E to this
         Agreement executed by each of Jim Jung, C. Max Tite, Susan Tite,
         William O. Chase and Bill Randall with respect to their respective
         Deferred Compensation Agreements.

                  (l) Assignment, Assumption and Consent Agreements in the form
         of Exhibit F regarding the Company's debts to Jim Jung and the Jung
         Girls Partnership, whereby George M. Revering assumes the Company's
         debts to Jim Jung and the Jung Girls Partnership and the Company is
         released from any Liability with respect to such debts;

                  (m) Such other documents and items as are reasonably necessary
         or appropriate to effect the consummation of the transactions
         contemplated hereby or which may be customary under local law; and

                  (n)      [THIS SUBSECTION INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.]

                  (o) A certificate of the trustee(s) of the George M. Revering
         Irrevocable Trust in the form of Exhibit G to this Agreement.

         10.3 DOCUMENTS TO BE DELIVERED BY PURCHASER. At the Closing, Purchaser
shall execute, where necessary or appropriate, and deliver to Shareholders each
and all of the following:

                  (a)  Payment of the Purchase Price by the method and 
          determined in accordance with Section 2.3 hereof;

                  (b) A certificate in the form of Exhibit H hereto signed by a
         duly authorized officer of Purchaser, and dated as of the Date of
         Closing, to the effect that the representations and warranties made by
         Purchaser in this Agreement and in any document, instrument and/or
         agreement to be executed and/or delivered by Purchaser pursuant to this
         Agreement are true and correct in all material respects at and as of
         the Closing and the Purchaser has performed and complied with all of
         its covenants, agreements and obligations under this Agreement which
         are to be performed and complied with by Purchaser on or prior to the
         Closing;

                  (c) A copy certified by the Secretary of Purchaser of the duly
         adopted resolutions of the Board of Directors of Purchaser approving
         this Agreement and authorizing the execution and delivery of this
         Agreement, including the documents, instruments and agreements to be
         executed and/or delivered by the Purchaser pursuant hereto, and the
         consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby;

                  (d) A duly executed written opinion letter by Moss & Barnett,
         a Professional Association, counsel for Purchaser, dated as of the Date
         of Closing, addressed to the Shareholders, as contemplated by Section
         8.4 of this Agreement;

                                       41


<PAGE>

               (e) The Release duly executed by the Purchaser and the Company;
         and

               (f) Such other documents and items as are reasonably necessary
         or appropriate to effect the consummation of the transactions
         contemplated hereby or which may be customary under local law.

         ARTICLE 11: PERFORMANCE FOLLOWING THE DATE OF CLOSING

         The following covenants and agreements are to be performed after the 
Closing by the parties and shall continue in effect for the periods 
respectively indicated or, where no indication is made, until performed:

         11.1  FURTHER ACTS AND ASSURANCES. The parties agree that, at any 
time and from time to time, on and after the Date of Closing, upon the 
reasonable request of the other party, they will do or cause to be done all 
such further acts and things and execute, acknowledge and deliver, or cause 
to be executed, acknowledged and delivered any and all papers, documents, 
instruments, agreements, assignments, transfers, assurances and conveyances 
as may be necessary or desirable to carry out and give effect to the 
provisions and intent of this Agreement. In addition, from and after the Date 
of Closing, the Purchaser will afford to the Shareholders and their 
attorneys, accountants and other representatives access, during normal 
business hours, to such personnel, books and records relating to the Company 
as may reasonably be required in connection with the preparation of financial 
information or the filing of Tax Returns and will cooperate in all reasonable 
respects in connection with claims and Proceeding asserted by or against 
third parties, relating to or arising from the transactions contemplated 
hereby.

         11.2  NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT. During the period of thirty-six 
months (36) months from and after the Date of Closing, George M. Revering 
covenants and agrees that he will not, without the Purchaser's prior written 
consent, directly or indirectly, or individually or collectively within the 
States of Minnesota and South Dakota lend any material credit, advice or 
assistance, or engage in any activity or act in any manner, including but not 
limited to, as an individual, owner, sole proprietor, founder, associate, 
promoter, partner, joint venturer, shareholder other than as a less than five 
percent (5%) shareholder of a publicly traded corporation, officer, director 
(other than as a director of Purchaser, Midwest Telephone and other Persons 
with whom Mr. Revering is presently affiliated), trustee, manager, employer, 
employee, licensor, licensee, principal, agent, salesman, broker, 
representative, consultant, advisor, investor or otherwise for the purpose of 
establishing, operating or managing any business or entity that is engaged in 
activities competitive with the present Business of the Company.

         11.3  NON-SOLICITATION AGREEMENT. During the period of thirty-six 
(36) months from and after the Date of Closing, George M. Revering covenants 
and agrees that he will not, whether for his own account or for the account 
of any other Person, directly or indirectly interfere with the Company's 
relationship with or endeavor to divert or entice away from the Company any 
Person who or which at any time during the term of the Shareholders' prior 
employment by or affiliation with the Company is an employee, vendor, 
supplier or customer of the Company. The foregoing shall not apply to (i) 
employees, vendors, suppliers or customers who do not, at the time of any 
solicitation, have a relationship with the Company in such capacity; (ii) the 
services of William O. Chase for the purpose of providing financial and 
accounting services on behalf of the Shareholders or Payment Agent in 
connection with the preparation of the Closing Balance Sheet or other 
requirements of this Agreement; or (iii) any Revering family member.

         11.4  CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION. The Shareholders understand and 
agree that the Business of the Company is based upon specialized work and 
that as officers, directors, employees or shareholders of the Company they 
received, had access to and/or contributed to Confidential Information. 
Except as may be necessary or desirable (i) for defense of a Loss or 
conducting or participating in a proceeding in accordance with Sections 9.1, 
9.3 or 9.4 hereof, (ii) in enforcing a Shareholder's rights under this 
Agreement, (iii) for the purpose of filing any report with any Governmental 
Body, (iv) in connection with advice sought from an attorney, accountant or 
similar professional, or (v) in connection with their continued individual 
employment by the Company or employment by or position with Purchaser, the 
Shareholders agree that at


                                     42

<PAGE>

all times from and after the Date of Closing, they shall keep secret all such 
Confidential Information and that they will not directly or indirectly Use or 
Disclose the same to any Person without first obtaining the written consent 
of the Purchaser. At any time the Purchaser may so request, the Shareholders 
shall turn over to the Purchaser all Confidential Information compiled by or 
delivered to the Shareholders, including copies thereof, in their possession, 
it being agreed that the same and all information contained therein are at 
all times the exclusive property of the Company.

         11.5  REASONABLENESS OF COVENANTS. The Shareholders acknowledge and 
agree that the geographic scope and period of duration of the restrictive 
covenants contained in Sections 11.2, 11.3 and 11.4 of this Agreement are 
both fair and reasonable and that the interests sought to be protected by the 
Purchaser and Company are legitimate business interests entitled to be 
protected. The Shareholders further acknowledge and agree that the Purchaser 
would not have purchased the Shareholders' Stock in the Company pursuant to 
this Agreement unless the Shareholders agreed to the covenants contained in 
such Sections.

         11.6  INJUNCTIVE RELIEF. The parties agree that the remedy of 
damages at law for the breach by any party of any of the covenants contained 
in Sections 11.2, 11.3, 11.4 or 11.9 is an inadequate remedy. In recognition 
of the irreparable harm that a violation by the Company or either party of 
any of the covenants, agreements or obligations arising under Sections 11.2, 
11.3, 11.4 or 11.9 would cause the Company or the other party, each party 
agrees that in addition to any other remedies or relief afforded by law, an 
Injunction against an actual or threatened violation or violations may be 
issued against them and every other Person concerned thereby, it being the 
understanding of the parties that both damages and Injunction shall be proper 
modes of relief and are not to be considered alternative remedies.

         11.7  BLUE PENCIL DOCTRINE. In the event that any of the restrictive 
covenants contained in this Article shall be found by a court of competent 
jurisdiction to be unreasonable by reason of its extending for too great a 
period of time or over too great a geographic area or by reason of its being 
too extensive in any other respect, then such restrictive covenant shall be 
deemed modified to the minimum extent necessary to make it reasonable and 
enforceable under the circumstances.

         11.8  NAME OF COMPANY.  The Shareholders, their successors and 
assigns, have the right to use the name, "Revering Group."

         11.9  EMPLOYEE RETENTION.

               (a) The Purchaser shall employ, or cause the Company to
         continue the employment of all employees of the Company who are listed
         on SCHEDULE 11.9 of this Agreement who continue to be employees of the
         Company as of the Date of Closing (other than George M. Revering, Joyce
         C. Revering or Marvin Vogelgesang) without interruption after the Date
         of Closing until three (3) months to the day after the Date of Closing
         (the "Transition Period").

               (b) Marvin Vogelgesang and any other employee of the Company
         listed on SCHEDULE 11.9 who meets the requirements set forth in their
         applicable retention/transition letter (the "Retention Agreements")
         executed with the Company (a "Qualified Employee") shall be paid a
         retention bonus in accordance and in the amount provided by with the
         terms of the applicable Retention Agreement.  Whether such requirements
         are met shall be determined in the reasonable discretion of the
         Shareholders, based on the terms of the Retention Agreements.  The
         employee retention amount (the "Employee Retention Amount") is equal
         to all


                                    43

<PAGE>

         amounts paid by the Company pursuant to the Retention Agreements
         for the nine (9) month retention payment obligation and all of
         the Company's other expenses related to said payments as set forth
         in SCHEDULE 11.9.  The portion, if any, of the Employee
         Retention Amount not paid by the Company to Qualified Employees
         shall be paid to the Shareholders by Purchaser after the liability
         for Employee Retention Amount payments has been finally determined.

               (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company from and after
         the Date of Closing, and without triggering an obligation pursuant to
         any Retention Agreement, may terminate the employment of Company
         employees for objective occurrences constituting "cause," according to
         the normal employment policies and practices of Purchaser or the
         Company for all employees similarly situated. Notwithstanding any
         provision in this Agreement to the contrary, all Company employees
         shall remain at-will employees of the Company. Except for reasonable
         changes in duties, all Company employees, except for Marvin Vogelgesang
         and the Valley Employees, shall continue to be employed by the Company
         during the Transition Period on substantially the same terms and
         conditions as they are employed by the Company as of the Date of
         Closing. Purchaser shall cause the Company to provide the Company's
         employees the Benefit Plans and other employee benefits that are
         provided to Purchaser's employees from time to time; provided, however,
         that Purchaser may choose to continue the Company's 401(k) plan, as
         amended, after the Closing in lieu of providing Purchaser's 401(k) plan
         to the Company's employees. Purchaser shall credit all Company
         employees, for the purpose of medical, dental, health and life
         insurance, Purchaser's 401(k) plan, and paid time off with all of their
         prior service/employment time with the Company. Nothing in this Section
         11.9 is intended to create, or shall create or confer, any rights or
         remedies upon any Person other than the Purchaser or the Shareholders
         and their respective successors and assigns, nor shall this Section
         11.9 create any right of employment for any employee of the Company.
         The Shareholders shall have the right to seek an Injunction, without
         the necessity of posting bond, to cause the Company and the Purchaser
         to comply with the provisions of this Section.

         11.10 TAX MATTERS. The following provisions shall govern the 
allocation of responsibility as between the Purchaser and each Shareholder 
for certain tax matters following the Date of Closing:

               (a) TAX PERIODS BEGINNING BEFORE AND ENDING ON OR BEFORE THE
         DATE OF CLOSING. The Shareholders shall prepare or cause to be prepared
         and file or cause to be filed any federal or state income Tax Returns
         of the Company for Tax periods which begin before the Date of Closing
         and end on or before the Date of Closing. The Shareholders shall permit
         the Purchaser to review and comment upon each such Tax Return described
         in the preceding sentence prior to filing. Purchaser shall cause a
         Company officer to sign the Tax Returns prepared by the Shareholders.

                (b) TAX PERIODS BEGINNING BEFORE AND ENDING AFTER THE DATE OF
         CLOSING. The Purchaser shall prepare or cause to be prepared and file
         or cause to be filed any federal or state Tax Returns of the Company
         for Tax periods which begin before the Date of Closing and end after
         the Date of Closing. The Purchaser shall permit the Shareholders to
         review and comment upon each such Tax Return described in the preceding
         sentence prior to filing. For purposes of this Section 11.10(b) and
         Section 11.10(a), in the case of any Taxes that are imposed on a
         periodic basis and are payable for a taxable period that includes the
         Date of Closing, the portion of such Tax which relates to the portion
         of such taxable period ending on the day immediately prior to the Date
         of Closing shall (x) in the case of any Taxes other than Taxes based
         upon or related to income or receipts, be deemed to be the amount of
         such Tax for the entire taxable period multiplied by a fraction the
         numerator of which is the number of days in the taxable period ending
         on the day immediately prior to the Date of Closing and the denominator
         of which is the number of days in the entire taxable period, and (y) in
         the case of any Tax based upon or related to income


                                     44

<PAGE>

         or receipts be deemed equal to the amount which would be payable if the
         relevant taxable period ended on the Date of Closing. Any credits
         relating to a taxable period that begins before and ends after the day
         immediately prior to the Date of Closing shall be taken into account as
         though the relevant taxable period ended on the Date of Closing. All
         determinations necessary to give effect to the foregoing allocations
         shall be made in a manner consistent with prior practice of the
         Company.

               (c) COOPERATION ON TAX MATTERS.

                   (i)    The Purchaser, the Company and each Shareholder
               shall cooperate fully, as and to the extent reasonably
               requested by the other party, in connection with the filing of
               Tax Returns pursuant to this Section and any Proceeding with
               respect to Taxes. Such cooperation shall include the retention
               and (upon the other party's request) the provision of records
               and information which are reasonably necessary to any such
               Proceeding and making employees available on a mutually
               convenient basis to provide additional information and
               explanation of any material provided hereunder. The Purchaser
               shall cause the Company to agree, and each Shareholder agrees
               (A) to retain all books and records with respect to Tax
               matters pertinent to the Company relating to any taxable
               period beginning before the Date of Closing until the
               expiration of the statute of limitations (and, to the extent
               notified by the Purchaser or any Shareholder, any extensions
               thereof) of the respective taxable periods, and to abide by
               all record retention agreements entered into with any taxing
               authority, and (B) to give the other party reasonable written
               notice prior to transferring, destroying or discarding any
               such books and records and, if the other party so requests,
               the Company or the Shareholder, as the case may be, shall
               allow the other party to take possession of such books and
               records.

                   (ii)   The Purchaser and each Shareholder further
               agree, upon request, to use reasonable efforts to obtain any
               certificate or other document from any Governmental Body or
               any other Person as may be necessary to mitigate, reduce or
               eliminate any Tax that could be imposed (including, but not
               limited to, Tax with respect to the transactions contemplated
               hereby).

               (d) CERTAIN TAXES. All transfer, documentary, sales, use,
         stamp, registration and other such Taxes and fees (including any
         penalties and interest) payable to the State of Minnesota or the State
         of South Dakota which are incurred by Shareholders in connection with
         this Agreement shall be paid by the Shareholders when due, and the
         Shareholders will, at their own expense, file all necessary Tax Returns
         and other documentation with respect to all such transfer, documentary,
         sales, use, stamp, registration and other Taxes and fees, and, if
         required by applicable law, the Purchaser will, and will cause its
         Affiliates to, join in the execution of any such Tax Returns and other
         documentation.

                             ARTICLE 12: TERMINATION

         12.1  TERMINATION. This Agreement may be terminated and the 
transactions contemplated herein may be abandoned after the date of this 
Agreement, but not later than the Closing:

               (a)   by mutual written consent of all parties hereto;

               (b)   by Purchaser or Shareholders if any of the conditions
         provided for in Article 6 of this Agreement have not been met and have
         not been waived in writing by the party seeking to terminate on or
         before the Date of Closing;

               (c)   by Purchaser if any of the conditions provided for in
         Article 7 of this Agreement have not been met and have not been waived
         or deemed waived in 

                                     45

<PAGE>

         accordance with the provisions of this Agreement in writing by
         Purchaser on or before the Date of Closing;

               (d)   by Shareholders if any of the conditions provided for in
         Article 8 of this Agreement have not been met and have not been waived
         in writing by Shareholders on or before the Date of Closing;

               (e)   by either Purchaser or Shareholders if the Closing shall
         not have occurred on or before March 31, 1999; and

               (f)   by a party who objects to a Supplement pursuant to SECTION
         13.22.

In the event of termination or abandonment by any party as provided in this 
Section 12.1, written notice shall forthwith be given to the other party and, 
except as otherwise provided herein, each party shall pay its own expenses 
incident to preparation or consummation of this Agreement and the 
transactions contemplated hereunder and neither party shall have any 
Liability to the other hereunder except such Liability as may arise as a 
result of a breach hereof.

         12.2  RETURN OF DOCUMENTS AND NONDISCLOSURE. If this Agreement is 
terminated for any reason pursuant to Section 12.1 hereto, each party and its 
counsel shall return all documents and materials which shall have been 
furnished by or on behalf of the other party, and all copies thereof, and 
each party hereby covenants that it will not Use or Disclose to any Person 
any Confidential Information about the other party or any information about 
the transactions contemplated hereby, except insofar as may be necessary to 
comply with the requirements of any Governmental Body or Order or to assert 
its rights hereunder.


                            ARTICLE 13: MISCELLANEOUS

         13.1  SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Each of the 
representations and warranties of the parties contained in this Agreement and 
in any Exhibit, Schedule, certificate, instrument or document delivered by or 
on behalf of any of the parties hereto pursuant to this Agreement and the 
transactions contemplated hereby shall survive the Closing of the 
transactions contemplated hereby and any investigation made by the parties or 
their agents for a period of two (2) years after the Closing, after which no 
claim for indemnification for any misrepresentation, or for the breach of any 
representation or warranty under this Agreement, may be brought, and no 
action with respect thereto may be commenced, and no party shall have any 
Liability or obligation with respect thereto, unless (i) the Indemnified 
Party gave written notice to the Indemnifying Party specifying with 
particularity the misrepresentation or a breach of representation or warranty 
claimed on or before the expiration of such period; (ii) the claim relates to 
a breach of any representation or warranty contained in Section 3.9, in which 
case the right to indemnification shall survive until the expiration of the 
applicable statute of limitations for each and any of the Taxes; or (iii) the 
claim relates to any representation or warranty in SECTIONS 3.2 OR 3.5.

         13.2  PRESERVATION OF AND ACCESS TO RECORDS. The Purchaser shall 
preserve or cause the Company to preserve all books and records of the 
Company for a period of six (6) years after the Date of Closing; provided, 
however, Purchaser may destroy any part or parts of such records upon 
obtaining written consent of Shareholders for such destruction, which consent 
shall not be unreasonably withheld. Such records shall be made available to 
Shareholders and their representatives at all reasonable times during normal 
business hours of the Company during said six-year period with the right at 
their expense to make abstracts from and copies thereof.

         13.3  COOPERATION. The parties hereto shall cooperate with each 
other in all respects, including using commercially reasonable efforts to 
assist each other in satisfying the conditions precedent to their respective 
obligations under this Agreement, to the end that the transactions 
contemplated hereby will be consummated.


                                     46

<PAGE>

         13.4  PUBLIC ANNOUNCEMENTS. The timing and content of all public 
announcements relating to the execution of this Agreement and the 
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby shall be approved by 
both Purchaser and Shareholders prior to the release of such public 
announcements, and each party agrees to cooperate with the other party as 
appropriate to comply with all Applicable Laws. Subsequent to the date of 
receipt of all consents and approvals of each Governmental Body necessary to 
consummate this transaction, Purchaser may make such announcements and/or 
advertisements as Purchaser, in its sole discretion, deems necessary.

         13.5  NOTICES. All notices, demands and other communications 
provided for hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by personal 
delivery, via facsimile transmission (receipt telephonically confirmed), by 
nationally recognized overnight courier (prepaid), or by certified or 
registered first class mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, sent 
to each party, at its/his address as set forth below or at such other address 
or in such other manner as may be designated by such party in written notice 
to each of the other parties. All such notices, demands and communications 
shall be effective when personally delivered, one (1) business day after 
delivery to the overnight courier, upon telephone confirmation of facsimile 
transmission or upon receipt after dispatch by mail to the party to whom the 
same is so given or made:

         If to Purchaser:        Rural Cellular Corporation
                                 P. O. Box 2000
                                 Alexandria, MN  56308
                                 Attn.: Richard Ekstrand, CEO

         With a copy to:         Ann K. Newhall, Esq.
                                 Moss & Barnett, A Professional Association
                                 4800 Norwest Center, 90 South Seventh Street
                                 Minneapolis, MN 55402

         If to Shareholders:     George M. Revering
                                 P.O. Box 27
                                 South Highway 29
                                 Parkers Prairie, MN 56361

         With a copy to:         Michael J. Grimes, Esq.
                                 Briggs and Morgan, Professional Association
                                 2400 IDS Center
                                 80 South Eighth Street
                                 Minneapolis, MN 55402

         13.6  ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement, including the documents, 
instruments, and agreements to be executed by the parties pursuant hereto, 
contains the entire agreement of the parties hereto and supersedes all prior 
or contemporaneous agreements and understandings, oral or written, between 
the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

         13.7  REMEDIES. The respective indemnification obligations of the 
parties set forth in Article 9 of this Agreement are the exclusive remedies 
of the parties and their successors, assigns, heirs, beneficiaries or others 
seeking to claim by, through, or on behalf of a party, under this Agreement, 
and no other remedy or remedies, whether arising under any Applicable Law, 
common law or otherwise, may be used, asserted or prosecuted in connection 
with this Agreement and any transaction, occurrence, or omission arising 
from, in connection with or otherwise based upon this Agreement; provided, 
however, that all equitable remedies, except rescission, shall remain 
available.

         13.8  AMENDMENTS. No purported amendment, modification or waiver of 
any provision of this Agreement or any of the documents, instruments or 
agreements to be executed by the parties pursuant


                                     47

<PAGE>

hereto shall be effective unless in a writing specifically referring to this 
Agreement and signed by all of the parties hereto.

         13.9  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. This Agreement shall be binding upon 
and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, 
personal representatives, successors and permitted assigns, but except as 
hereinafter provided in this Section, nothing in this Agreement is to be 
construed as an authorization or right of any party to assign its rights or 
delegate its duties under this Agreement without the prior written consent of 
the other parties hereto. In their sole discretion (i) Purchaser may assign 
its rights in and/or delegate its duties under this Agreement to an Affiliate 
of the Purchaser and (ii) at or after the Closing, Shareholders may assign 
their rights and duties to the Payment Agent. In the event of such an 
assignment of rights and/or delegation of duties, all references to the 
Purchaser or any Shareholder, as applicable to the assignment in this 
Agreement shall also be deemed to be references to the Person to which this 
Agreement is assigned; provided that no such assignment and/or delegation 
shall relieve the assignor of any of its duties or obligations hereunder.

         13.10 COSTS. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each 
party hereto shall pay their own costs and expenses incurred in connection 
with negotiating and preparing this Agreement and consummating the 
transactions contemplated hereby, including but not limited to fees and 
disbursements of their attorneys, accountants and investment bankers.

         13.11 GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement, including the documents, 
instruments and agreements to be executed and/or delivered by the parties 
pursuant hereto, shall be construed, governed by and enforced in accordance 
with the internal laws of the State of Minnesota, without giving effect to 
the principles of comity or conflicts of laws thereof.

         13.12 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in two or more 
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which 
together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

         13.13 HEADINGS. The headings of the articles, sections and 
subsections of this Agreement are intended for the convenience of the parties 
only and shall in no way be held to explain, modify, construe, limit, amplify 
or aid in the interpretation of the provisions hereof. The terms "this 
Agreement," "hereof," "herein," "hereunder," "hereto" and similar expressions 
refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular article, 
section, subsection or other portion hereof and include the Schedules and 
Exhibits hereto and any document, instrument or agreement executed and/or 
delivered by the parties pursuant hereto.

         13.14 SCOPE OF AGREEMENT. Unless the context otherwise requires, 
all references in this Agreement or in any Schedule or Exhibit hereto, to the 
assets, properties, operations, business, financial statements, employees, 
books and records, accounts receivable, accounts payable, Contracts or other 
attributes of the business of the Company shall mean such items or attributes 
as they are used in, apply to, or relate to the Business of the Company.

         13.15 NUMBER AND GENDER. Unless the context otherwise requires, 
words importing the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa 
and words importing the use of any gender shall include all genders.

         13.16 SEVERABILITY. In the event that any provision of this 
Agreement is declared or held by any court of competent jurisdiction to be 
invalid or unenforceable, such provision shall be severable from, and such 
invalidity or unenforceability shall not be construed to have any effect on, 
the remaining provisions of this Agreement, unless such invalid or 
unenforceable provision goes to the essence of this Agreement, in which case 
the entire Agreement may be declared invalid and not binding upon any of the 
parties.

         13.17 PARTIES IN INTEREST. Nothing expressed or implied in this 
Agreement is intended or shall be construed to confer any rights or remedies 
under or by reason of this Agreement upon any Person other than Purchaser and 
Shareholders and their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors 
and


                                     48

<PAGE>

permitted assigns. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to relieve or 
discharge the Liabilities of any third Person to Purchaser or Shareholders.

         13.18 WAIVER. The terms, conditions, warranties, representations and 
indemnities contained in this Agreement, including the documents, instruments 
and agreements executed and/or delivered by the parties pursuant hereto, may 
be waived only by a written instrument executed by the party waiving 
compliance. Any such waiver shall only be effective in the specific instance 
and for the specific purpose for which it was given and shall not be deemed a 
waiver of any other provision hereof or of the same breach or default upon 
any recurrence thereof. No failure on the part of a party hereto to exercise 
and no delay in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver 
thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right hereunder 
preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other 
right.

         13.19 FORUM AND JURISDICTION. Except as required by Section 9.4 
hereof, the parties agree that the forum for any controversy arising under 
this Agreement shall be in the federal and state courts of the State of 
Minnesota and all parties consent to the personal jurisdiction of the federal 
and state courts of the State of Minnesota for such purposes.

         13.20 CONSTRUCTION. The parties have participated jointly in the 
negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or 
question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be 
construed as if drafted jointly by the parties and no presumption or burden 
of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the 
authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement. The word "including" 
shall mean including without limitation. The parties intend that each 
representation, warranty and covenant contained herein shall have independent 
significance. If any party has breached any representation, warranty or 
covenant contained herein in any respect, the fact that there exists another 
representation, warranty or covenant relating to the same subject matter 
(regardless of the relative levels of specificity) which the party has not 
breached shall not detract from or mitigate the fact that the party is in 
breach of the first representation, warranty or covenant.

         13.21 PAYMENT AGENT. Payment Agent is hereby appointed by and for 
each Shareholder as their sole authorized agent with authority, without 
limitation, (i) to receive and remit the Purchase Price under this Agreement; 
(ii) to pursue, defend, compromise or otherwise make all decisions regarding 
indemnification pursuant to Article 9 of this Agreement; (iii) to calculate 
amounts due to and from Shareholders pursuant to this Agreement; (iv) to make 
or consent to all estimates for Tax Liabilities, holdbacks from amounts to be 
paid at Closing or otherwise required by this Agreement to be made by the 
parties; and (v) to otherwise take such acts or actions, or omit to take 
action, or make each and every decision which may be taken or made by any 
Shareholder pursuant to or arising from or in connection with this Agreement. 
Any action or failure to act taken (or not taken) by the Payment Agent shall 
constitute a decision of each Shareholder and shall be final, binding and 
conclusive upon them. Purchaser may rely upon any decision, act, consent or 
instruction of the Payment Agent as being the decision, act, consent or 
instruction of each and all of the Shareholders. Purchaser is hereby relieved 
from any Liability to any person for any acts done by Purchaser in accordance 
with any decision, act, consent or instruction of the Payment Agent. Payment 
Agent agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Purchaser from and against any 
Liabilities Purchaser may incur as a result.

         13.22 SUPPLEMENTATION OF SCHEDULES. Shareholders or Purchaser may 
elect to deliver a supplement ("Supplement") to one or more of the Schedules 
and previously delivered to the other in accordance with the procedures set 
forth in this Section 13.22 as follows:

               (a) Prior to the Date of Closing, any and all Supplements must
         be in writing and must be delivered to the other party before the date
         that is five (5) business days prior to the scheduled Date of Closing.
         The other party shall be given the opportunity during the five (5)
         business days following the delivery of the proposed Supplement to
         consider that Supplement. If the recipient does not object to the
         contents of the Supplement within such period, the Schedule in question
         shall be deemed amended by the Supplement. If the recipient objects to
         a proposed Supplement, the sole remedy of such objecting party shall be
         termination of this Agreement in


                                      49

<PAGE>

         accordance SECTION 12.1(f) of this Agreement, provided that this
         limitation of remedies shall only apply if the Supplement was prepared
         in connection with Sections 3.17, 3.28, 5.19, 7.9 or 7.10 of this
         Agreement, or was made necessary by a change in circumstance from the
         date of this Agreement to the date of the proposed Supplement; and

               (b) Any and all Supplements within five (5) business days prior
         to the scheduled Date of Closing must be in writing and delivered to
         the other party pursuant to SECTION 13.5 of this Agreement, and will
         only be deemed to amend a Schedule with the written consent of the
         recipient of the Supplement.




                                      50

<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to 
be executed by duly authorized representations as of the day, month and year 
first above written.


                                           PURCHASER:

                                           RURAL CELLULAR
                                           CORPORATION


                                           By
                                             --------------------------------
                                             Its
                                                -----------------------------

 BY SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT, SHAREHOLDERS ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THEY HAVE READ SECTION
   13.21 OF THIS AGREEMENT, AND THAT THEY HAVE APPOINTED REVERING SHAREHOLDER
    REPRESENTATIVE CORPORATION AS THEIR SOLE AUTHORIZED AGENT WITH AUTHORITY
                         AS SET FORTH IN SECTION 13.21.





                                           SHAREHOLDERS:


                                           -----------------------------------
                                           GEORGE M. REVERING


                                           -----------------------------------
                                           JOYCE C. REVERING


                                           -----------------------------------
                                           GEORGE D. REVERING


                                           -----------------------------------
                                           DAN J. REVERING


                                           -----------------------------------
                                           DEREK V. REVERING


                                           GEORGE M. REVERING IRREVOCABLE TRUST
                                           U/A DATED JULY 22, 1996

                                           BY
                                             ---------------------------------
                                              JOYCE C. REVERING, SOLE TRUSTEE



                                     51


<PAGE>

                                                                    EXHIBIT 3.2

                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                                     BYLAWS
                                       OF
                           RURAL CELLULAR CORPORATION



<PAGE>



                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                                     BYLAWS
                                       OF
                           RURAL CELLULAR CORPORATION

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     Page
                                                                     ----
<S>                                                                 <C>
ARTICLE I.  OFFICES, CORPORATE SEAL AND SHAREHOLDER CONTROL 
                 AGREEMENT.............................................1

       1.01      Registered and Other Offices..........................1
       1.02      Corporate Seal........................................1
       1.03      Shareholder Control Agreement.........................1

ARTICLE II.  MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS..................................1

       2.01      Regular Meetings......................................1
       2.02      Special Meetings......................................2
       2.03      Time and Place of Meetings............................2
       2.04      Voting Rights.........................................2
       2.05      Notice of Meetings....................................3
       2.06      Waiver of Notice......................................3
       2.07      Quorum................................................3
       2.08      Record Date...........................................3
       2.09      Action Without a Meeting..............................4
       2.10      Proxies...............................................4
       2.11      Action by the Shareholders............................4
       2.12      Business Proposed by Shareholders.....................4

ARTICLE III.  DIRECTORS................................................5

       3.01      General Purposes......................................5
       3.02.     Number and Terms of Directors.........................5
       3.03.     Nominations and Qualifications........................5
       3.04.     Board Meetings; Time, Place and Notice................6
       3.05.     Waiver of Notice......................................6
       3.06.     Quorum................................................7
       3.07.     Absent Directors......................................7
       3.08.     Action Without a Meeting..............................7
       3.09.     Action by the Board...................................7
       3.10.     Electronic Communications.............................7
       3.11.     Committees............................................7
       3.12.     Presumption of Assent.................................8
       3.13.     Resignation...........................................8
       3.14.     Removal...............................................8
       3.15.     Vacancies.............................................8
       3.16.     Compensation of Directors.............................8
       3.17.     Chairman of the Board.................................8
</TABLE>

                                        i

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                   <C>
ARTICLE IV.  OFFICERS..................................................9

       4.01.     Required Officers.....................................9
       4.02.     Other Officers........................................9
       4.03.     Election and Term of Office...........................9
       4.04.     Chief Executive Officer..............................10
       4.05.     Chief Financial Officer..............................10
       4.06.     Multiple Offices.....................................10
       4.07.     Officers Deemed Elected..............................10
       4.08.     Contract Rights......................................10
       4.09.     Delegation of Authority..............................11
       4.10.     [Deleted]............................................11
       4.11.     Compensation of Officers.............................11
       4.12.     Resignation..........................................11
       4.13.     Removal..............................................11
       4.14.     Vacancy..............................................11

ARTICLE V.  SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER.................................11

       5.01.     Certificates for Shares..............................11
       5.02.     Transfer of Shares...................................12
       5.03.     Lost Certificates....................................12
       5.04.     Fractional Shares....................................12
       5.05.     Facsimile Signature..................................12
       5.06.     Transfer Agent and Registrar.........................12
       5.07.     Conversion of Class B Common Stock...................12

ARTICLE VI.  CORPORATE BOOKS AND RECORDS..............................13

       6.01.     Share Register.......................................13
       6.02.     Other Required Documents.............................14
       6.03.     Financial Statements.................................14
       6.04.     Right to Inspect.....................................14

ARTICLE VII.  NOTICE..................................................15

       7.01.     Notice...............................................15

ARTICLE VIII.  INDEMNIFICATION........................................15

       8.01.     Indemnification......................................15

ARTICLE IX.  AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS......................................16

       9.01.     Amendment of Bylaws..................................16

</TABLE>

                                  ii
<PAGE>

                                     BYLAWS
                                       OF
                           RURAL CELLULAR CORPORATION

                                   ARTICLE I.
                             OFFICES, CORPORATE SEAL
                        AND SHAREHOLDER CONTROL AGREEMENT

         Section 1.01. REGISTERED AND OTHER OFFICES. The registered office of 
the corporation in the State of Minnesota shall be that set forth in the 
Articles of Incorporation or in the most recent amendment of the Articles of 
Incorporation or statement of the Board of Directors filed with the Minnesota 
Secretary of State changing the registered office in the manner prescribed by 
law. The corporation may have such other offices, including its principal 
place of business or its principal executive office, either within or without 
the State of Minnesota, as the Board of Directors may designate or as the 
business of the corporation may require from time to time.

         Section 1.02. CORPORATE SEAL. If so directed by the Board of 
Directors, the corporation may use a corporate seal. The failure to use such 
seal, however, shall not affect the validity, recordability or enforceability 
of any document executed on behalf of the corporation or any act. The seal 
need only include the word "seal," but it may also include, at the discretion 
of the Board of Directors, such additional wording as is permitted by law.

         Section 1.03. SHAREHOLDER CONTROL AGREEMENT. In the event of any 
conflict or inconsistency between these Bylaws, or any amendment thereto, and 
any shareholder control agreement, whenever adopted, such shareholder control 
agreement shall govern. A copy of any such shareholder control agreement 
shall be filed with the corporation at its principal executive office.


                                  ARTICLE II.
                            MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

         Section 2.01. REGULAR MEETINGS. Regular meetings of the shareholders 
of the corporation shall be called by the Chief Executive Officer or the 
Board of Directors. Regular meetings of the shareholders may be held no more 
frequently than once per year and may be held on any other less frequent 
periodic basis. Regular meetings of the shareholders need not be held, except 
that if a regular meeting of the shareholders has not been held during the 
immediately preceding fifteen (15) months, a shareholder or shareholders 
holding three percent (3%) or more of the voting power of all shares of this 
corporation entitled to vote may demand that a regular meeting of the 
shareholders be held by giving written notice to the Chief Executive Officer 
or the Chief Financial Officer of the corporation. Within thirty (30) days 
after receipt of the demand by the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial 
Officer, the Board of Directors shall cause a regular meeting of the 
shareholders to be called and held on notice no later than ninety (90) days 
after receipt of the demand, all at the expense of the corporation. If the 
Board of Directors fails to cause a regular meeting of the shareholders to be 
called and held as required by this section of the Bylaws, the shareholder or 
shareholders making the demand may call the regular meeting by giving notice 
as required by Section 2.05 of these Bylaws, all at the expense of the 
corporation. At each regular meeting of the shareholders there shall be an 
election of qualified successors for


<PAGE>

directors who serve for an indefinite term or whose terms have expired or are 
due to expire within six (6) months after the date of the meeting. No other 
particular business is required to be transacted at a regular meeting. Any 
business appropriate for action by the shareholders may be transacted at a 
regular meeting. No meeting shall be considered a regular meeting unless 
specifically designated as such in the notice of meeting or unless all of the 
shareholders are present in person or by proxy and none of them objects to 
such designation.

         Section 2.02. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the shareholders 
of the corporation may be called for any purpose or purposes at any time by 
the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer or by two or more 
directors. In addition, except as provided by the Minnesota Business 
Corporation Act with respect to a "business combination," a shareholder or 
shareholders holding ten percent (10%) or more of the voting power of all 
shares of the corporation entitled to vote may demand that a special meeting 
of the shareholders be held by giving written notice containing the purpose 
or purposes of the meeting to the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial 
Officer of the corporation. Within thirty (30) days after receipt of the 
demand by such officer, the Board of Directors shall cause a special meeting 
of shareholders to be called and held on notice no later than ninety (90) 
days after receipt of the demand, all at the expense of the corporation. If 
the Board of Directors fails to cause a special meeting of the shareholders 
to be called and held as required by this Section of the Bylaws, the 
shareholder or shareholders making the demand may call the meeting by giving 
notice as required by Section 2.05 of these Bylaws, all at the expense of the 
corporation.

         Section 2.03. TIME AND PLACE OF MEETINGS. Regular or special 
meetings of the shareholders of the corporation, if any, shall be held on the 
day or date and at the time and place fixed by the Chief Executive Officer or 
the Board of Directors, except that a regular or special meeting called by, 
or at the demand of, a shareholder or shareholders pursuant to Sections 2.01 
or 2.02 of these Bylaws shall be held in the county where the principal 
executive office of the corporation is located.

         Section 2.04. VOTING RIGHTS. At each meeting of the shareholders of 
the corporation, every shareholder having the right to vote shall be entitled 
to vote either in person or by proxy. Unless otherwise provided by the 
Articles of Incorporation or a resolution of the Board of Directors filed 
with the Secretary of State pursuant to Minn. Stat. Section 302A.401, each 
shareholder shall have one (1) vote for each voting share of Class A stock 
and ten (10) votes for each voting share of Class B stock held of record by 
that shareholder. Upon demand of any shareholder, the vote upon any question 
before the meeting shall be by ballot. Voting shares owned by two or more 
shareholders may be voted by any one of them unless the corporation receives 
written notice from any one of them denying the authority of that person to 
vote those shares. Unless the corporation receives such a written notice from 
a joint owner, a holder of voting shares may vote any portion of the shares 
in any way the shareholder chooses. If a shareholder votes without 
designating the proportion or number of shares voted in a particular way, the 
shareholder shall be deemed to have voted all of the shares in that way. The 
Board of Directors may, by a resolution approved by the affirmative vote of a 
majority of the directors present, establish a procedure whereby a 
shareholder may certify in writing to the corporation that all or a portion 
of the shares registered in the name of the shareholder are held for the 
account of one or more beneficial owners. Upon receipt by the corporation of 
the writing, the persons specified as beneficial


                                     2

<PAGE>

owners, rather than the actual shareholder, shall be deemed the shareholders 
for the purpose specified in the writing. There shall be no cumulative voting.

         Section 2.05. NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Notice of all meetings of 
shareholders shall be given to every holder of voting shares of record, 
except where the meeting is an adjourned meeting and the day or date, time 
and place of the meeting were announced at the time of adjournment. The 
notice shall be given at least ten (10), but not more than sixty (60), days 
before the date of the meeting, except that written notice of a meeting at 
which a plan of merger or exchange is to be considered shall be given to all 
shareholders, whether entitled to vote or not, at least fourteen (14) days 
prior thereto. The notice of any regular or special meeting of shareholders 
shall contain the day or date, time and place of the meeting and any other 
information deemed necessary or desirable by the person or persons calling 
the meeting. Every notice of any special meeting shall state the purpose or 
purposes for which the meeting has been called, and the business transacted 
at all special meetings shall be confined to the purpose or purposes stated 
in the notice, unless all of the shareholders of the corporation are present 
in person or by proxy and none of them objects to consideration of a 
particular item of business. In the event the purpose of the meeting is to 
consider a plan of merger or exchange, a copy or short description of the 
plan of merger or exchange shall be included in or enclosed with the notice.

         Section 2.06. WAIVER OF NOTICE. A shareholder may waive notice of 
any meeting of shareholders. A waiver of notice by a shareholder entitled to 
notice is effective whether given before, at or after the meeting and whether 
given in writing, orally or by attendance. Attendance by a shareholder at a 
meeting is a waiver of notice of that meeting, except where the shareholder 
objects at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of business 
because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened, or objects before a 
vote on an item of business because the item may not lawfully be considered 
at that meeting and does not participate in the consideration of the item at 
that meeting.

         Section 2.07. QUORUM. The holders of a majority of the voting power 
of the shares outstanding and entitled to vote at a meeting of the 
shareholders, present either in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum 
for the transaction of business at that meeting. If a quorum is present when 
a duly called or held meeting is convened, the shareholders present at such 
meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, even though the 
withdrawal of one or more shareholders originally present leaves less than 
the proportion or number otherwise required for a quorum. In the event a 
quorum is not attained for a meeting, those shareholders present in person or 
by proxy shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, to 
such day or date and time and place as they shall, by majority vote, agree 
upon. Any business may be transacted at such reconvened meeting which might 
have been transacted at the meeting which was adjourned. If a quorum is 
present in person or by proxy when a duly called or held meeting is convened, 
the meeting may be adjourned from time to time without notice, other than 
announcement at the meeting.

         Section 2.08. RECORD DATE. The Board of Directors may fix, in the
resolution calling for a regular or special meeting of the shareholders, a date
not more than sixty (60) days before the day of the meeting of the shareholders
as the record date for the determination of the shareholders entitled to notice
of and to vote at the meeting, notwithstanding any transfer of shares on the
books of the corporation after any record date so fixed. When a record date is
so


                                     3

<PAGE>

fixed, only shareholders on that date are entitled to receive notice of and 
to vote at that meeting of shareholders and any adjournment thereof. The 
Board of Directors may close the books of the corporation against the 
transfer during the whole or any part of such period. If the Board of 
Directors fails to fix a record date for the determination of the 
shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at any meeting of the 
shareholders, the record date shall be the twentieth (20th) day preceding the 
date of such meeting.

         Section 2.09. ACTION WITHOUT A MEETING. Any action required or 
permitted to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders may be taken without a 
meeting or notice thereof by written action signed by all of the shareholders 
entitled to vote on that action. The written action is effective on the date 
on which the last signature is placed on such writing, unless a different 
effective time is provided in the written action. Such written action may be 
taken by counterparts.

         Section 2.10. PROXIES. At all meetings of shareholders, a 
shareholder may cast or authorize the casting of a vote by filing a written 
appointment of a proxy with an officer of the corporation at or before the 
meeting at which the appointment is to be effective. An appointment of a 
proxy for shares held jointly by two or more shareholders is valid if signed 
by any one of them, unless the corporation receives from any one of those 
shareholders written notice either denying the authority of that person to 
appoint a proxy or appointing a different proxy. The appointment of a proxy 
is valid for eleven (11) months, unless a longer period is expressly provided 
in the appointment. No appointment is irrevocable unless the appointment is 
coupled with an interest in the shares or in the corporation. An appointment 
may be terminated at will, unless the appointment is coupled with an 
interest, in which case it shall not be terminated except in accordance with 
the terms of an agreement, if any, between the parties to the appointment. 
Termination may be made by filing written notice of the termination of the 
appointment with an officer of the corporation, or by filing a new written 
appointment of a proxy with an officer of the corporation. Termination in 
either manner revokes all prior proxy appointments and is effective when 
filed with an officer of the corporation.

         Section 2.11. ACTION BY THE SHAREHOLDERS. At any duly called or held 
meeting of the shareholders at which a quorum is present, the shareholders 
shall take action by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the 
voting power of the shares entitled to vote who are present in person or by 
proxy, except where a larger proportion or number is required by the Articles 
of Incorporation or by applicable law. In any case where a class or series of 
shares is entitled by the Minnesota Business Corporations Act, the Articles 
of Incorporation, or the terms of the shares to vote as a class or series, 
the matter being voted upon must also receive the affirmative vote of the 
holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares of that class or 
series who are present in person or by proxy, except where a larger 
proportion or number is required by the Articles of Incorporation or 
applicable law.

         Section 2.12. BUSINESS PROPOSED BY SHAREHOLDERS. At any regular or
special meeting of the shareholders, only such business shall be conducted as
shall have been brought before the meeting (a) by or at the direction of the
Board of Directors or (b) by any shareholder of the corporation who complies
with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.12. For business to be
properly brought before any regular or special meeting by a shareholder, the
shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of
the corporation. To be


                                     4

<PAGE>

timely, a shareholder's notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at 
the principal executive offices of the corporation not less than 50 days 
prior to the meeting, provided, however, that in the event that less than 60 
days' notice or prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given 
or made to the shareholders, notice by the shareholder to be timely must be 
received not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the 
day on which such notice of the date of the regular or special meeting was 
mailed or such public disclosure was made. A shareholder's notice to the 
Secretary shall set forth as to each matter the shareholder proposes to bring 
before the regular or special meeting (a) a brief description of the business 
desired to be brought before the meeting and the reasons for conducting such 
business at the meeting, (b) the name and address, as they appear on the 
corporation's books, of the shareholder proposing such business, (c) the 
class and number of shares of the corporation which are beneficially owned by 
the shareholder, and (d) any material interest of the shareholder in such 
business. Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no 
business shall be conducted at any regular or special meeting except in 
accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.12. The 
chairperson of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine that 
business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the 
provisions of this Section 2.12 and, if he should so determine, he shall so 
declare to the meeting and any such business not properly brought before the 
meeting shall not be transacted.


                                  ARTICLE III.
                                   DIRECTORS

         Section 3.01. GENERAL PURPOSES. Except as authorized by the 
shareholders pursuant to a shareholder control agreement or unanimous 
affirmative vote of the holders of all of the shares entitled to vote for the 
election of the directors of the corporation, the business and affairs of the 
corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of 
Directors.

         Section 3.02. NUMBER AND TERMS OF DIRECTORS. The directors shall be 
divided into three (3) classes, designated Class I, Class II, and Class III, 
and each class shall be as nearly equal in number as possible. EACH CLASS 
SHALL BE ELECTED TO THREE-YEAR TERMS. WITH ONE CLASS TO BE ELECTED EACH YEAR. 
At each regular meeting of the shareholders, directors shall be elected for a 
full term of three years to succeed those whose terms expire. When the number 
of directors is changed, any increase or decrease in directorships shall be 
so apportioned among the classes as to make all classes as nearly equal in 
number as possible, and any additional director of any class elected to fill 
a vacancy resulting from an increase in such class shall hold office for a 
term that shall coincide with the remaining term of that class. In no case 
will a decrease in the number of directors shorten the term of any incumbent 
director. A director shall hold office until the regular meeting for the year 
in which the director's term expires and until a successor shall be elected 
and qualify, subject, however, to prior death, resignation, retirement, 
disqualification or removal from office.

         Section 3.03. NOMINATIONS AND QUALIFICATIONS. Only persons who are
nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 3.03 shall
be eligible for election as directors. Nominations of persons for election to
the Board of Directors of the corporation may be made at a meeting of
shareholders (a) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (b) by any
shareholder of the corporation entitled to vote for the election of directors at
the meeting who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Article
3.03. Nominations by


                                     5

<PAGE>

shareholders shall be made pursuant to timely notice in writing to the 
Secretary of the corporation. To be timely, a shareholder's notice shall be 
delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the 
corporation not less than 50 days prior to the meeting; provided, however, 
that in the event that less than 60 days' notice or prior public disclosure 
of the date of the meeting is given or made to shareholders, notice by the 
shareholder to be timely must be so received not later than the close of 
business on the 10th day following the day on which such notice of the date 
of the meeting was mailed or such public disclosure was made. Such 
shareholder's notice shall set forth (a) as to each person whom the 
shareholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director, 
all information relating to such person that is required (or would be 
required if the corporation were subject to Regulation 14A under the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) to be disclosed in solicitations 
of proxies or otherwise pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including such person's written consent to 
being named in the proxy statement as nominee and to serving as a director if 
elected); and (b) as to the shareholder giving notice (i) the name and 
address, as they appear on the corporation's books, of such shareholder and 
(ii) the class and number of shares of the corporation which are beneficially 
owned by such shareholder. At the request of the Board of Directors any 
person nominated by the Board of Directors for election as a director shall 
furnish to the Secretary of the corporation that information required to be 
set forth in a shareholder's notice of nomination which pertains to the 
nominee. No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the 
corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in 
this Section 3.03. The chairperson of the meeting shall, if the facts 
warrant, determine that a nomination was not made in accordance with the 
procedures prescribed in this Section 3.03 and, if he should so determine, he 
shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be 
disregarded.

         Section 3.04. BOARD MEETINGS; TIME, PLACE AND NOTICE. Meetings of 
the Board of Directors may be held from time to time at any place within or 
without the State of Minnesota that the Board of Directors may designate. In 
the absence of designation by the Board of Directors in the notice of the 
meeting or otherwise, meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at the 
principal executive office of the corporation, except as may be otherwise 
unanimously agreed orally or in writing or by attendance. The Chairman, Chief 
Executive Officer or any two directors may call a Board of Directors meeting 
by giving two (2) days' notice to all directors of the day or date, time and 
place of the meeting. Notice of a meeting called by two directors other than 
the Chairman of the Board or Chief Executive Officer shall state the purpose 
of the meeting. Notice may be given by mail, telephone, telegram or in 
person. If a meeting schedule is adopted by the Board of Directors, or if the 
day or date, time and place of a Board of Directors meeting has been 
announced at a previous meeting, no additional notice is required. Notice of 
an adjourned meeting need not be given other than by announcement at the 
meeting at which adjournment is taken.

         Section 3.05. WAIVER OF NOTICE. A director may waive notice of a 
meeting of the Board of Directors. A waiver of notice by a director entitled 
to notice is effective, whether given before, at or after the meeting and 
whether given in writing, orally or by attendance. Attendance by a director 
at a meeting is a waiver of notice of that meeting, except where the director 
objects at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of business 
because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened and does not 
participate thereafter in the meeting.


                                     6

<PAGE>

         Section 3.06. QUORUM. A majority of the directors currently holding 
office shall be a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a 
quorum, a majority of the directors present may adjourn a meeting from time 
to time until a quorum is present. If a quorum is present when a duly called 
or held meeting is convened, the directors present may continue to transact 
business until adjournment, even though the withdrawal of a number of 
directors originally present leaves less than the proportion or number 
otherwise required for a quorum.

         Section 3.07. ABSENT DIRECTORS. A director who is unable to attend a 
meeting of the Board of Directors may give advance written consent or 
opposition to a proposal to be acted on at the meeting. If the director is 
not present at the meeting, consent or opposition to a proposal does not 
constitute presence for purposes of determining the existence of a quorum, 
but consent or opposition shall be counted as a vote in favor of or against 
the proposal and shall be entered in the minutes or other record of action at 
the meeting, if the proposal acted on at the meeting is substantially the 
same or has substantially the same effect as the proposal to which the 
director has consented or objected.

         Section 3.08. ACTION WITHOUT A MEETING. Any action required or 
permitted to be taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors of this 
corporation may be taken without a meeting and notice thereof by written 
action signed by the number of directors that would be required to take the 
same action at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which all the directors 
were present, provided that the proposed action need not be approved by the 
shareholders and that the Articles of Incorporation so provide. The written 
action is effective when signed by the necessary number of directors, unless 
a different effective time is provided in the written action. Such written 
action may be taken by counterparts.

         Section 3.09. ACTION BY THE BOARD. The Board of Directors shall take 
action by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at a 
duly held meeting except where a larger proportion or number is required by 
the Articles of Incorporation or applicable law.

         Section 3.10. ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS. A conference among 
directors by any means of communication through which the directors may 
simultaneously hear each other during the conference constitutes a board 
meeting if the same notice is given of the conference as would be required by 
Section 3.04 of these Bylaws for a meeting and if the number of directors 
participating in the conference would be sufficient to constitute a quorum at 
a meeting under Section 3.06 of these Bylaws. A director may also participate 
in a meeting of the Board of Directors by any means of communication through 
which the director, other directors so participating, and all directors 
physically present at the meeting may simultaneously hear each other during 
the meeting. Participation in a meeting of the Board of Directors pursuant to 
the provisions of this section of the Bylaws constitutes presence in person 
at the meeting.

         Section 3.11. COMMITTEES. The Board of Directors may, by resolution
approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of its members, establish one or
more committees, including an executive committee and a committee of
disinterested persons, which shall have the authority of the Board of Directors
in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation to the extent
provided in the resolution, as amended from time to time. A committee shall
consist of one or more natural persons, who need not be directors, appointed by
the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present. Each committee
shall keep minutes of its acts and proceedings


                                     7

<PAGE>

and make such minutes available upon request to members of the committee and 
to any director. Committees shall at all times be subject to the direction 
and control of the board, except as otherwise provided herein or by 
applicable law. Sections 3.04 through 3.10 of these Bylaws shall apply to 
committees and members of committees to the same extent as those sections 
apply to the Board of Directors and to members of the Board of Directors.

         Section 3.12. PRESUMPTION OF ASSENT. A director who is present at a 
meeting of the Board of Directors when an action is approved by the 
affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present is presumed to have 
assented to the action approved, unless the director (i) objects at the 
beginning of the meeting to the transaction of business because the meeting 
is not lawfully called or convened and does not participate thereafter in the 
meeting, in which case the director shall not be considered to be present at 
the meeting for purposes of determining whether a quorum is present; (ii) 
votes against the action at the meeting; or (iii) is prohibited by applicable 
law, due to a conflict of interest, from voting on the action.

         Section 3.13. RESIGNATION. A director may resign from the Board of 
Directors at any time by giving written notice to the corporation at its 
principal executive office. The resignation is effective without acceptance 
when the notice is given to the corporation, unless a later effective time is 
specified in the notice.

         Section 3.14. REMOVAL. Any director, including a director named by 
the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship, may 
be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of the 
holders of two-thirds (2/3) of the voting power of the shares outstanding and 
entitled to vote for the election of directors. New directors may be elected 
at a meeting at which directors are removed.

         Section 3.15. VACANCIES. Vacancies on the Board of Directors 
resulting from the death, disqualification, resignation, retirement or 
removal of a director or by newly created directorships may be filled by the 
affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, even though less 
than a quorum. Any director elected by the Board of Directors under this 
Section to fill a vacancy not resulting from an increase in the number of 
directors shall have the same remaining term as that of such director's 
predecessor.

         Section 3.16. COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS. The members of the Board of 
Directors and any committee may be reimbursed for their expenses, if any, of 
attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee; and 
the Board of Directors may fix by resolution the compensation of directors 
and of the members of any committee of the Board of Directors. No such 
payment shall preclude any director or committee member from serving the 
corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation for his or her 
services in such capacity.

         Section 3.17. CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. The Board of Directors may 
elect one of its members to be Chairman of the Board of Directors. In the 
event a Chairman of the Board of Directors is elected, he or she shall 
preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board 
of Directors is subject to the control of the Board of Directors and may be 
removed by the Board. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall have 
supervisory authority over the general policy and business of the corporation 
and shall perform the duties that are assigned by the Board of Directors.


                                     8

<PAGE>

                                 ARTICLE IV.
                                  OFFICERS

         Section 4.01. REQUIRED OFFICERS.  The corporation shall have one or 
more natural persons exercising the functions of the offices, however 
designated, of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer.

         Section 4.02. OTHER OFFICERS. In lieu of or in addition to 
appointing a Chief Executive Officer and a Chief Financial Officer, the Board 
of Directors may appoint, in a resolution approved by the affirmative vote of 
a majority of the directors present, any other officers, assistant officers 
or agents the Board of Directors deems necessary or appropriate for the 
operation and management of the corporation, each of whom shall have the 
powers, rights, duties, responsibilities and terms in office determined by 
the Board of Directors from time to time. If elected, the following officers 
shall have the following roles:

                  (a) CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. A Chairman of the Board, if one is
         elected, shall preside at all meetings of the directors and shall have
         such other duties as may be prescribed from time to time by the Board
         of Directors.

                  (b) PRESIDENT. The President, if elected in lieu of a Chief
         Executive Officer, shall exercise the functions of the Chief Executive
         Officer.

                  (c) VICE PRESIDENT. Each Vice President, if elected, shall
         have such powers and shall perform such duties as may be specified in
         the Bylaws or prescribed by the Board of Directors or by the President.
         In the event of absence or disability of the President, Vice Presidents
         shall succeed to his power and duties in the order designated by the
         Board of Directors.

                  (d) SECRETARY. A Secretary, if elected, shall maintain records
         of the corporation and together with the President or Chief Executive
         Officer, certify the proceedings of the Board of Directors and the
         shareholders. The Secretary shall perform such other duties as may from
         time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors or by the
         President.

                  (e) TREASURER. The Treasurer, if elected, shall exercise the
         functions of the Chief Financial Officer, if there is no other person
         who has been appointed Chief Financial Officer, and shall perform such
         other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of
         Directors or by the President.

         If specific persons have not been elected as President or Secretary, 
the Chief Executive Officer may execute instruments or documents in those 
capacities. If a specific person has not been elected to the office of 
Treasurer, the Chief Financial Officer of the corporation may sign 
instruments or documents in that capacity.

         Section 4.03. ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE. At its first regular meeting
after the regular meeting of the shareholders each year, the Board of Directors
shall elect or appoint a Chief Executive Officer and a Chief Financial Officer
and/or such other officers, assistant officers or agents the Board of Directors
deems necessary. Such officers shall hold their offices until their


                                     9

<PAGE>

successors are elected and have qualified; provided, however, that any 
officer may be removed in the manner provided in Section 4.13 of these Bylaws.

         Section 4.04. CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER. Unless a resolution adopted 
by the Board of Directors provides otherwise, the Chief Executive Officer 
shall have the duties specified in this section. When present, the Chief 
Executive Officer shall call to order and preside over all meetings of the 
shareholders and all meetings of the Board of Directors unless a Chairman of 
the Board of Directors is elected who shall preside at all meetings of the 
Board of Directors. The Chief Executive Officer shall have responsibility for 
the active management of the business of the corporation and shall see that 
all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. 
The Chief Executive Officer shall also sign and deliver in the name of the 
corporation any deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments 
pertaining to the business of the corporation as may be prescribed from time 
to time by the Board of Directors, maintain records of and, whenever 
necessary, certify all proceedings of the Board of Directors and the 
shareholders. In addition, the Chief Executive Officer shall, in general, 
perform all duties usually incident to the position of Chief Executive 
Officer and such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the 
Board of Directors.

         Section 4.05. CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER. Unless a resolution adopted 
by the Board of Directors provides otherwise, the Chief Financial Officer 
shall have the duties specified in this section. The Chief Financial Officer 
shall keep accurate financial records of the corporation; deposit all money, 
drafts, and checks in the name of and to the credit of the corporation in the 
banks and depositories designated by the Board of Directors; endorse for 
deposit all notes, checks and drafts received by the corporation as ordered 
by the Board of Directors, making proper vouchers therefor, except to the 
extent that some other person or persons may be specifically authorized by 
the Board of Directors to do so; disburse corporate funds and issue checks 
and drafts in the name of the corporation as authorized by the Board of 
Directors; render to the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors, 
whenever requested, an account of all transactions by the Chief Financial 
Officer and of the financial condition of the corporation; and shall perform 
such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the Chief 
Executive Officer from time to time.

         Section 4.06. MULTIPLE OFFICES. Any number of offices or functions 
of those offices may be held or exercised by the same person, except that if 
a President and Vice President shall be elected, the offices shall not be 
held by the same person. If a document must be signed by persons holding 
different offices or functions and a person holds or exercises more than one 
of those offices or functions, that person may sign the document in more than 
one capacity, but only if the document indicates each capacity in which the 
person signs.

         Section 4.07. OFFICERS DEEMED ELECTED. In the absence of an election 
or appointment of officers by the Board of Directors, the person or persons 
exercising the principal functions of the Chief Executive Officer or the 
Chief Financial Officer are deemed to have been elected to those offices.

         Section 4.08. CONTRACT RIGHTS. The election or appointment of a person
as an officer or agent of the corporation shall not, of itself, create contract
rights. The corporation may enter into an employment contract with an officer or
agent for a period of time if, in the judgment of the


                                     10

<PAGE>

Board of Directors, the contract would be in the best interests of the 
corporation. The fact that the contract may be for a term longer than the 
terms of the directors who authorized or approved the contract shall not make 
the contract void or voidable.

         Section 4.09. DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY. Unless prohibited by a 
resolution approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors 
present at a duly called meeting of the Board of Directors, an officer 
elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may, without the approval of 
the Board of Directors, delegate some or all of the duties or powers of his 
or her office to other persons, provided that such delegation is in writing. 
An officer who delegates the duties or powers of an office remains subject to 
the standard of conduct for an officer with respect to the discharge of all 
duties and powers so delegated.

         Section 4.10. [Deleted]

         Section 4.11. COMPENSATION OF OFFICERS. The salaries of all officers 
of the corporation shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors 
or a committee appointed by the Board. The Board of Directors or a duly 
appointed committee may authorize and empower the Chief Executive Officer, 
President or any Vice President to fix the salaries of all officers of the 
corporation who are not directors of the corporation. No officer shall be 
prevented from receiving a salary by reason of the fact that he or she is 
also a director of the corporation.

         Section 4.12. RESIGNATION. An officer may resign at any time by 
giving written notice to the corporation at its principal executive office. 
The resignation is effective without acceptance when the notice is given to 
the corporation, unless a later effective date is specified in the notice.

         Section 4.13. REMOVAL. Subject to the provisions of any shareholder 
control agreement, an officer may be removed at any time, with or without 
cause, by a resolution approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the 
directors present at a duly called meeting of the Board of Directors. Any 
such removal shall be without prejudice to any contractual rights of the 
officer.

         Section 4.14. VACANCY. A vacancy in an office because of death, 
resignation, removal, disqualification or other cause may, or in the case of 
a vacancy in the office of Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer 
shall, be filled by the Board of Directors for the unexpired portion of the 
term, or for such term and on such conditions as shall be determined by the 
Board of Directors.


                                  ARTICLE V.
                          SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER

         Section 5.01. CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES. Every shareholder of this
corporation shall be entitled to a certificate, to be in such form as prescribed
by law and adopted by the Board of Directors, certifying the number of shares of
the corporation owned by him or her. The certificates for such shares shall be
numbered in the order in which they are issued and shall be signed in the name
of the corporation by the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer
or any other proper officers of the corporation authorized by the Board of
Directors and shall have typed or printed thereon such legend as may be required
by law or any shareholder control agreement. Every certificate surrendered to
the corporation for exchange or transfer shall be cancelled, and no new
certificate or certificates shall be issued in exchange for any existing


                                     11

<PAGE>

certificate until such existing certificate shall have been so cancelled, 
except in cases provided for in Section 5.03 of these Bylaws.

         Section 5.02. TRANSFER OF SHARES. Transfer of shares on the books of 
the corporation may be authorized only by the shareholder named in the 
certificate, or the shareholder's legal representative or duly authorized 
attorney in fact, and is effective upon surrender for cancellation of the 
properly endorsed certificate or certificates for such shares to the 
corporation or its transfer agent. The corporation may treat as the absolute 
owner for all purposes of shares of the corporation the person or persons in 
whose name or names the shares are registered on the books of the corporation 
and may not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest 
in such shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have 
express or other notice thereof.

         Section 5.03. LOST CERTIFICATES. Any shareholder claiming that a 
certificate for shares has been lost, destroyed or stolen shall make an 
affidavit of that fact in such form as the Board of Directors may require and 
shall, if the Board of Directors so requires, give the corporation a 
sufficient agreement of indemnity or indemnity bond, in form, in an amount, 
and with one or more sureties satisfactory to the Board of Directors, to 
indemnify the corporation against any claims which may be made against it on 
account of the reissue of such certificate. A new certificate shall then be 
issued to said shareholder for the same number of shares as the one alleged 
to have been destroyed, lost or stolen.

         Section 5.04. FRACTIONAL SHARES. The corporation may issue fractions 
of a share originally or upon transfer. Except as otherwise provided by 
applicable law, if the Board of Directors decides not to issue fractions of a 
share in connection with an original issuance of shares, the Board of 
Directors must (i) arrange for the disposition of fractional interests by 
persons entitled to them, (ii) pay in money the fair value of fractions of a 
share as of the time when persons entitled to receive the fractions are 
determined, or (iii) issue scrip or warrants in registered or bearer form 
that entitle the holder to receive a certificate for a full share on the 
surrender of scrip or warrants aggregating a full share.

         Section 5.05. FACSIMILE SIGNATURE. Where any certificate is manually 
signed by a transfer agent, a transfer clerk or by a registrar appointed by 
the Board of Directors to perform such duties, a facsimile or engraved 
signature of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer or any 
other proper officers of the corporation authorized by the Board of Directors 
may be inscribed on the certificate in lieu of the actual signature of such 
officer. The fact that a certificate bears the facsimile signature of an 
officer who has ceased to hold office shall not affect the validity of such 
certificate if otherwise validly issued.

         Section 5.06. TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR. The Board of Directors 
may appoint one or more transfer agents or transfer clerks, and one or more 
registrars and may require all certificates for shares to bear the signature 
or signatures of any of them.

         Section 5.07. CONVERSION OF CLASS B COMMON STOCK.

                  (a) CONVERSION PROCEDURE. In the event of any conversion of
         shares of Class B Common Stock pursuant to Section 2.02(c) of the
         Articles of Incorporation, the holder



                                     12

<PAGE>


         of such shares of Class B Common Stock shall promptly surrender the
         certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed in blank or
         accompanied by proper instruments of transfer, at the office of the
         corporation, or of any transfer agent for such shares, and shall
         give written notice to the corporation (the "Notice"), at such
         office: (1) stating that shares of Class B Common Stock have been
         converted into Class A Common Stock as provided in this Section 5.07;
         (2) specifying how the conversion occurred; (3) identifying the 
         number of shares of Class B Common Stock being converted; and 
         (4) setting out the name or names (with addresses) and denominations
         in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Class A Common
         Stock shall be issued, with instructions for delivery thereof.
         Delivery of such notice together with the certificates representing
         the shares of Class B Common Stock shall obligate the corporation to
         issue such shares of Class A Common Stock. Thereupon the corporation
         or its agent shall promptly issue and deliver to such holder a
         certificate or certificates representing the shares to which such
         holder is entitled, registered in the name of such holder or designee
         as specified in the Notice. The corporation shall take any and all
         steps necessary to effect a conversion pursuant to Section 2.02(c)
         of the Articles of Incorporation, notwithstanding any failure by the
         holder to deliver to the corporation the Notice or the certificates
         representing the shares subject to such conversion.

                  (b) EFFECT OF AUTOMATIC CONVERSION. To the extent permitted by
         law, conversion shall be deemed to have been effected as of the date on
         which conversion was first permitted or required under Section 2.02(c)
         of the Articles of Incorporation (such date being the "Conversion
         Time"). The person entitled to receive shares issuable upon such
         conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of
         such class of shares at and as of the Conversion Time, and the right of
         such person as a holder of the shares held prior to such conversion
         shall cease and terminate at and as of the Conversion Time, in each
         case notwithstanding any failure by the holder to deliver to the
         corporation the Notice or the certificates representing the shares
         subject to conversion, or the corporation's failure to issue to the
         holder certificates representing the shares to be held after the
         conversion has been effected.

                  (c) RESERVATION. The corporation hereby reserves and shall at
         all times reserve and keep available, out of its authorized and
         unissued shares of capital stock, for the purposes of effecting
         conversions, such number of duly authorized shares of capital stock as
         shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of the
         Class B Common Stock contemplated herein. All such shares so issuable
         shall, when so issued, be duly and validly issued, fully paid and
         non-assessable, and free from liens and charges with respect to the
         issue. The corporation will take all such action as may be necessary to
         ensure that all such shares may be so issued without violation of any
         applicable law or regulation, or of any requirements of any national
         securities exchange or The Nasdaq Stock Market upon which such shares
         may be listed or traded.

                                   ARTICLE VI.
                           CORPORATE BOOKS AND RECORDS

         Section 6.01. SHARE REGISTER. The corporation shall keep at its
principal executive office or at such other place or places within the United
States as determined by the Board of Directors,


                                        13

<PAGE>

a share register not more than one year old, containing the names and 
addresses of the shareholders, the number and classes of shares held by each 
shareholder, the dates on which the certificates therefor were issued, and, 
in the case of cancellation, the date of cancellation.

         Section 6.02. OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS. The corporation shall keep 
at its principal executive office, or, if its principal executive office is 
not located within the State of Minnesota, shall make available at its 
registered office within ten (10) days after receipt by an officer of the 
corporation of a written demand from a person described in Section 6.04 of 
these Bylaws, either the originals or copies of the following:

                 a.   Records of all proceedings of the shareholders and the
         Board of Directors of the Corporation for at least the last three 
         years;

                 b.   The Articles of Incorporation of the corporation and
         all amendments thereto;

                 c.   These Bylaws and all amendments thereto currently in
         effect;

                 d.   Reports made to shareholders generally within the last
         three years;

                 e.   A statement of the names and usual business addresses of
         the corporation's directors and principal officers;

                 f.   Any shareholder control agreements and voting trust
         agreements; and

                 g.   The financial statements required by Section 6.03 of these
         Bylaws and the financial statement for the most recent interim period
         prepared in the course of the operations of the corporation for
         distribution to the shareholders or to a governmental agency as a
         matter of public record.

         Section 6.03. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. The corporation shall keep 
appropriate and complete financial records and shall, upon written request by 
a shareholder, furnish annual financial statements, including at least a 
balance sheet as of the end of each fiscal year and a statement of income for 
the fiscal year, which shall be prepared on the basis of accounting methods 
reasonable in the circumstances and may be consolidated statements of the 
corporation and one or more of its subsidiaries, if any. In the case of 
statements audited by a public accountant, each copy shall be accompanied by 
a report setting forth the opinion of the accountant on the statements; in 
other cases, each copy shall be accompanied by a statement of the Chief 
Financial Officer or other person in charge of the corporation's financial 
records stating the reasonable belief of the person that the financial 
statements were prepared in accordance with accounting methods reasonable in 
the circumstances, describing the basis of presentation and describing any 
respects in which the financial statements were not prepared on a basis 
consistent with those prepared for the previous year.

         Section 6.04. RIGHT TO INSPECT. So long as this corporation is publicly
held, any shareholder of the corporation, beneficial owner of shares of the
corporation or holder of a voting trust certificate relating to the shares of
the corporation has, upon written demand stating the purpose and acknowledged or
verified as required by law, a right to examine and copy, at any


                                     14

<PAGE>

reasonable time, the share register required by Section 6.01 of these Bylaws 
and other corporate documents reasonably related to the stated purpose. For 
purpose of these Bylaws, a "proper purpose" is any purpose reasonably related 
to the person's interest as a shareholder, beneficial owner of shares or 
holder of a voting trust certificate of the corporation.

                                ARTICLE VII.
                                   NOTICE

         Section 7.01. NOTICE. Whenever under the provisions of these Bylaws 
notice is required to be given to the corporation or an officer of the 
corporation, such notice shall be in writing and is deemed to have been given 
when mailed or delivered to the corporation or the officer at the registered 
office or principal executive office of the corporation. Whenever under the 
provisions of these Bylaws notice is required to be given to any shareholder, 
director or member of a committee of the Board of Directors of the 
corporation, such notice is deemed to have been given when mailed to the 
person at an address designated by the person or at the last known address of 
the person, or when communicated to the person orally, or when handed to the 
person, or when left at the office of the person with a clerk or other person 
in charge of the office, or if there is no one in charge, when left in a 
conspicuous place in the office, or if the office is closed or the person to 
be notified has no office, when left at the dwelling house or usual place of 
abode of the person with some person of suitable age and discretion then 
residing therein. Notice by mail is given when deposited in the United States 
mail with sufficient postage affixed. Notice is deemed received when it is 
given.

                               ARTICLE VIII.
                              INDEMNIFICATION

         Section 8.01. INDEMNIFICATION. The corporation shall indemnify each 
former and present officer, director, or employee of the corporation, and 
each person who serves or may have served at the request of the corporation 
as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or employee 
benefit plan, and their respective heirs, administrators and executors, who 
are made a party to a threatened, pending or completed civil, criminal, 
administrative, arbitration, or investigative proceeding by reason of the 
former or present official capacity of the person against judgments, 
penalties, fines, including, without limitation, excise taxes assessed 
against the person with respect to an employee benefit plan, including 
attorneys' fees and disbursements, incurred by the person in connection with 
the proceeding in accordance with, and to the fullest extent permissible 
under, the provisions of Chapter 302A of the Minnesota Statutes, as it may 
from time to time be amended. In the event a former or present officer, 
director, or employee of the corporation is made or threatened to be made a 
party to a civil, criminal, administrative, arbitration or investigative 
proceeding by reason of the former or present official capacity of the 
person, the person shall be entitled, upon written request to the 
corporation, to payment or reimbursement by the corporation of reasonable 
expenses, including attorneys' fees and disbursements, incurred by the person 
in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding, as provided in 
Minnesota Statutes Chapter 302A.


                                    15

<PAGE>

                                ARTICLE IX.
                            AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

         Section 9.01. AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS. Unless reserved by the Articles 
of Incorporation to the shareholders, the Board of Directors may, from time 
to time by the affirmative vote of the majority of its members present at a 
duly called meeting, adopt, amend or repeal all or any of the Bylaws of the 
corporation subject, however, to the power of the shareholders, exercisable 
in the manner provided by law, to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws adopted, 
amended or repealed by the Board of Directors. Notwithstanding any other 
provisions of these Bylaws to the contrary (and notwithstanding the fact that 
a lesser percentage or separate class vote may be specified by law, the 
Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws), the affirmative vote of the 
holders of not less than two-thirds (2/3) of the voting power of all shares 
outstanding and entitled to vote, voting together as a single class, shall be 
required to amend or repeal, or adopt any provisions inconsistent with 
Sections 2.12, 3.02, 3.03, 3.04, 3.06, 3.14, 3.15 or 9.01 of these Bylaws.



                                   16


<PAGE>



                           CERTIFICATION OF BYLAWS

         The undersigned, being the duly elected Secretary of Rural Cellular 
Corporation, a Minnesota corporation, does hereby certify that the foregoing 
Bylaws have been duly adopted to be the Bylaws of the corporation and to 
supersede all previously existing Bylaws by action of the Board of Directors 
taken the 22nd day of January, 1999.



                                            /s/ Don Swenson
                                            -----------------------------
                                            Don Swenson




                                     17



<PAGE>


                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.6

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT



         THIS AGREEMENT entered into as of the 22nd day of January, 1999 
("Effective Date"), by and between Rural Cellular Corporation ("RCC" or 
"Company") and Richard P. Ekstrand (the "Employee").

         WHEREAS, Employee has heretofore been employed by RCC in the 
position of President and Chief Executive Officer and is experienced in the 
business of RCC; and

         WHEREAS, Employee desires to continue to be employed by RCC in the 
same  position; and

         WHEREAS, the parties desire by this writing to set forth the 
employment relationship of RCC and the Employee.

         NOW, THEREFORE, it is AGREED as follows:

         1.    EMPLOYMENT.

               (a)  TITLE/DUTIES. The Employee is employed in the capacity of
         President and Chief Executive Officer for RCC, to perform the duties
         customarily performed by persons situated in a similar executive
         capacity. The Employee shall also promote, by entertainment or
         otherwise, as and to the extent permitted by law, the business of RCC.
         The Employee's other duties shall be such as the Board of Directors
         may from time to time reasonably direct.

               (b)  LOCATION. The Employee's principal place of employment shall
         be at the Company's offices in Alexandria, Minnesota.

         2.    BASE COMPENSATION. RCC agrees to pay the Employee during the 
term of this Agreement a salary which shall be at the initial rate of Three 
Hundred sixty-two thousand Dollars ($362,000) per annum beginning on the 
Effective Date, payable not less frequently than every two weeks; PROVIDED, 
that the rate of such salary shall be reviewed not less often than annually, 
and Employee shall be entitled to receive an increase at such percentage or 
in such an amount, if any, as may be determined from time to time. The 
Employee's salary may not be decreased below the rate in effect on any date 
during the term of this Agreement, except that, in the event that the 
salaries of other senior management employees have been generally reduced, 
Employee's salary may be reduced in a similar manner, except that any such 
reduction following a "Change in Control" (as defined in Appendix A hereto) 
shall be subject to the provisions of Section 11(b) hereof.

         3.    DISCRETIONARY AND INCENTIVE BONUS; STOCK OPTIONS. The Employee 
shall be entitled to participate in an equitable manner with all other senior 
management


<PAGE>

employees of RCC in discretionary and incentive bonuses, including, but not 
limited to stock option and restricted stock awards and other cash and 
non-cash compensation plans that may be authorized and declared by the Board 
of Directors to its senior management employees from time to time.

         4.    OTHER BENEFITS.

               (a)   PARTICIPATION IN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS. The Employee shall
         be entitled to participate in any plan of RCC relating to compensation,
         profit sharing, retirement, medical coverage or other employee benefits
         as RCC may adopt for the benefit of its senior management employees.

               (b)   FRINGE BENEFITS; EXPENSES. The Employee shall be eligible
         to participate in any fringe benefits which may be or may become
         applicable to RCC's senior management employees, including by example,
         participation in any stock option or incentive plans adopted by the
         Board of Directors, and any other benefits adopted by RCC. RCC shall
         reimburse Employee for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses which
         Employee shall incur in connection with his service for RCC which are
         documented in accordance with RCC's policies as set forth from time to
         time.

               (c)   CAR ALLOWANCE. The Employee shall be required to have and
         maintain a personal automobile for use in the performance of his duties
         under this Agreement and a valid drivers license to operate RCC 
         vehicles. RCC shall pay the Employee an allowance at an initial rate of
         $8,000 per year to compensate him for all expenses incurred by him in
         complying with these requirements. In addition, RCC shall reimburse the
         Employee at current IRS allowable mileage rates for the use of his
         personal automobile on RCC business.

         5.    TERM. The term of employment of Employee under this Agreement 
shall be for the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending December 
31, 2001; PROVIDED, that commencing on December 31, 1999, and on each 
December 31 thereafter, the term of Employee's employment shall automatically 
be extended for one additional year, so that the remaining term of his 
employment shall never be less than two years, unless either party gives 
written notice to the other of its intention not to so extend the term of the 
Employee's employment.

         6.    LOYALTY; NONCOMPETITION.

               (a)   The Employee shall devote his full business time and
         attention to the performance of his employment under this Agreement.
         During the term of Employee's employment under this Agreement, the 
         Employee shall not engage in any business or activity contrary to the
         business affairs or interests of RCC.

               (b)   Nothing contained in this Section 6 shall be deemed to
         prevent or limit the right of Employee to invest in the capital stock
         or other securities of any


                                      2

<PAGE>

         business dissimilar from that of RCC or, solely as a passive or 
         minority investor, in any business.

         7.   STANDARDS. The Employee shall perform his duties under this 
Agreement in accordance with the reasonable standards customarily expected of 
employees with comparable positions in comparable organizations, or in 
accordance with such other standards as may reasonably be established from 
time to time by the Board of Directors.

         8.   PAID TIME OFF. The Employee shall be entitled, without loss of 
pay, to absent himself voluntarily from the performance of the duties of his 
employment under this Agreement, with all such voluntary absences to count as 
paid time off, in accordance with the following:

              (a)   Employee shall be entitled to not less than nineteen (19)
         days per calendar year of paid time off for vacation, personal illness,
         emergency situations such as family illness, and for any other reason
         that time off must be taken during a regular scheduled work day that is
         not covered by other Company policies (such as jury duty). Such paid
         time off shall be taken in accordance with then current Company
         policies.

              (b)   The Employee shall take at least five consecutive business
         days of vacation in each calendar year.

              (c)   The Employee shall not be entitled to receive any additional
         compensation from RCC on account of his failure to take paid time off,
         and Employee shall be entitled to accumulate unused paid time off in
         accordance with then current Company policy (as of the end of 1999 only
         120 hours of paid time off can be carried over into the following
         year).

              (d)   In addition to the aforesaid paid time off, the Employee
         shall be entitled, without loss of pay, to absent himself voluntarily
         from the performance of his employment with RCC for such additional  
         periods of time and for such other valid and legitimate reasons as the
         Board of Directors in its discretion may determine.

              (e)   The Employee shall also be entitled to any other paid or 
         unpaid time off as may be provided by Company policies. Further, the
         Board of Directors shall be entitled to grant to the Employee a leave
         or leaves of absence with or without pay at such time or times and upon
         such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors in is discretion 
         may determine.

              (f)   The Employee is encouraged to participate in related
         industry and professional organizations and activities provided that
         the assumption of any significant responsibilities for such outside
         activities or organizational participation shall be approved in advance
         by the Board of Directors.


                                       3

<PAGE>

         9.   TERMINATION AND TERMINATION PAY. The Employee's employment 
under this Agreement may be terminated upon any of the following occurrences:

              (a)   The death of the Employee during the term of this Agreement,
         in which event the Employee's estate shall be entitled to receive the
         compensation due the Employee through the last day of the calendar
         month in which Employee's death shall have occurred, plus all accrued
         but unused paid time off for such calendar year, and PRO RATA payment
         of all bonuses or incentive payments earned or to be awarded for such
         calendar year.

              (b)   The Board of Directors may terminate the Employee's
         employment at any time, but any termination by the Board of Directors 
         other than termination for Just Cause, as defined below, shall not
         prejudice the Employee's right to compensation or other benefits under
         this Agreement. The Employee shall have no right to receive
         compensation or other benefits for any period after termination for
         Just Cause, except to the extent specifically provided under the terms
         of any benefit plan or program of RCC or as may otherwise be required
         by law. Termination shall be for "Just Cause" if the Employee

                   (i)    has been convicted of a felony or

                   (ii)   has intentionally engaged in conduct that is
                          demonstrably and materially injurious to the
                          Company, monetarily or otherwise;

                  PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no termination of Employee's
                  employment shall be for Just Cause as set forth in clause (ii)
                  above until

                          (a)  there shall have been delivered to the Employee
                               a copy of a written notice setting forth that the
                               Employee was guilty of the conduct set forth in 
                               clause (ii) and specifying the particulars
                               thereof in detail;

                          (b)  the Employee shall have been provided an 
                               opportunity to be heard by the Board of 
                               Directors (with the assistance of the
                               Employee's counsel if the Employee so desires);
                               and

                          (c)  such conduct is not discontinued within a 
                               reasonable period of time after receipt of the
                               written notice provided in clause (A).

         No act or failure to act on the Employee's part shall be considered
         "intentional" unless he has acted or failed to act with an absence of
         good faith and without a reasonable belief that his action or failure
         to act was in the best interest of the Company. Notwithstanding
         anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary,


                                       4

<PAGE>

         no failure to perform by the Employee after notice of termination has
         been given by the Employee will constitute Just Cause for purposes of
         this Agreement.

               (c)  Except as provided pursuant to Section 11 herein, in the 
         event Employee's employment under this Agreement is terminated by the
         Board of Directors without Just Cause, RCC shall be obligated to 
         continue to pay the Employee the salary provided pursuant to Section 2
         herein, up to the date of termination of the term (including any 
         extension of the term pursuant to Section 5 above) of this Agreement.
         Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall payments to be made in
         accordance with this Section 9(c) be for a period of less than 12
         months following the date of termination of employment.

               (d)  The voluntary termination by the Employee during the term
         of this Agreement with the delivery of no less than 60 days written 
         notice to the Board of Directors (other than pursuant to Section 
         11(b)), in which case the Employee shall be entitled to receive 
         compensation, vested rights, and all employee benefits only up to the
         date of such termination except as specifically provided below or as
         required by law.

         10. DISABILITY. If the Employee shall become disabled or 
incapacitated to the extent that he is unable to perform his duties 
hereunder, by reason of medically determinable physical or mental impairment, 
as determined by a doctor mutually acceptable to the Board of Directors and 
the Employee and retained by RCC, Employee shall nevertheless continue to 
receive the compensation and benefits provided under the terms of this 
Agreement as follows: 100% of such compensation and benefits for a period of 
six months, but not exceeding the remaining term of the Agreement, and 65% 
thereafter for the remainder of the term of the Agreement. Such benefits 
noted herein shall be reduced by any benefits otherwise provided to the 
Employee during such period under the provisions of disability insurance 
coverage in effect for RCC employees. Thereafter, Employee shall be eligible 
to receive benefits provided by RCC under the provisions of disability 
insurance coverage in effect for RCC employees. Upon returning to active 
full-time employment, the Employee's full compensation as set forth in this 
Agreement shall be reinstated as of the date of commencement of such 
activities. In the event that the Employee returns to active employment on 
other than a full-time basis, then his compensation (as set forth in Section 
2 of this Agreement) shall be reduced in proportion to the time spent in said 
employment, or as shall otherwise be agreed to by the parties.

         11. CHANGE IN CONTROL.

             (a) TERMINATION BY COMPANY. Notwithstanding any provision herein 
to the contrary, in the event the Company terminates Employee's employment 
under this Agreement, absent Just Cause, in connection with, or within 24 
months after, any Change in Control (as defined in Appendix A hereto) of RCC, 
Employee shall be paid an amount equal to the product of 2.99 times the 
Employee's "base amount" as defined in Section 280G(b)(3) of the Internal 
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") and


                                     5

<PAGE>

regulations promulgated thereunder. Said sum shall be
paid to the Employee in one lump sum within five (5) days of such termination.
Such payment shall be in lieu of any other future payments which the Employee
would be otherwise entitled to receive under Section 9 of this Agreement.



                (b)   TERMINATION FOR "GOOD REASON." Notwithstanding any 
other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if Employee voluntarily 
terminates his employment under this Agreement within 24 months following a 
Change in Control of RCC for "Good Reason" (as defined herein), Employee 
shall be entitled to receive the payment described in Section 11(a) of this 
Agreement within five (5) days of such termination. "Good Reason" for 
purposes of this Agreement shall be the occurrence of any of the following 
events, which have not been consented to in advance by the Employee in 
writing: (i) if at the time of a Change in Control of the Company, Employee's 
employed at the Company's principal executive offices, a relocation of such 
principal executive offices to a location more than fifty miles from such 
location or requiring the Employee to be based anywhere other than the 
Company's principal executive offices at the time of a Change in Control, or 
if Employee is not employed at the Company's principal executive offices at 
the time of a Change in Control, Employee's relocation to any place other 
than the location at which the Employee principally performed Employee's 
duties prior to the Change in Control, or requiring travel by Employee on the 
Company's business to an extent substantially greater than Employee's 
business travel obligations at the time of the Change in Control; (ii) if in 
the organizational structure of RCC Employee would be required to report to a 
person or persons other than the Board of Directors; (iii) if RCC should fail 
to maintain Employee's base compensation in effect as of the date of the 
Change in Control and the existing material fringe benefit, performance 
incentive and employee benefit plans; (iv) if Employee would be assigned 
duties and responsibilities other than those normally associated with his 
position as referenced at Section 1 herein; or (v) if Employee's 
responsibilities or authority have in any way been materially diminished or 
reduced.

               (c)  EXCISE TAX PAYMENTS.

                    (i)   In the event that any payment or benefit (within 
               the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code), paid or
               payable to the  Employee or for his  benefit or distributed
               or  distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or
               otherwise in connection  with, or arising out of, his
               employment with the Company or a Change in Control of the 
               Company (a "Payment" or "Payments"), would be subject
               to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or any  
               interest or penalties are incurred by the  Employee  with 
               respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with 
               any such interest and penalties, are hereinafter collectively 
               referred to as the "Excise  Tax"), then the Employee will 
               be entitled to receive an additional payment (a "Gross-Up
               Payment") in an amount such that after payment by the Employee 
               of all taxes (including any interest or penalties, other 
               than interest and penalties imposed by reason of the  
               Employee's failure to file timely a tax return or pay taxes 
               shown as due on


                                     6

<PAGE>

               his return, imposed with respect to such taxes and the 
               Excise  Tax), including any Excise Tax imposed upon the 
               Gross-Up Payment, the Employee  retains an amount of the
               Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the
               Payments.

                    (ii)   An initial determination as to whether a Gross-Up 
               Payment is required pursuant to this Agreement and the amount 
               of such Gross-Up Payment shall be made at the Company's 
               expense by an accounting firm selected by the Company and 
               reasonably acceptable to the Employee which is designated as 
               one of the five largest accounting firms in the United States 
               (the "Accounting Firm").  The Accounting Firm shall provide 
               its determination (the "Determination"), together with 
               detailed supporting calculations and documentation, to the 
               Company and the Employee within five days of the date of 
               termination of the  Employee's employment, if applicable, or 
               such other time as requested by the Company or the Employee 
               (provided the Employee reasonably believes that any of the 
               Payments may be subject to the Excise Tax). If the Accounting 
               Firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable by the Employee 
               with respect to a Payment or Payments, it shall furnish the 
               Employee with an opinion reasonably acceptable to the Employee 
               that no Excise Tax will be imposed with respect to any such 
               Payment or Payments.  Within ten days of the delivery of the  
               Determination to the Employee, the Employee shall have the 
               right to dispute the Determination (the  "Dispute").  The  
               Gross-Up Payment, if any, as determined pursuant to this 
               Section 11(c) shall be paid by the Company to the Employee  
               within five days of the receipt of the Determination.  The  
               existence  of the Dispute  shall not in any way affect the 
               Employee's right to receive the Gross-Up Payment in accordance 
               with the Determination.  Upon the final  resolution  of a  
               Dispute, the Company shall promptly pay to the Employee any 
               additional amount required by such resolution, or, if it is 
               determined that the Excise Tax is lower than originally 
               determined, the Employee shall repay to the Company the excess 
               amount of the Gross-Up Payment. If there is no Dispute, the 
               Determination shall be binding, final and conclusive  upon the 
               Company and the Employee subject to the application of Section 
               11 (c)(iii) below.

                    (iii)  Notwithstanding anything contained in this 
               Agreement to the contrary, in the event that, according to the 
               Determination, an Excise Tax will be imposed on any Payment or 
               Payments, the Company shall pay to the applicable government 
               taxing authorities as Excise Tax withholding, the amount of 
               the Excise Tax that the Company has actually withheld from the 
               Payment or Payments.



                                        7

<PAGE>

12. NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT.

       (a) TERM. During the term of the Employee's employment pursuant to this
Agreement and for the period ending twelve (12) months after the voluntary or
involuntary termination of such employment, Employee agrees that he will not,
without RCC's prior written consent, directly or indirectly, within the service
areas served by RCC at the time of termination, lend his credit, advice or
assistance, or engage in any activity or act in any manner, including but not
limited to, as an individual, owner, sole proprietor, founder, associate,
promoter, partner, joint venturer, shareholder other than as a less than five
percent shareholder of a publicly traded corporation, officer, director,
trustee, manager, employer, employee, licensor, licensee, principal, agent,
salesman, broker, representative, consultant, adviser, investor or otherwise,
for the purpose of establishing, operating or managing any business or entity
that is engaged in activities competitive with the business of the Company as
carried on as of the date of termination.

       (b) NON-SOLICITATION AGREEMENT. As used in this Agreement, the term 
"Person" means any individual, corporation, joint venture, general or limited 
partnership, association or other entity. During the period of one year from 
and after the date of termination of his employment pursuant to this 
Agreement, Employee agrees that he will not, whether for his own account or 
for the account of any other Person, directly or indirectly interfere with 
the Company's relationship with or endeavor to divert or entice away from the 
Company any Person who or which at any time during the term of Employee's 
employment by RCC is or was an employee or customer of or in the habit of 
dealing with RCC.

       (c) REASONABLENESS OF COVENANTS.  Employee acknowledges and agrees 
that the geographic scope and period of duration of the restrictive 
covenants contained in this Agreement are both fair and reasonable and that 
the interests sought to be protected by the Company are legitimate business 
interests entitled to be protected. It is the intention of the parties 
that the provisions of this Section 12 shall be enforceable to the 
fullest extent permissible under applicable law; however, if any 
restriction contained in this Section is held to be unenforceable because 
of the duration of such restriction or the geographical area covered 
thereby, the parties agree that the court making such determination 
shall have the power to reduce the duration and/or geographical area of 
such restriction and, in its reduced form, said restriction shall then be 
enforceable.

       (d) INJUNCTIVE RELIEF; ATTORNEYS' FEES.  The parties agree that the 
remedy of damages at law for the breach by Employee of any of the covenants 
contained in this Section 12 is an inadequate remedy. In recognition of 
the irreparable harm that a violation by Employee of any of the 
covenants, agreements or obligations arising under this Agreement would 
cause RCC, Employee agrees that in addition to any other remedies or relief 
afforded by law, an injunction against an actual or threatened violation 
or violations may be issued against him and every other Person concerned 
thereby, it being the understanding of the parties that both damages and an 
injunction shall be proper modes of relief and are not to be considered 
alternative remedies. In the event of any such an actual or threatened 
violation, Employee agrees to pay the costs, expenses and 

                                       8
<PAGE>

reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by the Company in pursuing any of its 
rights with respect to such actual or threatened violation, in addition to 
the actual damages sustained by the Company as a result thereof. Such costs, 
expenses, fees and damages shall not be payable by the Employee until a final 
judgment, from which no further appeal may be taken, has been entered in 
favor of the Company by a court of competent jurisdiction. If no such 
judgment is entered, the Employee shall not be liable for any such costs, 
expenses, fees or damages, and the Company shall reimburse the Employee for 
any costs, expenses and reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by him in 
defending against the Company's allegations.

       (e) COMPENSATION.  In the event that Employee's employment has 
terminated and Employee is not entitled to receive payment under Section 9 
or 11 of this Agreement, to compensate Employee for the restrictive covenants 
contained in this Agreement, RCC agrees to pay Employee an amount equal to 
50% of the Employee's final compensation. One-half of this amount is payable 
in equal monthly payments commencing on the last day of the month following 
termination and continuing thereafter on the last day of each and every month 
until the end of the period stated in Section 12(a) and one-half at the end 
of the period stated in Section 12(a). For the purposes of this paragraph, 
the Employee's "final compensation" means the Employee's annual rate of 
salary in effect on the date his employment terminates, plus his bonus and/or 
incentive payment(s) for the year immediately preceding the year in which his 
employment terminates.

       In the event that Employee shall breach any of his covenants, 
agreements or obligations arising under this Agreement, RCC shall have the 
right to discontinue making the payments to Employee provided for herein 
unless and until Employee has cured any such existing breaches.

       (f) WAIVER OF RESTRICTIONS. RCC may waive the restrictions on Employee 
imposed in Section 12 at any time. In the event of such waiver: (i) RCC shall 
not be obligated to make any further monthly payments pursuant to Section 
12(e); and (ii) any payment due pursuant to Section 12(e) at the expiration 
of the period stated in Section 12(a) shall be prorated and paid at the time 
of the waiver.

       13. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

        (a) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon 
any corporation or other successor of RCC which shall acquire, directly or 
indirectly, by merger, consolidation, purchase or otherwise, all or 
substantially all of the business, assets or stock of RCC.

        (b) Since RCC is contracting for the unique and personal skills of 
the Employee, the Employee shall be precluded from assigning or delegating 
his rights or duties hereunder without first obtaining the written consent of 
RCC.

                                       9
<PAGE>

        14. AMENDMENTS. No amendments or additions to this Agreement shall be 
binding upon the parties hereto unless made in writing and signed by both 
parties, except as herein otherwise specifically provided.

        15. APPLICABLE LAW. This Agreement shall be governed in all respects, 
whether as to validity, construction, capacity, performance or otherwise, by 
the laws of the State of Minnesota, except to the extent that Federal law 
shall be deemed to apply.

        16. SEVERABILITY. The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed 
severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not 
affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof.

        17. ARBITRATION. Subject to RCC's right to seek injunctive relief 
from a court of competent jurisdiction pursuant to Section 12(d), any 
controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the 
breach thereof, shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with the rules 
then in effect of the district office of the American Arbitration Association 
("AAA") nearest to the home office of RCC, and judgment upon the award 
rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof, except to 
the extent that the parties may otherwise reach a mutual settlement of such 
issue. RCC shall incur the cost of all fees and expenses associated with 
filing a request for arbitration with the AAA, whether such filing is made on 
behalf of RCC or the Employee, and the costs and administrative fees 
associated with employing the arbitrator and related administrative expenses 
assessed by the AAA. If the parties cannot mutually agree on an arbitrator, 
each party shall select an arbitrator and those two arbitrators shall select 
a third arbitrator and the third arbitrator shall conduct the arbitration. 
Otherwise, each party shall pay its own costs and expenses, including 
reasonable attorneys' fees, arising from such dispute, proceedings or 
actions, notwithstanding the ultimate outcome thereof, upon delivery of a 
final judgment or settlement of the dispute.

       18. REPRESENTATION BY COUNSEL. Employee acknowledges that he has read 
this Agreement and that he fully understands his rights, privileges, and 
duties hereunder. He further acknowledges that he has had the opportunity to 
consult and has consulted with attorneys of his choice to review and explain 
the terms of this Agreement and the consequences of signing it.

       19. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement, together with any understanding 
or modifications thereof as agreed to in writing by the parties, shall 
constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto, and shall 
supersede all prior understandings in writing or otherwise between the 
parties, including the Employment Agreement by and between Employee and the 
Company dated December 1, 1995, as amended effective December 18, 1996 and 
December 18, 1997.

                              * * * * *

                                       10
<PAGE>


                                            RURAL CELLULAR CORPORATION
ATTEST:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            By:    Don C. Swenson
                                                   Secretary
- ------------------------------------



WITNESS:

- -------------------------------------        -----------------------------------
                                               Richard P. Ekstrand



                                       11

<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX A
                         TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT BETWEEN
               RURAL CELLULAR CORPORATION AND RICHARD P. EKSTRAND

For the purposes of the Employment Agreement to which this Appendix is attached,
a "Change in Control" means the happening of any of the following:

       (1) A majority of the directors of RCC shall be persons other than 
    persons:

       (a) for whose election proxies shall have been solicited by the Board, or

       (b) who are then serving as directors appointed by the Board
       to fill vacancies on the Board caused by death or resignation
       (but not by removal) or to fill newly-created directorships,

       (2) 30% or more of the outstanding voting stock of RCC is
    acquired or beneficially owned (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the
    Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or any successor rule thereto) by any
    person (other than RCC or a subsidiary of RCC) or group of persons
    acting in concert (other than the acquisition and beneficial ownership
    by a parent corporation or its wholly-owned subsidiaries, as long as
    they remain wholly-owned subsidiaries, of 100% of the outstanding
    voting stock of RCC as a result of a merger which complies with
    paragraph (3)(a)(ii) hereof in all respects), or

      (3)  The shareholders of RCC approve a definitive agreement or plan to:

           (a)  merge or consolidate RCC with or into another corporation 
           other than

                (i)  a merger or consolidation with a subsidiary of RCC, or

                (ii) a merger in which:

                     (A) RCC is the surviving corporation,

                     (B) no outstanding voting stock of RCC
                     (other than fractional shares) held by
                     shareholders immediately prior to the merger
                     is converted into cash, securities, or other
                     property (except: (1) voting stock of a
                     parent corporation owning directly, or
                     indirectly through wholly owned
                     subsidiaries, both beneficially and of
                     record 100% of the voting stock of RCC
                     immediately after the merger; and (2) cash
                     upon the exercise by holders of voting stock
                     of RCC of statutory dissenters' rights),

                                       A-1
<PAGE>

                     (C) the persons who were the beneficial
                     owners, respectively, of the outstanding
                     common stock and outstanding voting stock of
                     RCC immediately prior to such merger
                     beneficially own, directly or indirectly,
                     immediately after the merger, more than 70%
                     of, respectively, the then outstanding
                     common stock and the then outstanding voting
                     stock of the surviving corporation or its
                     parent corporation, and

                     (D) if voting stock of the parent
                     corporation is exchanged for voting stock of
                     RCC in the merger, all holders of any class
                     or series of voting stock of RCC immediately
                     prior to the merger have the right to
                     receive substantially the same per share
                     consideration in exchange for their voting
                     stock of RCC as all other holders of such
                     class or series,

           (b) exchange, pursuant to a statutory exchange of shares of voting 
     stock of RCC held by shareholders of RCC immediately prior to the 
     exchange, shares of one or more classes or series of voting stock of RCC 
     for cash, securities, or other property,

           (c) sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the 
     assets of the Company (in one transaction or a series of transactions), 
     or

           (d) liquidate or dissolve the Company.

                                       A-2

<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.7

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         THIS AGREEMENT entered into as of the 22nd day of January, 1999
("Effective Date"), by and between Rural Cellular Corporation ("RCC" or
"Company") and Wesley E. Schultz (the "Employee").

         WHEREAS, Employee has heretofore been employed by RCC in the position
of Sr. Vice President, Finance and Administration and Chief Financial Officer
and is experienced in the business of RCC; and

         WHEREAS, Employee desires to continue to be employed by RCC in the same
position; and

         WHEREAS, the parties desire by this writing to set forth the employment
relationship of RCC and the Employee.

         NOW, THEREFORE, it is AGREED as follows:

         1.  EMPLOYMENT.

             (a) TITLE/DUTIES. The Employee is employed in the capacity of 
         Sr. Vice President, Finance and Administration and Chief Financial 
         Officer for RCC, to perform the duties customarily performed by 
         persons situated in a similar executive capacity. The Employee shall 
         also promote, by entertainment or otherwise, as and to the extent 
         permitted by law, the business of RCC. The Employee's other duties 
         shall be such as the President/CEO may from time to time reasonably 
         direct.

             (b) LOCATION. The Employee's principal place of employment shall 
         be at the Company's offices in Alexandria, Minnesota.

         2. BASE COMPENSATION. RCC agrees to pay the Employee during the term 
of this Agreement a salary which shall be at the initial rate of Two Hundred 
Fifty-Four Thousand Dollars ($254,000.00) per annum beginning on the 
Effective Date, payable not less frequently than every two weeks; PROVIDED, 
that the rate of such salary shall be reviewed not less often than annually, 
and Employee shall be entitled to receive an increase at such percentage or 
in such an amount, if any, as may be determined from time to time. The 
Employee's salary may not be decreased below the rate in effect on any date 
during the term of this Agreement, except that, in the event that the 
salaries of other senior management employees have been generally reduced, 
Employee's salary may be reduced in a similar manner, except that any such 
reduction following a "Change in Control" (as defined in Appendix A hereto) 
shall be subject to the provisions of Section 11(b) hereof.

                                       
<PAGE>

         3. DISCRETIONARY AND INCENTIVE BONUS; STOCK OPTIONS. The Employee 
shall be entitled to participate in an equitable manner with all other senior 
management employees of RCC in discretionary and incentive bonuses, 
including, but not limited to stock option and restricted stock awards and 
other cash and non-cash compensation plans that may be authorized and 
declared by the Board of Directors to its senior management employees from 
time to time.

         4. OTHER BENEFITS.

             (a) PARTICIPATION IN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS. The Employee shall
         be entitled to participate in any plan of RCC relating to compensation,
         profit sharing, retirement, medical coverage or other employee benefits
         as RCC may adopt for the benefit of its senior management employees.

             (b) FRINGE BENEFITS; EXPENSES. The Employee shall be eligible to
         participate in any fringe benefits which may be or may become
         applicable to RCC's senior management employees, including by example,
         participation in any stock option or incentive plans adopted by the
         Board of Directors, and any other benefits adopted by RCC. RCC shall
         reimburse Employee for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses which
         Employee shall incur in connection with his service for RCC which are
         documented in accordance with RCC's policies as set forth from time to
         time.

             (c)  CAR ALLOWANCE. The Employee shall be required to have and 
         maintain a personal automobile for use in the performance of his duties
         under this Agreement and a valid drivers license to operate RCC 
         vehicles. RCC shall pay the Employee an allowance at an initial rate 
         of $6,000.00 per year to compensate him for all expenses incurred by 
         him in complying with these requirements. In addition, RCC shall
         reimburse the Employee at current IRS allowable mileage rates for the 
         use of his personal automobile on RCC business.

         5. TERM. The term of employment of Employee under this Agreement 
shall be for the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending December 
31, 2001; PROVIDED, that commencing on December 31, 1999, and on each 
December 31 thereafter, the term of Employee's employment shall automatically 
be extended for one additional year, so that the remaining term of his 
employment shall never be less than two years, unless either party gives 
written notice to the other of its intention not to so extend the term of the 
Employee's employment.

         6. LOYALTY; NONCOMPETITION.

            (a) The Employee shall devote his full business time and attention
         to the performance of his employment under this Agreement. During the
         term of Employee's employment under this Agreement, the Employee shall
         not engage in any business or activity contrary to the business affairs
         or interests of RCC.

                                       2
<PAGE>

            (b) Nothing contained in this Section 6 shall be deemed to prevent 
         or limit the right of Employee to invest in the capital stock or other
         securities of any business dissimilar from that of RCC or, solely as a
         passive or minority investor, in any business.

         7. STANDARDS. The Employee shall perform his duties under this 
Agreement in accordance with the reasonable standards customarily expected of 
employees with comparable positions in comparable organizations, or in 
accordance with such other standards as may reasonably be established from 
time to time by the President/CEO or the Board of Directors.

         8. PAID TIME OFF. The Employee shall be entitled, without loss of 
pay, to absent himself voluntarily from the performance of the duties of his 
employment under this Agreement, with all such voluntary absences to count as 
paid time off, in accordance with the following:

            (a)  The Employee shall be entitled to not less than nineteen (19) 
         days per calendar year of paid time off for vacation, personal illness,
         emergency situations such as family illness, and for any other reason
         that time off must be taken during a regular scheduled work day that is
         not covered by other Company policies (such as jury duty). Such paid
         time off shall be taken in accordance with then current Company
         policies.

            (b)  The Employee shall take at least five consecutive business days
         of vacation in each calendar year.

            (c)  The Employee shall not be entitled to receive any additional
         compensation from RCC on account of his failure to take paid time off,
         and Employee shall be entitled to accumulate unused paid time off in
         accordance with then current Company policy (as of the end of 1999 only
         120 hours of paid time off can be carried over into the following
         year).

            (d)  In addition to the aforesaid paid time off, the Employee shall
         be entitled, without loss of pay, to absent himself voluntarily from 
         the performance of his employment with RCC for such additional periods
         of time and for such other valid and legitimate reasons as the Board of
         Directors in its discretion may determine.

            (e)  The Employee shall also be entitled to any other paid or unpaid
         time off as may be provided by Company policies. Further, the Board of
         Directors shall be entitled to grant to the Employee a leave or leaves
         of absence with or without pay at such time or times and upon such
         terms and conditions as the Board of Directors in is discretion may
         determine.

            (f)  The Employee is encouraged to participate in related industry
         and professional organizations and activities provided that the
         assumption of any 

                                       3
<PAGE>

         significant responsibilities for such outside activities or
         organizational participation shall be approved in advance by the
         President/CEO.

         9. TERMINATION AND TERMINATION PAY. The Employee's employment under 
this Agreement may be terminated upon any of the following occurrences:

             (a)  The death of the Employee during the term of this Agreement,
         in which event the Employee's estate shall be entitled to receive the
         compensation due the Employee through the last day of the calendar
         month in which Employee's death shall have occurred, plus all accrued
         but unused paid time off for such calendar year, and PRO RATA payment
         of all bonuses or incentive payments earned or to be awarded for such
         calendar year.

             (b) The Board of Directors may terminate the Employee's employment 
         at any time, but any termination by the Board of Directors other than
         termination for Just Cause, as defined below, shall not prejudice the
         Employee's right to compensation or other benefits under this
         Agreement. The Employee shall have no right to receive compensation or
         other benefits for any period after termination for Just Cause, except
         to the extent specifically provided under the terms of any benefit plan
         or program of RCC or as may otherwise be required by law. Termination
         shall be for "Just Cause" if the Employee

                  (i)  has been convicted of a felony or

                  (ii) has intentionally engaged in conduct that is
            demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company, monetarily or 
            otherwise;

            PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no termination of Employee's
            employment shall be for Just Cause as set forth in clause (ii)
            above until

                  (A) there shall have been delivered to the Employee a copy 
                      of a written notice setting forth that the Employee was 
                      guilty of the conduct set forth in clause (ii) and 
                      specifying the particulars thereof in detail;

                  (B) the Employee shall have been provided an opportunity to 
                      be heard by the Board of Directors (with the assistance 
                      of the Employee's counsel if the Employee so desires); 
                      and

                  (C) such conduct is not discontinued within a reasonable 
                      period of time after receipt of the written notice 
                      provided in clause (A).

           No act or failure to act on the Employee's part shall be considered
           "intentional" unless he has acted or failed to act with an absence of
           good faith and without a 

                                       4
<PAGE>

         reasonable belief that his action or failure to act was in the best 
         interest of the Company. Notwithstanding anything contained in this 
         Agreement to the contrary, no failure to perform by the Employee 
         after notice of termination has been given by the Employee will 
         constitute Just Cause for purposes of this Agreement.

             (c) Except as provided pursuant to Section 11 herein, in the event
         Employee's employment under this Agreement is terminated by the Board
         of Directors without Just Cause, RCC shall be obligated to continue to
         pay the Employee the salary provided pursuant to Section 2 herein, up
         to the date of termination of the term (including any extension of the
         term pursuant to Section 5 above) of this Agreement. Notwithstanding
         the foregoing, in no event shall payments to be made in accordance with
         this Section 9(c) be for a period of less than 12 months following the
         date of termination of employment.

             (d) The voluntary termination by the Employee during the term of 
         this Agreement with the delivery of no less than 60 days written notice
         to the Board of Directors (other than pursuant to Section 11(b)), in 
         which case the Employee shall be entitled to receive compensation, 
         vested rights, and all employee benefits only up to the date of such
         termination except as specifically provided below or as required by
         law.

        10. DISABILITY. If the Employee shall become disabled or 
incapacitated to the extent that he is unable to perform his duties 
hereunder, by reason of medically determinable physical or mental impairment, 
as determined by a doctor mutually acceptable to the Board of Directors and 
the Employee and retained by RCC, Employee shall nevertheless continue to 
receive the compensation and benefits provided under the terms of this 
Agreement as follows: 100% of such compensation and benefits for a period of 
six months, but not exceeding the remaining term of the Agreement, and 65% 
thereafter for the remainder of the term of the Agreement. Such benefits 
noted herein shall be reduced by any benefits otherwise provided to the 
Employee during such period under the provisions of disability insurance 
coverage in effect for RCC employees. Thereafter, Employee shall be eligible 
to receive benefits provided by RCC under the provisions of disability 
insurance coverage in effect for RCC employees. Upon returning to active 
full-time employment, the Employee's full compensation as set forth in this 
Agreement shall be reinstated as of the date of commencement of such 
activities. In the event that the Employee returns to active employment on 
other than a full-time basis, then his compensation (as set forth in Section 
2 of this Agreement) shall be reduced in proportion to the time spent in said 
employment, or as shall otherwise be agreed to by the parties.

        11. CHANGE IN CONTROL.

            (a) TERMINATION BY COMPANY. Notwithstanding any provision herein 
to the contrary, in the event the Company terminates Employee's employment 
under this Agreement, absent Just Cause, in connection with, or within 24 
months after, any Change in Control (as defined in Appendix A hereto) of RCC, 
Employee shall be paid an amount 

                                       5
<PAGE>

equal to the product of 2.99 times the Employee's "base amount" as defined in 
Section 280G(b)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the 
"Code") and regulations promulgated thereunder. Said sum shall be paid to the 
Employee in one lump sum within five (5) days of such termination. Such 
payment shall be in lieu of any other future payments which the Employee 
would be otherwise entitled to receive under Section 9 of this Agreement.

            (b) TERMINATION FOR "GOOD REASON." Notwithstanding any other 
provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if Employee voluntarily 
terminates his employment under this Agreement within 24 months following a 
Change in Control of RCC for "Good Reason" (as defined herein), Employee 
shall be entitled to receive the payment described in Section 11(a) of this 
Agreement within five (5) days of such termination. "Good Reason" for 
purposes of this Agreement shall be the occurrence of any of the following 
events, which have not been consented to in advance by the Employee in 
writing: (i) if at the time of a Change in Control of the Company, Employee's 
employed at the Company's principal executive offices, a relocation of such 
principal executive offices to a location more than fifty miles from such 
location or requiring the Employee to be based anywhere other than the 
Company's principal executive offices at the time of a Change in Control, or 
if Employee is not employed at the Company's principal executive offices at 
the time of a Change in Control, Employee's relocation to any place other 
than the location at which the Employee principally performed Employee's 
duties prior to the Change in Control, or requiring travel by Employee on the 
Company's business to an extent substantially greater than Employee's 
business travel obligations at the time of the Change in Control; (ii) if in 
the organizational structure of RCC Employee would be required to report to a 
person or persons other than the President/CEO; (iii) if RCC should fail to 
maintain Employee's base compensation in effect as of the date of the Change 
in Control and the existing material fringe benefit, performance incentive 
and employee benefit plans; (iv) if Employee would be assigned duties and 
responsibilities other than those normally associated with his position as 
referenced at Section 1 herein; or (v) if Employee's responsibilities or 
authority have in any way been materially diminished or reduced.

          (c) EXCISE TAX PAYMENTS.

             (i) In the event that any payment or benefit (within 
          the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code), paid or payable 
          to the  Employee or for his benefit or distributed or 
          distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise 
          in  connection with, or arising out of, his employment with the 
          Company or a Change in Control of the Company (a "Payment"  or  
          "Payments"), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by 
          Section 4999 of the Code or any interest or penalties are 
          incurred by the Employee with respect to such excise tax (such  
          excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, are 
          hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Excise Tax"), then 
          the  Employee will be entitled to receive an additional 
          payment (a "Gross-Up Payment") in an amount such that after 
          payment by the Employee of all taxes (including any interest or 

                                       6
<PAGE>

          penalties, other than interest and penalties imposed by reason 
          of the Employee's failure to file timely a tax return or pay 
          taxes shown as due on his return, imposed with respect to such 
          taxes and the Excise Tax), including any Excise Tax imposed 
          upon the Gross-Up Payment, the Employee retains an amount of 
          the  Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the 
          Payments.

             (ii) An initial  determination as to whether a 
          Gross-Up Payment is required pursuant to this Agreement and the 
          amount of such Gross-Up Payment shall be made at the Company's 
          expense by an accounting firm selected by the Company and 
          reasonably acceptable to the Employee which is designated as 
          one of the five largest accounting firms in the United States 
          (the "Accounting Firm"). The Accounting Firm shall provide its 
          determination (the "Determination"), together with detailed 
          supporting calculations and documentation, to the Company and 
          the Employee within five days of the date of termination of the 
          Employee's employment, if applicable, or such other time as 
          requested by the Company or the Employee (provided the Employee 
          reasonably believes that any of the Payments may be subject to 
          the Excise Tax). If the Accounting Firm determines that no 
          Excise Tax is payable by the Employee with respect to a Payment or 
          Payments, it shall furnish the Employee with an opinion 
          reasonably acceptable to the Employee that no Excise Tax will be 
          imposed with respect to any such Payment or Payments. Within ten 
          days of the delivery of the Determination to the Employee, the 
          Employee shall have the right to dispute the Determination (the 
          "Dispute"). The Gross-Up Payment, if any, as determined pursuant 
          to this Section 11(c) shall be paid by the Company to the 
          Employee  within five days of the receipt of the 
          Determination. The existence of the Dispute shall not in any 
          way affect the Employee's right to receive the Gross-Up 
          Payment in accordance with the Determination. Upon the final 
          resolution of a Dispute, the Company shall promptly pay to 
          the Employee any additional  amount  required by such 
          resolution, or, if it is determined that the Excise Tax is 
          lower than originally determined, the Employee shall repay to 
          the Company the excess amount of the Gross-Up Payment. If there 
          is no Dispute, the Determination shall be binding, final and 
          conclusive upon the Company and the Employee subject to the 
          application of Section 11 (c)(iii) below.
 
            (iii) Notwithstanding anything contained in this 
          Agreement to the contrary, in the event that, according to the 
          Determination, an Excise Tax will be imposed on any Payment or 
          Payments, the Company shall pay to the applicable government taxing 
          authorities as Excise Tax withholding, the amount of the Excise Tax 
          that the Company has actually withheld from the Payment or Payments.
          
                                       7
          
<PAGE>


     12.   NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT.

           (a)  TERM. During the term of the Employee's employment pursuant to 
this Agreement and for the period ending six (6) months after the voluntary 
or involuntary termination of such employment, Employee agrees that he will 
not, without RCC's prior written consent, directly or indirectly, within the 
service areas served by RCC at the time of termination, lend his credit, 
advice or assistance, or engage in any activity or act in any manner, 
including but not limited to, as an individual, owner, sole proprietor, 
founder, associate, promoter, partner, joint venturer, shareholder other than 
as a less than five percent shareholder of a publicly traded corporation, 
officer, director, trustee, manager, employer, employee, licensor, licensee, 
principal, agent, salesman, broker, representative, consultant, adviser, 
investor or otherwise, for the purpose of establishing, operating or managing 
any business or entity that is engaged in activities competitive with the 
business of the Company as carried on as of the date of termination.

           (b)  NON-SOLICITATION AGREEMENT. As used in this Agreement, the 
term "Person" means any individual, corporation, joint venture, general or 
limited partnership, association or other entity. During the period of six 
(6) months from and after the date of termination of his employment pursuant 
to this Agreement, Employee agrees that he will not, whether for his own 
account or for the account of any other Person, directly or indirectly 
interfere with the Company's relationship with or endeavor to divert or 
entice away from the Company any Person who or which at any time during the 
term of Employee's employment by RCC is or was an employee or customer of or 
in the habit of dealing with RCC.

           (c)  REASONABLENESS OF COVENANTS.  Employee  acknowledges and 
agrees that the geographic scope and period of duration of the restrictive 
covenants contained in this Agreement are both fair and reasonable and that 
the interests sought to be protected by the Company are legitimate business 
interests entitled to be protected.  It is the intention of the parties that 
the provisions of this Section 12 shall be enforceable to the fullest extent 
permissible under applicable law; however, if any restriction contained in 
this Section is held to be unenforceable because of the duration of such 
restriction or the geographical area covered thereby, the parties agree that 
the court making such determination shall have the power to reduce the 
duration and/or geographical area of such restriction and, in its reduced 
form, said restriction shall then be enforceable.

           (d)  INJUNCTIVE RELIEF; ATTORNEYS' FEES.  The  parties  agree that 
the remedy of damages at law for the breach by Employee of any of the 
covenants contained in this Section 12 is an inadequate remedy.  In 
recognition of the irreparable harm that a  violation by Employee  of any of 
the covenants, agreements or obligations arising under this Agreement would 
cause RCC, Employee agrees that in addition to any other remedies or relief 
afforded by law, an injunction against an actual or threatened violation or 
violations may be issued against him and every other Person concerned 
thereby, it being the understanding of the parties that both damages and an 
injunction shall be proper modes of relief and are not to be considered 
alternative remedies.  In the event of any such an actual or threatened 
violation, Employee agrees to pay the costs, expenses and


                                      8

<PAGE>

reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by the Company in pursuing any of its 
rights with respect to such actual or threatened violation, in addition to 
the actual damages sustained by the Company as a result thereof.  Such costs, 
expenses, fees and damages shall not be payable by the Employee until a final 
judgment, from which no further appeal may be taken, has been entered in 
favor of the Company by a court of competent jurisdiction.  If no such 
judgment is entered, the Employee shall not be liable for any such costs, 
expenses, fees or damages, and the Company shall reimburse the Employee for 
any costs, expenses and reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by him in 
defending against the Company's allegations.

           (e)  COMPENSATION.  In the event that  Employee's employment has 
terminated  and Employee is not entitled to receive payment under Section 9 
or 11 of this Agreement, to compensate Employee for the restrictive covenants 
contained in this Agreement, RCC agrees to pay Employee an amount equal to 
25% of the Employee's final compensation.  One-half of this amount is payable 
in equal monthly payments commencing on the last day of the month following 
termination and continuing thereafter on the last day of each and every month 
until the end of the period stated in Section 12(a) and one-half at the end 
of the period stated in Section 12(a).  For the purposes of this paragraph, 
the Employee's "final compensation" means the Employee's annual rate of 
salary in effect on the date his employment terminates, plus his bonus and/or 
incentive payment(s) for the year immediately preceding the year in which his 
employment terminates.

           In the event that Employee shall breach any of his covenants, 
agreements or obligations arising under this Agreement, RCC shall have the 
right to discontinue making the payments to Employee provided for herein 
unless and until Employee has cured any such existing breaches.

           (f)  WAIVER OF RESTRICTIONS. RCC may waive the restrictions on 
Employee imposed in Section 12 at any time. In the event of such waiver: (i) 
RCC shall not be obligated to make any further monthly payments pursuant to 
Section 12(e); and (ii) any payment due pursuant to Section 12(e) at the 
expiration of the period stated in Section 12(a) shall be prorated and paid 
at the time of the waiver.

     13. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

         (a)  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding 
upon any corporation or other successor of RCC which shall acquire, directly 
or indirectly, by merger, consolidation, purchase or otherwise, all or 
substantially all of the business, assets or stock of RCC.

         (b)  Since RCC is contracting for the unique and personal skills of 
the Employee, the Employee shall be precluded from assigning or delegating 
his rights or duties hereunder without first obtaining the written consent of 
RCC.


                                      9

<PAGE>

     14.  AMENDMENTS. No amendments or additions to this Agreement shall be 
binding upon the parties hereto unless made in writing and signed by both 
parties, except as herein otherwise specifically provided.

     15.  APPLICABLE LAW. This Agreement shall be governed in all respects, 
whether as to validity, construction, capacity, performance or otherwise, by 
the laws of the State of Minnesota, except to the extent that Federal law 
shall be deemed to apply.

     16.  SEVERABILITY. The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed 
severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not 
affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof.

     17.  ARBITRATION. Subject to RCC's right to seek injunctive relief from 
a court of competent jurisdiction pursuant to Section 12(d), any controversy 
or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the breach thereof, 
shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with the rules then in effect 
of the district office of the American Arbitration Association ("AAA") 
nearest to the home office of RCC, and judgment upon the award rendered may 
be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof, except to the extent 
that the parties may otherwise reach a mutual settlement of such issue. RCC 
shall incur the cost of all fees and expenses associated with filing a 
request for arbitration with the AAA, whether such filing is made on behalf 
of RCC or the Employee, and the costs and administrative fees associated with 
employing the arbitrator and related administrative expenses assessed by the 
AAA. If the parties cannot mutually agree on an arbitrator, each party shall 
select an arbitrator and those two arbitrators shall select a third 
arbitrator and the third arbitrator shall conduct the arbitration. Otherwise, 
each party shall pay its own costs and expenses, including reasonable 
attorneys' fees, arising from such dispute, proceedings or actions, 
notwithstanding the ultimate outcome thereof, upon delivery of a final 
judgment or settlement of the dispute.

     18.  REPRESENTATION BY COUNSEL. Employee acknowledges that he has read 
this Agreement and that he fully understands his rights, privileges, and 
duties hereunder. He further acknowledges that he has had the opportunity to 
consult and has consulted with attorneys of his choice to review and explain 
the terms of this Agreement and the consequences of signing it.

     19.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement, together with any understanding 
or modifications thereof as agreed to in writing by the parties, shall 
constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto, and shall 
supersede all prior understandings in writing or otherwise between the 
parties, including the Employment Agreement by and between Employee and the 
Company dated May 14, 1996, as amended effective December 18, 1996 and 
December 18, 1997.

                                 * * * * *


                                    10

<PAGE>

                            RURAL CELLULAR CORPORATION
ATTEST:
                                   ----------------------------------------
                            By:    Richard P. Ekstrand
                                   President and Chief Executive Officer

- ---------------------



WITNESS:

- --------------------        -----------------------------------------------
                             Wesley E. Schultz






                                  11

<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX A
                         TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT BETWEEN
                RURAL CELLULAR CORPORATION AND WESLEY E. SCHULTZ

For the purposes of the Employment Agreement to which this Appendix is attached,
a "Change in Control" means the happening of any of the following:

          (1)  A majority of the directors of RCC shall be persons other than
     persons:

          (a)  for whose election proxies shall have been solicited by the
          Board, or

          (b)  who are then serving as directors appointed by the Board to fill
          vacancies on the Board caused by death or resignation (but not by
          removal) or to fill newly-created directorships,

          (2)  30% or more of the outstanding voting stock of RCC is acquired or
     beneficially owned (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange
     Act of 1934, or any successor rule thereto) by any person (other than RCC
     or a subsidiary of RCC) or group of persons acting in concert (other than
     the acquisition and beneficial ownership by a parent corporation or its
     wholly-owned subsidiaries, as long as they remain wholly-owned 
     subsidiaries, of 100% of the outstanding voting stock of RCC as a result
     of a merger which complies with paragraph (3)(a)(ii) hereof in all
     respects), or

          (3)  The shareholders of RCC approve a definitive agreement or plan
     to:

              (a)  merge or consolidate RCC with or into another corporation 
              other than

                   (i)    a merger or consolidation with a subsidiary of RCC, or

                   (ii)   a merger in which:

                          (A)  RCC is the surviving corporation,

                          (B)  no outstanding voting stock of RCC (other than
                          fractional shares) held by shareholders immediately
                          prior to the merger is converted into cash,
                          securities, or other property (except: (1) voting
                          stock of a parent corporation owning directly, or
                          indirectly through wholly owned subsidiaries, both
                          beneficially and of record 100% of the voting stock
                          of RCC immediately after the merger; and (2) cash
                          upon the exercise by holders of voting stock of RCC
                          of statutory dissenters' rights),


                                     A-1

<PAGE>

                          (C)  the persons who were the beneficial owners,
                          respectively, of the outstanding common stock and
                          outstanding voting stock of RCC immediately prior
                          to such merger beneficially own, directly or
                          indirectly, immediately after the merger, more than
                          70% of, respectively, the then outstanding common 
                          stock and the then outstanding voting stock of the 
                          surviving corporation or its parent corporation, and

                          (D) if voting stock of the parent corporation is
                          exchanged for voting stock of RCC in the merger, all
                          holders of any class or series of voting stock of RCC
                          immediately prior to the merger have the right to
                          receive substantially the same per share consideration
                          in exchange for their voting stock of RCC as all other
                          holders of such class or series,

          (b) exchange, pursuant to a statutory exchange of shares of voting 
stock of RCC held by shareholders of RCC immediately prior to the exchange, 
shares of one or more classes or series of voting stock of RCC for cash, 
securities, or other property,

          (c) sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the 
assets of the Company (in one transaction or a series of transactions), or

          (d) liquidate or dissolve the Company.





                                    A-2



<PAGE>
                                                       Exhibit 21


                           SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

Note:  Unless otherwise noted, the Registrant owns 100% of the equity interest
in each of the subsidiaries.

Incorporated or organized in Minnesota
- --------------------------------------
RCC Atlantic, Inc.
RCC Atlantic Long Distance, Inc.
RCC Minnesota, Inc.
RCC Network, Inc.
RCC Paging, Inc.
Wireless Alliance, LLC (Registrant has a 51% interest in this entity)
TLA Spectrum, LLC 5
RGI Group, Inc.
Revering Finance Corporation, wholly-owned subsidiary of RGI Group, Inc.

Incorporated in Maine
- ---------------------
MRCC, Inc.
Western Maine Cellular, Inc., wholly-owned subsidiary of MRCC, Inc.

<PAGE>
                                                                     Exhibit 23




CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS:

As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the incorporation of our
reports included in this Form 10-K, into Rural Cellular Corporation's previously
filed Registration Statements on Form S-8 (File Numbers 333-10815, 333-10817 and
333-57653).



                                        ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Minneapolis, Minnesota
March 30, 1999


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1998
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1998
<CASH>                                            2062
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   15,351
<ALLOWANCES>                                   (1,555)
<INVENTORY>                                      2,321
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                18,992
<PP&E>                                         174,252
<DEPRECIATION>                                (42,538)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 480,524
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           28,530
<BONDS>                                              0
                                0
                                    132,201
<COMMON>                                            90
<OTHER-SE>                                      19,189
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   480,524
<SALES>                                          2,700
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                98,532
<CGS>                                            5,968
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                   24,845
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                65,688
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                 2,843
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              19,060
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                (5,582)
<INCOME-TAX>                                         0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            (5,582)
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                  1,042
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                   (6,624)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                   (1.76)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                   (1.76)
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission